{"id":"qld:sl-2021-0114","name":"Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021","slug":"transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021","collection":"regulation","jurisdiction":"qld","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":"114 of 2021","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":173940,"registerId":"qld-sl-2021-0114-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-05","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Preliminary","content":"# Preliminary","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"pt.1-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Introduction","content":"## Introduction","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Short title","content":"### sec.1 Short title\n\nThis regulation may be cited as the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2021 .","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"sec.2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Commencement","content":"### sec.2 Commencement\n\nThis regulation commences on 1 September 2021.","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application","content":"### sec.3 Application\n\nThis regulation does not apply to a miscellaneous vehicle unless otherwise stated.\nAlso, this regulation applies to a light vehicle that is part of a heavy combination under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .\n(sec.3-ssec.1) This regulation does not apply to a miscellaneous vehicle unless otherwise stated.\n(sec.3-ssec.2) Also, this regulation applies to a light vehicle that is part of a heavy combination under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"pt.1-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interpretation and key concepts","content":"## Interpretation and key concepts","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions","content":"### sec.4 Definitions\n\nThe dictionary in schedule 4 defines particular words used in this regulation.","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"sec.4A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sec.4A Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision prescribes the way the maximum loaded mass of a vehicle is stated for schedule 4 of the Act , definition GVM .\ns 4A ins 2022 Act No. 19 s 48","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"sec.4B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Way for stating maximum loaded mass","content":"### sec.4B Way for stating maximum loaded mass\n\nA vehicle’s maximum loaded mass is the maximum loaded mass (however called) of the vehicle stated—\nif the vehicle is recorded in the RAV—in the vehicle’s record in the RAV; or\nif the vehicle is not recorded in the RAV—\non the vehicle’s compliance plate; or\nif the vehicle does not have a compliance plate or the maximum loaded mass is not stated on the compliance plate or is illegible—in writing by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or\nif the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in Queensland—in the vehicle’s registration certificate under the Act ; or\nif the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in another State—in writing by the entity responsible for registering the vehicle in that State; or\nif the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) , (c) or (d) —in writing by the chief executive, or the corresponding authority under a corresponding law to the Act , having regard to the design and construction of the vehicle and any other relevant matter.\nHowever, if a modification certificate or modification plate for a modification of the vehicle states the vehicle’s maximum loaded mass (however called), the vehicle’s maximum loaded mass is the maximum loaded mass stated in the certificate or on the plate.\nIn this section—\nmodification certificate means—\nfor a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant certificate; or\nfor a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL certificate.\nmodification plate means—\nfor a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant plate; or\nfor a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL plate.\ns 4B ins 2022 Act No. 19 s 48\n(sec.4B-ssec.1) A vehicle’s maximum loaded mass is the maximum loaded mass (however called) of the vehicle stated— if the vehicle is recorded in the RAV—in the vehicle’s record in the RAV; or if the vehicle is not recorded in the RAV— on the vehicle’s compliance plate; or if the vehicle does not have a compliance plate or the maximum loaded mass is not stated on the compliance plate or is illegible—in writing by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in Queensland—in the vehicle’s registration certificate under the Act ; or if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in another State—in writing by the entity responsible for registering the vehicle in that State; or if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) , (c) or (d) —in writing by the chief executive, or the corresponding authority under a corresponding law to the Act , having regard to the design and construction of the vehicle and any other relevant matter.\n(sec.4B-ssec.2) However, if a modification certificate or modification plate for a modification of the vehicle states the vehicle’s maximum loaded mass (however called), the vehicle’s maximum loaded mass is the maximum loaded mass stated in the certificate or on the plate.\n(sec.4B-ssec.3) In this section— modification certificate means— for a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant certificate; or for a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL certificate. modification plate means— for a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant plate; or for a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL plate.\n- (a) if the vehicle is recorded in the RAV—in the vehicle’s record in the RAV; or\n- (b) if the vehicle is not recorded in the RAV— (i) on the vehicle’s compliance plate; or (ii) if the vehicle does not have a compliance plate or the maximum loaded mass is not stated on the compliance plate or is illegible—in writing by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or\n- (i) on the vehicle’s compliance plate; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle does not have a compliance plate or the maximum loaded mass is not stated on the compliance plate or is illegible—in writing by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or\n- (c) if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in Queensland—in the vehicle’s registration certificate under the Act ; or\n- (d) if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) and the vehicle is registered in another State—in writing by the entity responsible for registering the vehicle in that State; or\n- (e) if the maximum loaded mass is not stated in a way mentioned in paragraph (a) , (b) , (c) or (d) —in writing by the chief executive, or the corresponding authority under a corresponding law to the Act , having regard to the design and construction of the vehicle and any other relevant matter.\n- (i) on the vehicle’s compliance plate; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle does not have a compliance plate or the maximum loaded mass is not stated on the compliance plate or is illegible—in writing by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or\n- (a) for a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant certificate; or\n- (b) for a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL certificate.\n- (a) for a modification of a light vehicle—a relevant plate; or\n- (b) for a modification of a heavy vehicle—a HVNL plate.","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a light vehicle","content":"### sec.5 What is a light vehicle\n\nA light vehicle is a vehicle other than a heavy vehicle.\nFor the meaning of heavy vehicle , see schedule 4 of the Act .\nA reference to a light vehicle includes a component fitted to, or that is part of, the vehicle.\n(sec.5-ssec.1) A light vehicle is a vehicle other than a heavy vehicle. For the meaning of heavy vehicle , see schedule 4 of the Act .\n(sec.5-ssec.2) A reference to a light vehicle includes a component fitted to, or that is part of, the vehicle.","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light vehicle standards— Act , s 148","content":"### sec.6 Light vehicle standards— Act , s 148\n\nFor section 148 (a) of the Act , the following standards are prescribed as vehicle standards for light vehicles—\nthe light vehicle standards (model provisions);\nfor a modified light vehicle—the light vehicle standards (modification);\nthe light vehicle standards (safety inspection).\nThe standards prescribed under subsection (1) are the light vehicle standards .\nThe light vehicle standards (model provisions) are the provisions stated in schedule 1 .\nThe light vehicle standards (modification) are the provisions of the Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook that state standards for modifications of light vehicles.\nThe light vehicle standards (safety inspection) are the provisions of the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual that state standards for light vehicles.\n(sec.6-ssec.1) For section 148 (a) of the Act , the following standards are prescribed as vehicle standards for light vehicles— the light vehicle standards (model provisions); for a modified light vehicle—the light vehicle standards (modification); the light vehicle standards (safety inspection).\n(sec.6-ssec.2) The standards prescribed under subsection (1) are the light vehicle standards .\n(sec.6-ssec.3) The light vehicle standards (model provisions) are the provisions stated in schedule 1 .\n(sec.6-ssec.4) The light vehicle standards (modification) are the provisions of the Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook that state standards for modifications of light vehicles.\n(sec.6-ssec.5) The light vehicle standards (safety inspection) are the provisions of the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual that state standards for light vehicles.\n- (a) the light vehicle standards (model provisions);\n- (b) for a modified light vehicle—the light vehicle standards (modification);\n- (c) the light vehicle standards (safety inspection).","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"When is a light vehicle defective","content":"### sec.7 When is a light vehicle defective\n\nA light vehicle is defective if any of the following apply—\nthe vehicle does not comply with the light vehicle standards;\na component of the vehicle—\ndoes not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\ndoes not, or can not be reasonably relied on to, perform the intended function of the component; or\na component of the vehicle has deteriorated to the extent the component can not be reasonably relied on to perform its intended function\nprevents, or is likely to prevent, another component from complying with the light vehicle standards or performing the component’s intended function;\na modification of the vehicle is not compliant;\nthe vehicle or a component of the vehicle is unsafe.\nHowever, a light vehicle that does not comply with the light vehicle standards is not defective to the extent that—\nthe noncompliance is because of a modification of the vehicle; and\nthe modification is an approved modification and complies with the approval.\n(sec.7-ssec.1) A light vehicle is defective if any of the following apply— the vehicle does not comply with the light vehicle standards; a component of the vehicle— does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or does not, or can not be reasonably relied on to, perform the intended function of the component; or a component of the vehicle has deteriorated to the extent the component can not be reasonably relied on to perform its intended function prevents, or is likely to prevent, another component from complying with the light vehicle standards or performing the component’s intended function; a modification of the vehicle is not compliant; the vehicle or a component of the vehicle is unsafe.\n(sec.7-ssec.2) However, a light vehicle that does not comply with the light vehicle standards is not defective to the extent that— the noncompliance is because of a modification of the vehicle; and the modification is an approved modification and complies with the approval.\n- (a) the vehicle does not comply with the light vehicle standards;\n- (b) a component of the vehicle— (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or (ii) does not, or can not be reasonably relied on to, perform the intended function of the component; or Example— a component of the vehicle has deteriorated to the extent the component can not be reasonably relied on to perform its intended function (iii) prevents, or is likely to prevent, another component from complying with the light vehicle standards or performing the component’s intended function;\n- (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\n- (ii) does not, or can not be reasonably relied on to, perform the intended function of the component; or Example— a component of the vehicle has deteriorated to the extent the component can not be reasonably relied on to perform its intended function\n- (iii) prevents, or is likely to prevent, another component from complying with the light vehicle standards or performing the component’s intended function;\n- (c) a modification of the vehicle is not compliant;\n- (d) the vehicle or a component of the vehicle is unsafe.\n- (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\n- (ii) does not, or can not be reasonably relied on to, perform the intended function of the component; or Example— a component of the vehicle has deteriorated to the extent the component can not be reasonably relied on to perform its intended function\n- (iii) prevents, or is likely to prevent, another component from complying with the light vehicle standards or performing the component’s intended function;\n- (a) the noncompliance is because of a modification of the vehicle; and\n- (b) the modification is an approved modification and complies with the approval.","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Defective light vehicles","content":"# Defective light vehicles","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Offence","content":"## Offence","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"sec.8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light vehicle must not be driven or parked on road if defective","content":"### sec.8 Light vehicle must not be driven or parked on road if defective\n\nA person must not drive or park, or permit another person to drive or park, a light vehicle that is defective on a road.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply if the light vehicle is not unsafe to drive or park on a road and is being driven—\nin compliance with conditions about driving the vehicle while it is defective stated in a defect notice issued for the vehicle; or\nto a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of—\na defect of the vehicle being repaired; or\nbeing inspected for an inspection certificate or certificate of modification; or\nsolely to test the vehicle during an inspection for an inspection certificate.\nAlso, subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is not the owner of the light vehicle if the vehicle—\nis defective because a modification of the vehicle—\nis not an approved modification or certified modification; but\nis otherwise compliant; and\nis not otherwise defective.\n(sec.8-ssec.1) A person must not drive or park, or permit another person to drive or park, a light vehicle that is defective on a road. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.8-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply if the light vehicle is not unsafe to drive or park on a road and is being driven— in compliance with conditions about driving the vehicle while it is defective stated in a defect notice issued for the vehicle; or to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of— a defect of the vehicle being repaired; or being inspected for an inspection certificate or certificate of modification; or solely to test the vehicle during an inspection for an inspection certificate.\n(sec.8-ssec.3) Also, subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is not the owner of the light vehicle if the vehicle— is defective because a modification of the vehicle— is not an approved modification or certified modification; but is otherwise compliant; and is not otherwise defective.\n- (a) in compliance with conditions about driving the vehicle while it is defective stated in a defect notice issued for the vehicle; or\n- (b) to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of— (i) a defect of the vehicle being repaired; or (ii) being inspected for an inspection certificate or certificate of modification; or\n- (i) a defect of the vehicle being repaired; or\n- (ii) being inspected for an inspection certificate or certificate of modification; or\n- (c) solely to test the vehicle during an inspection for an inspection certificate.\n- (i) a defect of the vehicle being repaired; or\n- (ii) being inspected for an inspection certificate or certificate of modification; or\n- (a) is defective because a modification of the vehicle— (i) is not an approved modification or certified modification; but (ii) is otherwise compliant; and\n- (i) is not an approved modification or certified modification; but\n- (ii) is otherwise compliant; and\n- (b) is not otherwise defective.\n- (i) is not an approved modification or certified modification; but\n- (ii) is otherwise compliant; and","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"pt.2-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Defect notices","content":"## Defect notices","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"sec.9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of defect notice","content":"### sec.9 Issue of defect notice\n\nThis section applies if an authorised officer reasonably believes a light vehicle is defective.\nThe authorised officer may issue a notice about the light vehicle being defective (a defect notice ) and give the notice to—\nthe owner of the vehicle; or\nanother person who is the driver of the vehicle.\nA defect notice—\nmust be in the approved form; and\nmust state—\nhow the light vehicle is defective; and\nthe action required to be taken under the notice; and\nthe day by which the action must be taken; and\nmay impose conditions, including conditions under which the vehicle may be driven before the defects identified in the notice have been rectified.\nIf the vehicle has faulty windscreen wipers, a condition that the vehicle may be driven only when it is not raining.\n(sec.9-ssec.1) This section applies if an authorised officer reasonably believes a light vehicle is defective.\n(sec.9-ssec.2) The authorised officer may issue a notice about the light vehicle being defective (a defect notice ) and give the notice to— the owner of the vehicle; or another person who is the driver of the vehicle.\n(sec.9-ssec.3) A defect notice— must be in the approved form; and must state— how the light vehicle is defective; and the action required to be taken under the notice; and the day by which the action must be taken; and may impose conditions, including conditions under which the vehicle may be driven before the defects identified in the notice have been rectified. If the vehicle has faulty windscreen wipers, a condition that the vehicle may be driven only when it is not raining.\n- (a) the owner of the vehicle; or\n- (b) another person who is the driver of the vehicle.\n- (a) must be in the approved form; and\n- (b) must state— (i) how the light vehicle is defective; and (ii) the action required to be taken under the notice; and (iii) the day by which the action must be taken; and\n- (i) how the light vehicle is defective; and\n- (ii) the action required to be taken under the notice; and\n- (iii) the day by which the action must be taken; and\n- (c) may impose conditions, including conditions under which the vehicle may be driven before the defects identified in the notice have been rectified. Example of condition under which vehicle may be driven— If the vehicle has faulty windscreen wipers, a condition that the vehicle may be driven only when it is not raining.\n- (i) how the light vehicle is defective; and\n- (ii) the action required to be taken under the notice; and\n- (iii) the day by which the action must be taken; and","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"sec.10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Person to give owner defect notice","content":"### sec.10 Person to give owner defect notice\n\nThis section applies if the person given a defect notice for a light vehicle is not the owner of the vehicle.\nThe person must give the defect notice to the owner as soon as practicable, but within 14 days, after the day the person received the notice, unless the person has a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.10-ssec.1) This section applies if the person given a defect notice for a light vehicle is not the owner of the vehicle.\n(sec.10-ssec.2) The person must give the defect notice to the owner as soon as practicable, but within 14 days, after the day the person received the notice, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"sec.11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with defect notice","content":"### sec.11 Compliance with defect notice\n\nThe owner of a light vehicle must comply with a defect notice issued for the vehicle within the period mentioned in subsection (3) .\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to the owner of the light vehicle if, within the period mentioned in subsection (3) —\nthe vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or\nthe vehicle is disposed of to a dealer; or\nthe person has a reasonable excuse.\nThe period for complying with a defect notice is the period ending on the later of—\nthe day stated in the notice as the day by which the action required under the notice must be taken; or\nthe day an extended period for complying with the notice under section 14 , 15 or 16 ends.\n(sec.11-ssec.1) The owner of a light vehicle must comply with a defect notice issued for the vehicle within the period mentioned in subsection (3) . Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.11-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to the owner of the light vehicle if, within the period mentioned in subsection (3) — the vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or the vehicle is disposed of to a dealer; or the person has a reasonable excuse.\n(sec.11-ssec.3) The period for complying with a defect notice is the period ending on the later of— the day stated in the notice as the day by which the action required under the notice must be taken; or the day an extended period for complying with the notice under section 14 , 15 or 16 ends.\n- (a) the vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or\n- (b) the vehicle is disposed of to a dealer; or\n- (c) the person has a reasonable excuse.\n- (a) the day stated in the notice as the day by which the action required under the notice must be taken; or\n- (b) the day an extended period for complying with the notice under section 14 , 15 or 16 ends.","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"sec.12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Defective vehicle labels","content":"### sec.12 Defective vehicle labels\n\nAn authorised officer who issues a defect notice for a light vehicle may attach a defective vehicle label to the vehicle.\nThe defective vehicle label must be attached in a conspicuous place on the light vehicle.\nA person must not alter or deface a defective vehicle label attached to a light vehicle unless the person has a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nA person must not remove a defective vehicle label attached to a light vehicle unless the person—\nis an authorised officer; or\nis authorised under section 13 to sign the clearance declaration for the defect notice related to the label; or\nhas a reasonable excuse.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nIn this section—\ndefective vehicle label means a label in the approved form stating a light vehicle is defective.\n(sec.12-ssec.1) An authorised officer who issues a defect notice for a light vehicle may attach a defective vehicle label to the vehicle.\n(sec.12-ssec.2) The defective vehicle label must be attached in a conspicuous place on the light vehicle.\n(sec.12-ssec.3) A person must not alter or deface a defective vehicle label attached to a light vehicle unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.12-ssec.4) A person must not remove a defective vehicle label attached to a light vehicle unless the person— is an authorised officer; or is authorised under section 13 to sign the clearance declaration for the defect notice related to the label; or has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.12-ssec.5) In this section— defective vehicle label means a label in the approved form stating a light vehicle is defective.\n- (a) is an authorised officer; or\n- (b) is authorised under section 13 to sign the clearance declaration for the defect notice related to the label; or\n- (c) has a reasonable excuse.","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"sec.13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Completing clearance declaration for defect notice","content":"### sec.13 Completing clearance declaration for defect notice\n\nIf a defect notice for a light vehicle authorises the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, to sign the clearance declaration for the notice, the owner or agent may sign the declaration only if the defects identified in the notice are rectified.\nIf a defect notice for a light vehicle requires the vehicle to be inspected by a nominated person, the nominated person may sign the clearance declaration for the notice only if the nominated person—\nhas carried out the inspection required under the notice; and\nis reasonably satisfied the defects identified in the notice have been rectified; and\nif the notice required the vehicle to be inspected for compliance with the light vehicle standards—is reasonably satisfied the vehicle complies with the standards.\nA person must not sign the clearance declaration for a defect notice for a light vehicle unless the person is authorised to sign the declaration under this section.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nIn this section—\nclearance declaration , for a defect notice for a light vehicle, means the declaration included in the notice to be completed after the action required under the notice is taken.\nnominated person , for a defect notice for a light vehicle, means a person nominated in the notice as a person the vehicle must be taken to for inspection after the defects identified in the notice are rectified.\n(sec.13-ssec.1) If a defect notice for a light vehicle authorises the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, to sign the clearance declaration for the notice, the owner or agent may sign the declaration only if the defects identified in the notice are rectified.\n(sec.13-ssec.2) If a defect notice for a light vehicle requires the vehicle to be inspected by a nominated person, the nominated person may sign the clearance declaration for the notice only if the nominated person— has carried out the inspection required under the notice; and is reasonably satisfied the defects identified in the notice have been rectified; and if the notice required the vehicle to be inspected for compliance with the light vehicle standards—is reasonably satisfied the vehicle complies with the standards.\n(sec.13-ssec.3) A person must not sign the clearance declaration for a defect notice for a light vehicle unless the person is authorised to sign the declaration under this section. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.13-ssec.4) In this section— clearance declaration , for a defect notice for a light vehicle, means the declaration included in the notice to be completed after the action required under the notice is taken. nominated person , for a defect notice for a light vehicle, means a person nominated in the notice as a person the vehicle must be taken to for inspection after the defects identified in the notice are rectified.\n- (a) has carried out the inspection required under the notice; and\n- (b) is reasonably satisfied the defects identified in the notice have been rectified; and\n- (c) if the notice required the vehicle to be inspected for compliance with the light vehicle standards—is reasonably satisfied the vehicle complies with the standards.","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"sec.14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of period for complying with defect notice—authorised officer","content":"### sec.14 Extension of period for complying with defect notice—authorised officer\n\nThe owner of a light vehicle, or the owner’s agent, may apply to an authorised officer to extend the period for complying with a defect notice for the vehicle under section 11 .\nSee part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\nThe application must state the reasons for seeking the extension.\nThe authorised officer must consider the application and decide to approve or refuse the application.\nIf satisfied the applicant’s reasons warrant the extension, the authorised officer may decide to—\napprove the application; and\nextend the period for complying with the defect notice for a period the authorised officer considers appropriate, having regard to the applicant’s reasons.\nIf the authorised officer extends the period for complying with the defect notice, the officer may—\nchange or remove a condition of the notice; or\nAn authorised officer may remove a condition allowing the light vehicle to be used on a road before the action required under the notice is taken.\nimpose a condition on the notice.\nThe authorised officer must give the owner or agent written notice of the decision.\n(sec.14-ssec.1) The owner of a light vehicle, or the owner’s agent, may apply to an authorised officer to extend the period for complying with a defect notice for the vehicle under section 11 . See part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\n(sec.14-ssec.2) The application must state the reasons for seeking the extension.\n(sec.14-ssec.3) The authorised officer must consider the application and decide to approve or refuse the application.\n(sec.14-ssec.4) If satisfied the applicant’s reasons warrant the extension, the authorised officer may decide to— approve the application; and extend the period for complying with the defect notice for a period the authorised officer considers appropriate, having regard to the applicant’s reasons.\n(sec.14-ssec.5) If the authorised officer extends the period for complying with the defect notice, the officer may— change or remove a condition of the notice; or An authorised officer may remove a condition allowing the light vehicle to be used on a road before the action required under the notice is taken. impose a condition on the notice.\n(sec.14-ssec.6) The authorised officer must give the owner or agent written notice of the decision.\n- (a) approve the application; and\n- (b) extend the period for complying with the defect notice for a period the authorised officer considers appropriate, having regard to the applicant’s reasons.\n- (a) change or remove a condition of the notice; or Example— An authorised officer may remove a condition allowing the light vehicle to be used on a road before the action required under the notice is taken.\n- (b) impose a condition on the notice.","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of period for complying with defect notice—special circumstances","content":"### sec.15 Extension of period for complying with defect notice—special circumstances\n\nIf the chief executive is satisfied that special circumstances exist, the chief executive may extend the period for complying with a defect notice for a light vehicle under section 11 .\nnatural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or facilities for inspecting vehicles are located\nflood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\nThe period may be extended under subsection (1) for a period the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\nThe chief executive may act under subsection (1) on the chief executive’s own initiative or on the application of the owner of the light vehicle or the owner’s agent.\nIf the chief executive extends the period for complying with the defect notice, the chief executive must—\nfor an extension of a defect notice for a particular light vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or\notherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.\n(sec.15-ssec.1) If the chief executive is satisfied that special circumstances exist, the chief executive may extend the period for complying with a defect notice for a light vehicle under section 11 . natural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or facilities for inspecting vehicles are located flood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\n(sec.15-ssec.2) The period may be extended under subsection (1) for a period the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\n(sec.15-ssec.3) The chief executive may act under subsection (1) on the chief executive’s own initiative or on the application of the owner of the light vehicle or the owner’s agent.\n(sec.15-ssec.4) If the chief executive extends the period for complying with the defect notice, the chief executive must— for an extension of a defect notice for a particular light vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or otherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.\n- • natural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or facilities for inspecting vehicles are located\n- • flood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\n- (a) for an extension of a defect notice for a particular light vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or\n- (b) otherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.16\n\ns 16 exp 31 October 2023 at the end of the day (see 2022 SL No. 127 s 2 (2) note 1)","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Modifications of light vehicles and code S13 modifications of heavy buses","content":"# Modifications of light vehicles and code S13 modifications of heavy buses","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Offences","content":"## Offences","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"When is a modification compliant","content":"### sec.17 When is a modification compliant\n\nA modification of a light vehicle is compliant if—\nfor a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification—\nthe modification is an approved modification; and\nany conditions of the approval, including a condition requiring the modification to be certified under division 3 , have been complied with; or\nfor another modification—\nthe modification complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); and\nfor a modification required to be certified under the light vehicle standards (modification)—the modification is a certified modification.\nAlso, a modification of a light vehicle to fit a light or reflector, or display a warning sign, is compliant if the modification—\ncomplies with a safe movement approval; or\nis required or permitted under the Act or another Act.\nIn this section—\nwarning sign , displayed on a light vehicle, means a sign giving visible warning to other road users about the vehicle’s dimensions.\n(sec.17-ssec.1) A modification of a light vehicle is compliant if— for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— the modification is an approved modification; and any conditions of the approval, including a condition requiring the modification to be certified under division 3 , have been complied with; or for another modification— the modification complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); and for a modification required to be certified under the light vehicle standards (modification)—the modification is a certified modification.\n(sec.17-ssec.2) Also, a modification of a light vehicle to fit a light or reflector, or display a warning sign, is compliant if the modification— complies with a safe movement approval; or is required or permitted under the Act or another Act.\n(sec.17-ssec.3) In this section— warning sign , displayed on a light vehicle, means a sign giving visible warning to other road users about the vehicle’s dimensions.\n- (a) for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— (i) the modification is an approved modification; and (ii) any conditions of the approval, including a condition requiring the modification to be certified under division 3 , have been complied with; or\n- (i) the modification is an approved modification; and\n- (ii) any conditions of the approval, including a condition requiring the modification to be certified under division 3 , have been complied with; or\n- (b) for another modification— (i) the modification complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); and (ii) for a modification required to be certified under the light vehicle standards (modification)—the modification is a certified modification.\n- (i) the modification complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); and\n- (ii) for a modification required to be certified under the light vehicle standards (modification)—the modification is a certified modification.\n- (i) the modification is an approved modification; and\n- (ii) any conditions of the approval, including a condition requiring the modification to be certified under division 3 , have been complied with; or\n- (i) the modification complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); and\n- (ii) for a modification required to be certified under the light vehicle standards (modification)—the modification is a certified modification.\n- (a) complies with a safe movement approval; or\n- (b) is required or permitted under the Act or another Act.","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modification, other than compliant modification, of light vehicle prohibited","content":"### sec.18 Modification, other than compliant modification, of light vehicle prohibited\n\nA person must not modify a light vehicle in a way stated in subsection (2) unless the modification is compliant.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nFor subsection (1) , the ways are—\nmodifying the light vehicle or a component of the vehicle in a way that—\ndoes not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\nmay adversely affect the safety of the vehicle; or\nmodifying the vehicle’s chassis; or\nmodifying the vehicle’s exhaust system in a way that reduces, or is likely to reduce, the effectiveness of the system; or\nfitting a light or reflector to the vehicle; or\ndisplaying a warning sign on the vehicle.\nSubsection (1) does not apply to a person if—\nthe light vehicle is unregistered; and\nwhen the person modified the vehicle, the person reasonably believed the vehicle would not be used on a road.\n(sec.18-ssec.1) A person must not modify a light vehicle in a way stated in subsection (2) unless the modification is compliant. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.18-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the ways are— modifying the light vehicle or a component of the vehicle in a way that— does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or may adversely affect the safety of the vehicle; or modifying the vehicle’s chassis; or modifying the vehicle’s exhaust system in a way that reduces, or is likely to reduce, the effectiveness of the system; or fitting a light or reflector to the vehicle; or displaying a warning sign on the vehicle.\n(sec.18-ssec.3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person if— the light vehicle is unregistered; and when the person modified the vehicle, the person reasonably believed the vehicle would not be used on a road.\n- (a) modifying the light vehicle or a component of the vehicle in a way that— (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or (ii) may adversely affect the safety of the vehicle; or\n- (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\n- (ii) may adversely affect the safety of the vehicle; or\n- (b) modifying the vehicle’s chassis; or\n- (c) modifying the vehicle’s exhaust system in a way that reduces, or is likely to reduce, the effectiveness of the system; or\n- (d) fitting a light or reflector to the vehicle; or\n- (e) displaying a warning sign on the vehicle.\n- (i) does not comply with the light vehicle standards; or\n- (ii) may adversely affect the safety of the vehicle; or\n- (a) the light vehicle is unregistered; and\n- (b) when the person modified the vehicle, the person reasonably believed the vehicle would not be used on a road.","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Owner to ensure light vehicle not driven or parked on road with noncompliant modification","content":"### sec.19 Owner to ensure light vehicle not driven or parked on road with noncompliant modification\n\nThe owner of a modified light vehicle must ensure the vehicle is not driven or parked on a road unless the modification of the vehicle is compliant.\nMaximum penalty—60 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) does not apply if a modified light vehicle is—\nnot unsafe to drive or park on a road; and\nbeing driven—\nto a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of a modification of the vehicle being inspected; or\nsolely to test the vehicle during an inspection of a modification of the vehicle.\n(sec.19-ssec.1) The owner of a modified light vehicle must ensure the vehicle is not driven or parked on a road unless the modification of the vehicle is compliant. Maximum penalty—60 penalty units.\n(sec.19-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not apply if a modified light vehicle is— not unsafe to drive or park on a road; and being driven— to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of a modification of the vehicle being inspected; or solely to test the vehicle during an inspection of a modification of the vehicle.\n- (a) not unsafe to drive or park on a road; and\n- (b) being driven— (i) to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of a modification of the vehicle being inspected; or (ii) solely to test the vehicle during an inspection of a modification of the vehicle.\n- (i) to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of a modification of the vehicle being inspected; or\n- (ii) solely to test the vehicle during an inspection of a modification of the vehicle.\n- (i) to a place, by the most convenient and direct route, solely for the purpose of a modification of the vehicle being inspected; or\n- (ii) solely to test the vehicle during an inspection of a modification of the vehicle.","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Modified exhaust system","content":"### sec.20 Modified exhaust system\n\nA person must not drive a light motor vehicle on a road if the vehicle’s exhaust system is modified in a way that reduces, or is likely to reduce, the effectiveness of the system.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nremoving the diesel particulate filter or silencing device from a vehicle’s exhaust system","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Chief executive approval of particular light vehicle modifications","content":"## Chief executive approval of particular light vehicle modifications","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for approval to modify light vehicle","content":"### sec.21 Application for approval to modify light vehicle\n\nA person may apply to the chief executive for approval to modify a light vehicle in a way that is not provided for under the light vehicle standards (modification).\nSee part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\ns 21 amd 2023 SL No. 171 s 14","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application for approval of interstate modification of light vehicle","content":"### sec.22 Application for approval of interstate modification of light vehicle\n\nA person may apply to the chief executive for approval of an interstate modification of a light vehicle.\nSee part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\nThe application must be accompanied by—\na certificate for the modification issued under a corresponding law for division 3 ; or\na report or other document about the modification prepared by an engineer who is appropriately qualified to prepare the report or document.\n(sec.22-ssec.1) A person may apply to the chief executive for approval of an interstate modification of a light vehicle. See part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\n(sec.22-ssec.2) The application must be accompanied by— a certificate for the modification issued under a corresponding law for division 3 ; or a report or other document about the modification prepared by an engineer who is appropriately qualified to prepare the report or document.\n- (a) a certificate for the modification issued under a corresponding law for division 3 ; or\n- (b) a report or other document about the modification prepared by an engineer who is appropriately qualified to prepare the report or document.","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding application","content":"### sec.23 Deciding application\n\nThe chief executive must consider an application made under section 21 or 22 and decide to approve or refuse the application.\nThe chief executive may approve the application with stated conditions, including a condition that the modification must be certified under division 3 .\nThe chief executive may approve the application if the chief executive is satisfied, having considered the proposed use of the vehicle, that the modification—\nis either—\nreasonably needed by a person who is to use the vehicle; or\nfor a person with a disability to access or drive the vehicle\nlikely to benefit the community; and\nfor Queensland Rail to operate the vehicle on roads and railways\nwould not make the vehicle unsafe to drive or park on a road.\nAlso, the chief executive may approve the application if—\nthe application relates to a motorbike; and\nthe chief executive is satisfied that the modification would not make the motorbike unsafe to drive or park on a road.\ns 23 amd 2023 SL No. 171 s 15\n(sec.23-ssec.1) The chief executive must consider an application made under section 21 or 22 and decide to approve or refuse the application.\n(sec.23-ssec.2) The chief executive may approve the application with stated conditions, including a condition that the modification must be certified under division 3 .\n(sec.23-ssec.3) The chief executive may approve the application if the chief executive is satisfied, having considered the proposed use of the vehicle, that the modification— is either— reasonably needed by a person who is to use the vehicle; or for a person with a disability to access or drive the vehicle likely to benefit the community; and for Queensland Rail to operate the vehicle on roads and railways would not make the vehicle unsafe to drive or park on a road.\n(sec.23-ssec.4) Also, the chief executive may approve the application if— the application relates to a motorbike; and the chief executive is satisfied that the modification would not make the motorbike unsafe to drive or park on a road.\n- (a) is either— (i) reasonably needed by a person who is to use the vehicle; or Example— for a person with a disability to access or drive the vehicle (ii) likely to benefit the community; and Example— for Queensland Rail to operate the vehicle on roads and railways\n- (i) reasonably needed by a person who is to use the vehicle; or Example— for a person with a disability to access or drive the vehicle\n- (ii) likely to benefit the community; and Example— for Queensland Rail to operate the vehicle on roads and railways\n- (b) would not make the vehicle unsafe to drive or park on a road.\n- (i) reasonably needed by a person who is to use the vehicle; or Example— for a person with a disability to access or drive the vehicle\n- (ii) likely to benefit the community; and Example— for Queensland Rail to operate the vehicle on roads and railways\n- (a) the application relates to a motorbike; and\n- (b) the chief executive is satisfied that the modification would not make the motorbike unsafe to drive or park on a road.","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval or refusal of application","content":"### sec.24 Approval or refusal of application\n\nThis section applies if the chief executive decides to approve or refuse an application under section 23 .\nIf the chief executive approves the application, the chief executive must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a written notice stating—\nthe modification is approved; and\nif the chief executive decides to impose conditions on the approval—\nthe conditions; and\nthe reasons for the decision to impose the conditions; and\nthat the person may ask for the decision to impose the conditions to be reviewed.\nIf the chief executive refuses the application, the chief executive must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, written notice stating the decision.\nSection 65 of the Act applies to a decision to impose conditions on the approval as if a reference to an original decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\nDespite subsection (4) , a person may not apply to QCAT to have the decision to impose the conditions stayed.\n(sec.24-ssec.1) This section applies if the chief executive decides to approve or refuse an application under section 23 .\n(sec.24-ssec.2) If the chief executive approves the application, the chief executive must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a written notice stating— the modification is approved; and if the chief executive decides to impose conditions on the approval— the conditions; and the reasons for the decision to impose the conditions; and that the person may ask for the decision to impose the conditions to be reviewed.\n(sec.24-ssec.3) If the chief executive refuses the application, the chief executive must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, written notice stating the decision.\n(sec.24-ssec.4) Section 65 of the Act applies to a decision to impose conditions on the approval as if a reference to an original decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\n(sec.24-ssec.5) Despite subsection (4) , a person may not apply to QCAT to have the decision to impose the conditions stayed.\n- (a) the modification is approved; and\n- (b) if the chief executive decides to impose conditions on the approval— (i) the conditions; and (ii) the reasons for the decision to impose the conditions; and (iii) that the person may ask for the decision to impose the conditions to be reviewed.\n- (i) the conditions; and\n- (ii) the reasons for the decision to impose the conditions; and\n- (iii) that the person may ask for the decision to impose the conditions to be reviewed.\n- (i) the conditions; and\n- (ii) the reasons for the decision to impose the conditions; and\n- (iii) that the person may ask for the decision to impose the conditions to be reviewed.","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"pt.3-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Certifying modifications of light vehicles and code S13 modifications of heavy buses","content":"## Certifying modifications of light vehicles and code S13 modifications of heavy buses","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.25 Application of division\n\nThis division applies to—\na modification of a light vehicle; or\na modification of a heavy bus identified in the light vehicle standards (modification) using the code S13 (a code S13 modification ).\n- (a) a modification of a light vehicle; or\n- (b) a modification of a heavy bus identified in the light vehicle standards (modification) using the code S13 (a code S13 modification ).","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certifying modification","content":"### sec.26 Certifying modification\n\nThis section applies if an approved person who inspects the modification of the vehicle is reasonably satisfied the modification—\nfor a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification—\nis an approved modification; and\ncomplies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\nfor another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or\nfor a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\nImmediately after finishing the inspection, the approved person must—\ngive the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a certificate of modification for the modification; and\nensure a modification plate for the modification is attached to a conspicuous part of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.26-ssec.1) This section applies if an approved person who inspects the modification of the vehicle is reasonably satisfied the modification— for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— is an approved modification; and complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or for another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or for a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\n(sec.26-ssec.2) Immediately after finishing the inspection, the approved person must— give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a certificate of modification for the modification; and ensure a modification plate for the modification is attached to a conspicuous part of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n- (a) for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— (i) is an approved modification; and (ii) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (i) is an approved modification; and\n- (ii) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (b) for another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or\n- (c) for a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\n- (i) is an approved modification; and\n- (ii) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (a) give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a certificate of modification for the modification; and\n- (b) ensure a modification plate for the modification is attached to a conspicuous part of the vehicle.","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for issuing certificate of modification and attaching modification plate","content":"### sec.27 Requirements for issuing certificate of modification and attaching modification plate\n\nAn approved person must not issue a certificate of modification for the modification of the vehicle, or attach a modification plate for the modification to the vehicle, unless the person—\ninspects the modification in accordance with the Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook; and\nis reasonably satisfied the modification—\nfor a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification—\nis an approved modification; and\ncomplies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\nfor another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or\nfor a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\nMaximum penalty—50 penalty units.\n- (a) inspects the modification in accordance with the Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook; and\n- (b) is reasonably satisfied the modification— (i) for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— (A) is an approved modification; and (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or (ii) for another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or (iii) for a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\n- (i) for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— (A) is an approved modification; and (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (A) is an approved modification; and\n- (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (ii) for another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or\n- (iii) for a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\n- (i) for a modification mentioned in section 21 or an interstate modification— (A) is an approved modification; and (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (A) is an approved modification; and\n- (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or\n- (ii) for another modification of a light vehicle—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification); or\n- (iii) for a code S13 modification of a heavy bus—complies with the light vehicle standards (modification), to the extent the standards apply to a code S13 modification.\n- (A) is an approved modification; and\n- (B) complies with the approval and any conditions of the approval; or","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approved person only may issue certificate of modification or attach modification plate","content":"### sec.28 Approved person only may issue certificate of modification or attach modification plate\n\nA person, other than an approved person, must not issue a certificate of modification or attach a modification plate to a light vehicle or heavy bus for—\na modification of the light vehicle; or\na code S13 modification of the heavy bus.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nAn approved person must not, unless the person is accredited to approve the type of modification, issue a certificate of modification or attach a modification plate to a light vehicle or heavy bus for—\na modification of the light vehicle; or\na code S13 modification of the heavy bus.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.28-ssec.1) A person, other than an approved person, must not issue a certificate of modification or attach a modification plate to a light vehicle or heavy bus for— a modification of the light vehicle; or a code S13 modification of the heavy bus. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.28-ssec.2) An approved person must not, unless the person is accredited to approve the type of modification, issue a certificate of modification or attach a modification plate to a light vehicle or heavy bus for— a modification of the light vehicle; or a code S13 modification of the heavy bus. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n- (a) a modification of the light vehicle; or\n- (b) a code S13 modification of the heavy bus.\n- (a) a modification of the light vehicle; or\n- (b) a code S13 modification of the heavy bus.","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"Compliance with light vehicle mass and load etc. requirements","content":"# Compliance with light vehicle mass and load etc. requirements","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application","content":"### sec.29 Application\n\nDespite section 3 (2) , this part does not apply to a light vehicle that is part of a heavy combination under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .\nFor the requirements that apply to the mass, loads or couplings of a heavy combination, see the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) .","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of load for light vehicle","content":"### sec.30 Meaning of load for light vehicle\n\nA load for a light vehicle includes—\nthe vehicle’s driver and all the passengers and goods in the vehicle; and\nall fuel, lubricants, water and readily removable equipment carried in the vehicle and required for its normal use; and\npersonal items used by the vehicle’s driver or another person necessary for the normal use of the vehicle; and\na thing normally removed from the vehicle when the thing is not in use; and\na thing that may fall from the vehicle when the vehicle is in motion; and\nfor a pole-type trailer—a pole of the trailer.\n- (a) the vehicle’s driver and all the passengers and goods in the vehicle; and\n- (b) all fuel, lubricants, water and readily removable equipment carried in the vehicle and required for its normal use; and\n- (c) personal items used by the vehicle’s driver or another person necessary for the normal use of the vehicle; and\n- (d) a thing normally removed from the vehicle when the thing is not in use; and\n- (e) a thing that may fall from the vehicle when the vehicle is in motion; and\n- (f) for a pole-type trailer—a pole of the trailer.","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Mass requirements","content":"## Mass requirements","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mass requirements—general","content":"### sec.31 Mass requirements—general\n\nThis section states the mass requirements applying to light vehicles.\nThe loaded mass for a light motor vehicle must not be more than the vehicle’s GVM.\nThe mass on an axle of a light vehicle must not be more than—\nif the axle is modified and a mass limit is stated for the modified axle in a certificate of modification or modification plate for the modification of the vehicle—the stated mass limit for the modified axle; or\nthe mass limit for the axle set by the manufacturer of the axle.\nThe mass on a tyre of a light vehicle must not be more than the maximum load capacity set by the manufacturer of the tyre.\nThe loaded mass for a light trailer must not be more than the trailer’s ATM.\nThe loaded mass for a light combination must not be more than the GCM of the towing vehicle for the combination.\nThe mass on a coupling used between vehicles that are part of a light combination must not be more than the limit set by the manufacturer of the coupling.\n(sec.31-ssec.1) This section states the mass requirements applying to light vehicles.\n(sec.31-ssec.2) The loaded mass for a light motor vehicle must not be more than the vehicle’s GVM.\n(sec.31-ssec.3) The mass on an axle of a light vehicle must not be more than— if the axle is modified and a mass limit is stated for the modified axle in a certificate of modification or modification plate for the modification of the vehicle—the stated mass limit for the modified axle; or the mass limit for the axle set by the manufacturer of the axle.\n(sec.31-ssec.4) The mass on a tyre of a light vehicle must not be more than the maximum load capacity set by the manufacturer of the tyre.\n(sec.31-ssec.5) The loaded mass for a light trailer must not be more than the trailer’s ATM.\n(sec.31-ssec.6) The loaded mass for a light combination must not be more than the GCM of the towing vehicle for the combination.\n(sec.31-ssec.7) The mass on a coupling used between vehicles that are part of a light combination must not be more than the limit set by the manufacturer of the coupling.\n- (a) if the axle is modified and a mass limit is stated for the modified axle in a certificate of modification or modification plate for the modification of the vehicle—the stated mass limit for the modified axle; or\n- (b) the mass limit for the axle set by the manufacturer of the axle.","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with mass requirements—light motor vehicle","content":"### sec.32 Compliance with mass requirements—light motor vehicle\n\nA person must not drive a light motor vehicle on a road if the vehicle or any of the vehicle’s components do not comply with a mass requirement applying to the vehicle or component.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with mass requirements—trailer","content":"### sec.33 Compliance with mass requirements—trailer\n\nA person must not drive a light motor vehicle towing a trailer on a road if the trailer or any of the trailer’s components do not comply with a mass requirement applying to the trailer or component.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with mass requirements—light combination","content":"### sec.34 Compliance with mass requirements—light combination\n\nA person must not drive a light combination on a road if the combination or any of the combination’s components do not comply with a mass requirement applying to the combination or component.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Loaded mass of light vehicle without GVM or ATM","content":"### sec.35 Loaded mass of light vehicle without GVM or ATM\n\nThis section—\napplies to a light vehicle, including a light vehicle that is part of a combination, that does not have—\nfor a motor vehicle—a GVM; or\nfor a trailer—an ATM; but\ndoes not apply to a light combination.\nA person must not drive the light vehicle on a road if the loaded mass of the vehicle is more than the mass that reasonably allows the vehicle to be driven safely having regard to the design of the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.35-ssec.1) This section— applies to a light vehicle, including a light vehicle that is part of a combination, that does not have— for a motor vehicle—a GVM; or for a trailer—an ATM; but does not apply to a light combination.\n(sec.35-ssec.2) A person must not drive the light vehicle on a road if the loaded mass of the vehicle is more than the mass that reasonably allows the vehicle to be driven safely having regard to the design of the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) applies to a light vehicle, including a light vehicle that is part of a combination, that does not have— (i) for a motor vehicle—a GVM; or (ii) for a trailer—an ATM; but\n- (i) for a motor vehicle—a GVM; or\n- (ii) for a trailer—an ATM; but\n- (b) does not apply to a light combination.\n- (i) for a motor vehicle—a GVM; or\n- (ii) for a trailer—an ATM; but","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Loaded mass of light combination without GCM","content":"### sec.36 Loaded mass of light combination without GCM\n\nThis section applies to a light combination that does not have a GCM.\nA person must not drive the light combination on a road if the loaded mass for the combination is more than the mass that reasonably allows the combination to be driven safely having regard to the design of any vehicle that is part of the combination.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.36-ssec.1) This section applies to a light combination that does not have a GCM.\n(sec.36-ssec.2) A person must not drive the light combination on a road if the loaded mass for the combination is more than the mass that reasonably allows the combination to be driven safely having regard to the design of any vehicle that is part of the combination. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Load requirements","content":"## Load requirements","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sec.37 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies in addition to, and does not limit, schedule 1 , part 6 , division 2 .\nSchedule 1 , part 6 , division 2 states dimension requirements for light vehicles.","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Measuring projection","content":"### sec.38 Measuring projection\n\nFor deciding whether a load projects in front of, behind or to the side of a light vehicle, a light, rear vision mirror or reflector attached to the vehicle is not taken into account when measuring the vehicle.","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Visibility requirements for load projecting from light vehicle","content":"### sec.39 Visibility requirements for load projecting from light vehicle\n\nThe visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle are—\na flag that is brightly coloured red, red and yellow, or yellow and at least 450mm by 450mm is fixed to the back end of the load; and\nfor a light vehicle driven or parked on a road at night either—\na light showing a clear red light to the back, visible at a distance of 200m under normal atmospheric conditions, is fixed to the back end of the load; or\nat least 2 reflectors, capable of projecting a red reflection of light from the headlight of a vehicle following the vehicle, are fixed to the back end of the load.\nSee sections 41 (2) , 42 (2) and 43 for when a load projecting from a light vehicle is required to comply with the visibility requirements.\n- (a) a flag that is brightly coloured red, red and yellow, or yellow and at least 450mm by 450mm is fixed to the back end of the load; and\n- (b) for a light vehicle driven or parked on a road at night either— (i) a light showing a clear red light to the back, visible at a distance of 200m under normal atmospheric conditions, is fixed to the back end of the load; or (ii) at least 2 reflectors, capable of projecting a red reflection of light from the headlight of a vehicle following the vehicle, are fixed to the back end of the load.\n- (i) a light showing a clear red light to the back, visible at a distance of 200m under normal atmospheric conditions, is fixed to the back end of the load; or\n- (ii) at least 2 reflectors, capable of projecting a red reflection of light from the headlight of a vehicle following the vehicle, are fixed to the back end of the load.\n- (i) a light showing a clear red light to the back, visible at a distance of 200m under normal atmospheric conditions, is fixed to the back end of the load; or\n- (ii) at least 2 reflectors, capable of projecting a red reflection of light from the headlight of a vehicle following the vehicle, are fixed to the back end of the load.","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limits on projection of load—motorbike","content":"### sec.40 Limits on projection of load—motorbike\n\nA person must not drive or park a motorbike on a road if a load on the motorbike projects—\nfor a motorbike without a sidecar—\nmore than 150mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\nmore than 300mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\npast the outermost part of the motorbike on either side; or\nfor a motorbike that has a sidecar—\nmore than 600mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\nmore than 900mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\npast the outermost part of the motorbike or sidecar on either side; or\nfor a trailer being towed by a motorbike—\nmore than 300mm behind the trailer; or\npast the outermost part of the trailer on either side.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) for a motorbike without a sidecar— (i) more than 150mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or (ii) more than 300mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike on either side; or\n- (i) more than 150mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\n- (ii) more than 300mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\n- (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike on either side; or\n- (b) for a motorbike that has a sidecar— (i) more than 600mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or (ii) more than 900mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike or sidecar on either side; or\n- (i) more than 600mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\n- (ii) more than 900mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\n- (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike or sidecar on either side; or\n- (c) for a trailer being towed by a motorbike— (i) more than 300mm behind the trailer; or (ii) past the outermost part of the trailer on either side.\n- (i) more than 300mm behind the trailer; or\n- (ii) past the outermost part of the trailer on either side.\n- (i) more than 150mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\n- (ii) more than 300mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\n- (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike on either side; or\n- (i) more than 600mm in front of the motorbike’s front wheel; or\n- (ii) more than 900mm behind the motorbike’s back wheel; or\n- (iii) past the outermost part of the motorbike or sidecar on either side; or\n- (i) more than 300mm behind the trailer; or\n- (ii) past the outermost part of the trailer on either side.","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limits on projection of load—light motor vehicle other than motorbike","content":"### sec.41 Limits on projection of load—light motor vehicle other than motorbike\n\nThis section does not apply to a motorbike.\nA person must not drive or park a light motor vehicle on a road if a load on the vehicle projects more than—\nfor a vehicle towing a trailer—\n1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n1.2m behind the trailer; or\n150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle or trailer on either side; or\notherwise—\n1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n1.2m behind the vehicle; or\n150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (2) (a) (ii) and (b)(ii) do not apply for a load projecting more than 1.2m behind a light motor vehicle or trailer if the visibility requirements are complied with for the load.\nSee section 39 for the visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle.\n(sec.41-ssec.1) This section does not apply to a motorbike.\n(sec.41-ssec.2) A person must not drive or park a light motor vehicle on a road if a load on the vehicle projects more than— for a vehicle towing a trailer— 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or 1.2m behind the trailer; or 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle or trailer on either side; or otherwise— 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or 1.2m behind the vehicle; or 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.41-ssec.3) Subsection (2) (a) (ii) and (b)(ii) do not apply for a load projecting more than 1.2m behind a light motor vehicle or trailer if the visibility requirements are complied with for the load. See section 39 for the visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle.\n- (a) for a vehicle towing a trailer— (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or (ii) 1.2m behind the trailer; or (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle or trailer on either side; or\n- (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n- (ii) 1.2m behind the trailer; or\n- (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle or trailer on either side; or\n- (b) otherwise— (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or (ii) 1.2m behind the vehicle; or (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.\n- (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n- (ii) 1.2m behind the vehicle; or\n- (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.\n- (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n- (ii) 1.2m behind the trailer; or\n- (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle or trailer on either side; or\n- (i) 1.2m in front of the vehicle’s headlights; or\n- (ii) 1.2m behind the vehicle; or\n- (iii) 150mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limits on projection of load—light vehicle drawn by animal","content":"### sec.42 Limits on projection of load—light vehicle drawn by animal\n\nA person must not drive or park a light vehicle drawn by an animal on a road if a load on the vehicle projects—\nin front of the animal’s head; or\nfor a pole-type trailer—past the back end of the pole of the trailer; or\nfor another type of vehicle—more than 1m behind the vehicle; or\nmore than 300mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubsection (1) (b) and (c) do not apply for a load projecting past the back end of the pole for a pole-type trailer or more than 1m behind a light vehicle drawn by an animal if the visibility requirements are complied with for the load.\nSee section 39 for the visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle.\n(sec.42-ssec.1) A person must not drive or park a light vehicle drawn by an animal on a road if a load on the vehicle projects— in front of the animal’s head; or for a pole-type trailer—past the back end of the pole of the trailer; or for another type of vehicle—more than 1m behind the vehicle; or more than 300mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.42-ssec.2) Subsection (1) (b) and (c) do not apply for a load projecting past the back end of the pole for a pole-type trailer or more than 1m behind a light vehicle drawn by an animal if the visibility requirements are complied with for the load. See section 39 for the visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle.\n- (a) in front of the animal’s head; or\n- (b) for a pole-type trailer—past the back end of the pole of the trailer; or\n- (c) for another type of vehicle—more than 1m behind the vehicle; or\n- (d) more than 300mm past the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Visibility requirements for projecting load not readily visible behind light motor vehicle","content":"### sec.43 Visibility requirements for projecting load not readily visible behind light motor vehicle\n\nThe driver of a light motor vehicle must comply with the visibility requirements for a load on the vehicle, or on a trailer being towed by the vehicle, if the load projects in a way that would not be readily visible to a person following immediately behind the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSee section 39 for the visibility requirements for a load projecting from a light vehicle.","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements for securing load on light vehicle","content":"### sec.44 Requirements for securing load on light vehicle\n\nA person who drives or parks a light vehicle on a road must ensure a load on the vehicle—\nis not placed in a way that makes the vehicle unstable or unsafe; and\nis secured in a way that makes it unlikely to fall or be dislodged from the vehicle; and\nis restrained using an appropriate method.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIn a proceeding for an offence against subsection (1) —\nevidence that a load on a light vehicle was not placed, secured or restrained in a way that met the load performance standards is evidence of a contravention of subsection (1) ; and\nevidence that a load, or part of a load, fell from a light vehicle is evidence that the load was not properly secured; and\na court must presume a document purporting to be the load restraint guide for light vehicles is the load restraint guide for light vehicles until the contrary is proved.\nThe load restraint guide for light vehicles contains examples of appropriate methods for loading vehicles. The guide is available on the National Transport Commission’s website.\nIn this section—\nload performance standards see section 45 .\nload restraint guide for light vehicles means the document titled ‘Load restraint guide for light vehicles’ published by the National Transport Commission.\n(sec.44-ssec.1) A person who drives or parks a light vehicle on a road must ensure a load on the vehicle— is not placed in a way that makes the vehicle unstable or unsafe; and is secured in a way that makes it unlikely to fall or be dislodged from the vehicle; and is restrained using an appropriate method. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.44-ssec.2) In a proceeding for an offence against subsection (1) — evidence that a load on a light vehicle was not placed, secured or restrained in a way that met the load performance standards is evidence of a contravention of subsection (1) ; and evidence that a load, or part of a load, fell from a light vehicle is evidence that the load was not properly secured; and a court must presume a document purporting to be the load restraint guide for light vehicles is the load restraint guide for light vehicles until the contrary is proved. The load restraint guide for light vehicles contains examples of appropriate methods for loading vehicles. The guide is available on the National Transport Commission’s website.\n(sec.44-ssec.3) In this section— load performance standards see section 45 . load restraint guide for light vehicles means the document titled ‘Load restraint guide for light vehicles’ published by the National Transport Commission.\n- (a) is not placed in a way that makes the vehicle unstable or unsafe; and\n- (b) is secured in a way that makes it unlikely to fall or be dislodged from the vehicle; and\n- (c) is restrained using an appropriate method.\n- (a) evidence that a load on a light vehicle was not placed, secured or restrained in a way that met the load performance standards is evidence of a contravention of subsection (1) ; and\n- (b) evidence that a load, or part of a load, fell from a light vehicle is evidence that the load was not properly secured; and\n- (c) a court must presume a document purporting to be the load restraint guide for light vehicles is the load restraint guide for light vehicles until the contrary is proved. Note— The load restraint guide for light vehicles contains examples of appropriate methods for loading vehicles. The guide is available on the National Transport Commission’s website.","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Load performance standards for load on light vehicle","content":"### sec.45 Load performance standards for load on light vehicle\n\nThis section states the load performance standards for a load on a light vehicle.\nA load on a light vehicle must be restrained in a way that—\nprevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to any of the following, separately—\n0.8g deceleration in a forward direction;\n0.5g deceleration in a backward direction;\n0.5g acceleration in a lateral direction; and\nif friction or limited vertical displacement is relied on to comply with paragraph (a) —prevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to 0.2g acceleration in a vertical direction relative to the load; and\nat a minimum, is capable of withstanding the forces that would result in the circumstances mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) .\nDespite subsection (2) , a load on a light vehicle may move in relation to the vehicle if—\nthe vehicle’s stability and weight distribution are not adversely affected by the movement; and\nthe load does not become dislodged from the vehicle.\na load contained within the sides or enclosure of a light vehicle restrained from moving horizontally may move vertically\na load of very light objects, or a loose bulk load, contained within an enclosed part of a light vehicle may move horizontally and vertically\nliquid in a bulk load contained in an enclosed tank on a light vehicle may move within the tank\n(sec.45-ssec.1) This section states the load performance standards for a load on a light vehicle.\n(sec.45-ssec.2) A load on a light vehicle must be restrained in a way that— prevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to any of the following, separately— 0.8g deceleration in a forward direction; 0.5g deceleration in a backward direction; 0.5g acceleration in a lateral direction; and if friction or limited vertical displacement is relied on to comply with paragraph (a) —prevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to 0.2g acceleration in a vertical direction relative to the load; and at a minimum, is capable of withstanding the forces that would result in the circumstances mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) .\n(sec.45-ssec.3) Despite subsection (2) , a load on a light vehicle may move in relation to the vehicle if— the vehicle’s stability and weight distribution are not adversely affected by the movement; and the load does not become dislodged from the vehicle. a load contained within the sides or enclosure of a light vehicle restrained from moving horizontally may move vertically a load of very light objects, or a loose bulk load, contained within an enclosed part of a light vehicle may move horizontally and vertically liquid in a bulk load contained in an enclosed tank on a light vehicle may move within the tank\n- (a) prevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to any of the following, separately— (i) 0.8g deceleration in a forward direction; (ii) 0.5g deceleration in a backward direction; (iii) 0.5g acceleration in a lateral direction; and\n- (i) 0.8g deceleration in a forward direction;\n- (ii) 0.5g deceleration in a backward direction;\n- (iii) 0.5g acceleration in a lateral direction; and\n- (b) if friction or limited vertical displacement is relied on to comply with paragraph (a) —prevents the load from moving in relation to the vehicle if the loaded vehicle is subjected to 0.2g acceleration in a vertical direction relative to the load; and\n- (c) at a minimum, is capable of withstanding the forces that would result in the circumstances mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) .\n- (i) 0.8g deceleration in a forward direction;\n- (ii) 0.5g deceleration in a backward direction;\n- (iii) 0.5g acceleration in a lateral direction; and\n- (a) the vehicle’s stability and weight distribution are not adversely affected by the movement; and\n- (b) the load does not become dislodged from the vehicle.\n- • a load contained within the sides or enclosure of a light vehicle restrained from moving horizontally may move vertically\n- • a load of very light objects, or a loose bulk load, contained within an enclosed part of a light vehicle may move horizontally and vertically\n- • liquid in a bulk load contained in an enclosed tank on a light vehicle may move within the tank","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with coupling requirements","content":"### sec.46 Compliance with coupling requirements\n\nA person who drives or parks a light combination on a road must ensure—\nthe trailer that is part of the combination is securely coupled to the vehicle in front of the trailer; and\nthe components of the coupling used between the vehicles that are part of the combination are compatible with and properly connected to each other.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) the trailer that is part of the combination is securely coupled to the vehicle in front of the trailer; and\n- (b) the components of the coupling used between the vehicles that are part of the combination are compatible with and properly connected to each other.","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"pt.4-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Dimension requirements—miscellaneous vehicles","content":"## Dimension requirements—miscellaneous vehicles","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with dimension requirements—miscellaneous vehicle","content":"### sec.47 Compliance with dimension requirements—miscellaneous vehicle\n\nA person must not drive or park a light vehicle that is a miscellaneous vehicle on a road unless the vehicle complies with schedule 1 , sections 61 to 67 .\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSchedule 1 , sections 61 to 67 state requirements about the dimensions of light vehicles.","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Safe movement approvals for light vehicles","content":"# Safe movement approvals for light vehicles","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of part","content":"### sec.48 Application of part\n\nFor section 3 (1) , this part applies to a light vehicle, including a miscellaneous vehicle.","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for part","content":"### sec.49 Definitions for part\n\nIn this part—\nexempted provision , for a safe movement approval, means a provision of this regulation that—\nimposes a requirement relating to the use of a light vehicle on a road; and\nis stated in the approval as a provision that a light vehicle or a person driving a light vehicle is exempted from while the vehicle is driven in compliance with the approval.\nsafe movement approval means—\na safe movement guideline; or\na safe movement permit.\n- (a) imposes a requirement relating to the use of a light vehicle on a road; and\n- (b) is stated in the approval as a provision that a light vehicle or a person driving a light vehicle is exempted from while the vehicle is driven in compliance with the approval.\n- (a) a safe movement guideline; or\n- (b) a safe movement permit.","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Purposes and effect","content":"## Purposes and effect","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Purpose of safe movement approval","content":"### sec.50 Purpose of safe movement approval\n\nThe purpose of a safe movement approval is to provide for conditions under which light vehicles may be driven safely on a road in circumstances that would otherwise contravene a stated provision of this regulation.","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effect of safe movement approval","content":"### sec.51 Effect of safe movement approval\n\nThis section applies if a light vehicle is driven or parked on a road under, or purportedly under, the authority of a safe movement approval.\nHowever, this section stops applying—\nif the driver of the light vehicle contravenes the safe movement approval; and\nwhile the driver’s contravention continues.\nAn exempted provision for the safe movement approval does not apply in relation to the light vehicle or the driver of the vehicle.\n(sec.51-ssec.1) This section applies if a light vehicle is driven or parked on a road under, or purportedly under, the authority of a safe movement approval.\n(sec.51-ssec.2) However, this section stops applying— if the driver of the light vehicle contravenes the safe movement approval; and while the driver’s contravention continues.\n(sec.51-ssec.3) An exempted provision for the safe movement approval does not apply in relation to the light vehicle or the driver of the vehicle.\n- (a) if the driver of the light vehicle contravenes the safe movement approval; and\n- (b) while the driver’s contravention continues.","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with safe movement approval","content":"### sec.52 Compliance with safe movement approval\n\nA person who drives a light vehicle on a road under, or purportedly under, the authority of a safe movement approval must not contravene the approval.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nIf, because of the operation of section 51 (2) , a person commits an offence against another provision of this regulation, the person—\nmay be charged with an offence against either subsection (1) or the other provision; and\nmust not be charged with both offences.\n(sec.52-ssec.1) A person who drives a light vehicle on a road under, or purportedly under, the authority of a safe movement approval must not contravene the approval. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.52-ssec.2) If, because of the operation of section 51 (2) , a person commits an offence against another provision of this regulation, the person— may be charged with an offence against either subsection (1) or the other provision; and must not be charged with both offences.\n- (a) may be charged with an offence against either subsection (1) or the other provision; and\n- (b) must not be charged with both offences.","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Issue or grant of safe movement approval","content":"## Issue or grant of safe movement approval","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive may issue safe movement guideline","content":"### sec.53 Chief executive may issue safe movement guideline\n\nThe chief executive may issue a guideline (a safe movement guideline ) for a type of light vehicle.\nA safe movement guideline must be published on the department’s website.\nA safe movement guideline takes effect—\nwhen the guideline is published on the department’s website; or\non a later day stated in the guideline.\n(sec.53-ssec.1) The chief executive may issue a guideline (a safe movement guideline ) for a type of light vehicle.\n(sec.53-ssec.2) A safe movement guideline must be published on the department’s website.\n(sec.53-ssec.3) A safe movement guideline takes effect— when the guideline is published on the department’s website; or on a later day stated in the guideline.\n- (a) when the guideline is published on the department’s website; or\n- (b) on a later day stated in the guideline.","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive may grant safe movement permit","content":"### sec.54 Chief executive may grant safe movement permit\n\nThe chief executive may grant a permit (a safe movement permit ) for 1 or more light vehicles to a person.","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding to issue or grant safe movement approval","content":"### sec.55 Deciding to issue or grant safe movement approval\n\nIn deciding whether to issue a safe movement guideline or grant a safe movement permit, the chief executive must consider the following matters for a light vehicle the guideline or permit is to apply to—\nthe particular circumstances of the vehicle being driven on a road;\nwhether, and under what conditions, the vehicle may be driven safely on a road in the circumstances;\nwhether, in the circumstances, driving the vehicle on a road in compliance with the proposed conditions would be at least as safe as driving the vehicle in compliance with the proposed exempted provision.\nSubsection (1) does not limit the matters the chief executive may consider.\n(sec.55-ssec.1) In deciding whether to issue a safe movement guideline or grant a safe movement permit, the chief executive must consider the following matters for a light vehicle the guideline or permit is to apply to— the particular circumstances of the vehicle being driven on a road; whether, and under what conditions, the vehicle may be driven safely on a road in the circumstances; whether, in the circumstances, driving the vehicle on a road in compliance with the proposed conditions would be at least as safe as driving the vehicle in compliance with the proposed exempted provision.\n(sec.55-ssec.2) Subsection (1) does not limit the matters the chief executive may consider.\n- (a) the particular circumstances of the vehicle being driven on a road;\n- (b) whether, and under what conditions, the vehicle may be driven safely on a road in the circumstances;\n- (c) whether, in the circumstances, driving the vehicle on a road in compliance with the proposed conditions would be at least as safe as driving the vehicle in compliance with the proposed exempted provision.","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Matters for safe movement approval","content":"### sec.56 Matters for safe movement approval\n\nA safe movement approval must state—\nfor a safe movement guideline—the type of light vehicle it applies to; and\nfor a safe movement permit—the particular light vehicle or light vehicles it applies to; and\nthe conditions for driving a light vehicle on a road under the authority of the approval; and\nthe exempted provision for the approval.\nA condition of a safe movement approval may provide for the following matters for a light vehicle to which the approval applies—\nthe roads on which the vehicle may or may not be driven;\nthe maximum speed at which the vehicle may be driven;\nany modification required to, or that may, be made to the vehicle before it is driven;\nExtra lighting may be required to be added to the side of a vehicle carrying a wide load.\nwhen the vehicle may, or may not, be driven;\nthe signs or warning devices to be displayed on the vehicle;\nthe maximum dimensions allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle;\nthe maximum mass allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle;\nrequirements for—\nescort vehicles and escort vehicle drivers; or\npilot vehicles and pilot vehicle drivers;\nother matters relevant to the safe use of the vehicle on the roads.\nA map may be included in safe movement approval to show the roads on which a light vehicle may or may not be driven under the approval.\nFor subsection (3) , a map may be included in a safe movement guideline by being linked electronically to the guideline.\n(sec.56-ssec.1) A safe movement approval must state— for a safe movement guideline—the type of light vehicle it applies to; and for a safe movement permit—the particular light vehicle or light vehicles it applies to; and the conditions for driving a light vehicle on a road under the authority of the approval; and the exempted provision for the approval.\n(sec.56-ssec.2) A condition of a safe movement approval may provide for the following matters for a light vehicle to which the approval applies— the roads on which the vehicle may or may not be driven; the maximum speed at which the vehicle may be driven; any modification required to, or that may, be made to the vehicle before it is driven; Extra lighting may be required to be added to the side of a vehicle carrying a wide load. when the vehicle may, or may not, be driven; the signs or warning devices to be displayed on the vehicle; the maximum dimensions allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle; the maximum mass allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle; requirements for— escort vehicles and escort vehicle drivers; or pilot vehicles and pilot vehicle drivers; other matters relevant to the safe use of the vehicle on the roads.\n(sec.56-ssec.3) A map may be included in safe movement approval to show the roads on which a light vehicle may or may not be driven under the approval.\n(sec.56-ssec.4) For subsection (3) , a map may be included in a safe movement guideline by being linked electronically to the guideline.\n- (a) for a safe movement guideline—the type of light vehicle it applies to; and\n- (b) for a safe movement permit—the particular light vehicle or light vehicles it applies to; and\n- (c) the conditions for driving a light vehicle on a road under the authority of the approval; and\n- (d) the exempted provision for the approval.\n- (a) the roads on which the vehicle may or may not be driven;\n- (b) the maximum speed at which the vehicle may be driven;\n- (c) any modification required to, or that may, be made to the vehicle before it is driven; Example— Extra lighting may be required to be added to the side of a vehicle carrying a wide load.\n- (d) when the vehicle may, or may not, be driven;\n- (e) the signs or warning devices to be displayed on the vehicle;\n- (f) the maximum dimensions allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle;\n- (g) the maximum mass allowed for the vehicle and any load on the vehicle;\n- (h) requirements for— (i) escort vehicles and escort vehicle drivers; or (ii) pilot vehicles and pilot vehicle drivers;\n- (i) escort vehicles and escort vehicle drivers; or\n- (ii) pilot vehicles and pilot vehicle drivers;\n- (i) other matters relevant to the safe use of the vehicle on the roads.\n- (i) escort vehicles and escort vehicle drivers; or\n- (ii) pilot vehicles and pilot vehicle drivers;","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Limitation about GCM","content":"### sec.57 Limitation about GCM\n\nA safe movement approval must not allow a light combination to be more than the GCM of the towing vehicle of the combination.","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"pt.5-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Provisions relating to safe movement permits","content":"## Provisions relating to safe movement permits","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application","content":"### sec.58 Application\n\nA person may apply to the chief executive for a safe movement permit for 1 or more light vehicles.\nSee part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding application","content":"### sec.59 Deciding application\n\nThe chief executive must consider an application for a safe movement permit made under section 58 and decide—\nto grant the permit; or\nto refuse the application.\nIf the chief executive decides to grant the safe movement permit, the chief executive must also decide the conditions of the permit that apply to a light vehicle being driven or parked on a road under the authority of the permit.\nWithout limiting subsection (2) , a condition may require a person driving a light vehicle under the safe movement permit to carry the permit, or a copy of the permit, to be produced for immediate inspection if an authorised officer asks to see it.\nThe chief executive must make a decision under this section within 28 days after—\nthe day the chief executive receives the application; or\nif the chief executive gives the applicant a notice under section 107 asking for further information to decide the application—the day the notice is given to the applicant.\n(sec.59-ssec.1) The chief executive must consider an application for a safe movement permit made under section 58 and decide— to grant the permit; or to refuse the application.\n(sec.59-ssec.2) If the chief executive decides to grant the safe movement permit, the chief executive must also decide the conditions of the permit that apply to a light vehicle being driven or parked on a road under the authority of the permit.\n(sec.59-ssec.3) Without limiting subsection (2) , a condition may require a person driving a light vehicle under the safe movement permit to carry the permit, or a copy of the permit, to be produced for immediate inspection if an authorised officer asks to see it.\n(sec.59-ssec.4) The chief executive must make a decision under this section within 28 days after— the day the chief executive receives the application; or if the chief executive gives the applicant a notice under section 107 asking for further information to decide the application—the day the notice is given to the applicant.\n- (a) to grant the permit; or\n- (b) to refuse the application.\n- (a) the day the chief executive receives the application; or\n- (b) if the chief executive gives the applicant a notice under section 107 asking for further information to decide the application—the day the notice is given to the applicant.","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Granting safe movement permit","content":"### sec.60 Granting safe movement permit\n\nAs soon as practicable after deciding to grant a safe movement permit to a person, the chief executive must give the permit to the person.\nIn addition to the matters mentioned in section 56 (1) , the safe movement permit must state—\nfor each light vehicle the permit is granted for—\nthe vehicle’s registration number; or\nthe vehicle’s VIN or other unique identifying number; or\nthe vehicle’s chassis number; or\nif the vehicle does not have the numbers mentioned in subparagraph (i) , (ii) or (iii) —other information identifying the vehicle; and\nthe person’s name and address; and\nthe period for which the permit is issued.\n(sec.60-ssec.1) As soon as practicable after deciding to grant a safe movement permit to a person, the chief executive must give the permit to the person.\n(sec.60-ssec.2) In addition to the matters mentioned in section 56 (1) , the safe movement permit must state— for each light vehicle the permit is granted for— the vehicle’s registration number; or the vehicle’s VIN or other unique identifying number; or the vehicle’s chassis number; or if the vehicle does not have the numbers mentioned in subparagraph (i) , (ii) or (iii) —other information identifying the vehicle; and the person’s name and address; and the period for which the permit is issued.\n- (a) for each light vehicle the permit is granted for— (i) the vehicle’s registration number; or (ii) the vehicle’s VIN or other unique identifying number; or (iii) the vehicle’s chassis number; or (iv) if the vehicle does not have the numbers mentioned in subparagraph (i) , (ii) or (iii) —other information identifying the vehicle; and\n- (i) the vehicle’s registration number; or\n- (ii) the vehicle’s VIN or other unique identifying number; or\n- (iii) the vehicle’s chassis number; or\n- (iv) if the vehicle does not have the numbers mentioned in subparagraph (i) , (ii) or (iii) —other information identifying the vehicle; and\n- (b) the person’s name and address; and\n- (c) the period for which the permit is issued.\n- (i) the vehicle’s registration number; or\n- (ii) the vehicle’s VIN or other unique identifying number; or\n- (iii) the vehicle’s chassis number; or\n- (iv) if the vehicle does not have the numbers mentioned in subparagraph (i) , (ii) or (iii) —other information identifying the vehicle; and","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Period of effect of safe movement permit","content":"### sec.61 Period of effect of safe movement permit\n\nA safe movement permit has effect for the period stated in the permit.\nHowever, a safe movement permit stops having effect for a light vehicle stated in the permit before the end of the stated period if—\nthe vehicle is disposed of; or\nthe registration of the vehicle is transferred to another person.\nIf a safe movement permit issued for more than 1 light vehicle stops having effect in relation to 1 of the light vehicles under subsection (2) , the permit continues having effect under subsection (1) for other vehicles stated in the permit.\n(sec.61-ssec.1) A safe movement permit has effect for the period stated in the permit.\n(sec.61-ssec.2) However, a safe movement permit stops having effect for a light vehicle stated in the permit before the end of the stated period if— the vehicle is disposed of; or the registration of the vehicle is transferred to another person.\n(sec.61-ssec.3) If a safe movement permit issued for more than 1 light vehicle stops having effect in relation to 1 of the light vehicles under subsection (2) , the permit continues having effect under subsection (1) for other vehicles stated in the permit.\n- (a) the vehicle is disposed of; or\n- (b) the registration of the vehicle is transferred to another person.","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of decision","content":"### sec.62 Notice of decision\n\nThis section applies to a decision of the chief executive—\nabout the conditions of a safe movement permit under section 59 (2) ; or\nto refuse an application for a safe movement permit.\nThe chief executive must give written notice of the decision to the applicant as soon as practicable after making the decision.\nThe notice must state—\nthe reasons for the decision; and\nthat the person may ask for the decision to be reviewed.\nSection 65 of the Act applies to the decision as if a reference to an original decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\nHowever, despite subsection (4) , a person may not apply to QCAT to have the decision to impose the conditions stayed.\nSection 65A of the Act applies to a decision to refuse the application as if a reference to a reviewed decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\n(sec.62-ssec.1) This section applies to a decision of the chief executive— about the conditions of a safe movement permit under section 59 (2) ; or to refuse an application for a safe movement permit.\n(sec.62-ssec.2) The chief executive must give written notice of the decision to the applicant as soon as practicable after making the decision.\n(sec.62-ssec.3) The notice must state— the reasons for the decision; and that the person may ask for the decision to be reviewed.\n(sec.62-ssec.4) Section 65 of the Act applies to the decision as if a reference to an original decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\n(sec.62-ssec.5) However, despite subsection (4) , a person may not apply to QCAT to have the decision to impose the conditions stayed.\n(sec.62-ssec.6) Section 65A of the Act applies to a decision to refuse the application as if a reference to a reviewed decision in that section were a reference to the decision.\n- (a) about the conditions of a safe movement permit under section 59 (2) ; or\n- (b) to refuse an application for a safe movement permit.\n- (a) the reasons for the decision; and\n- (b) that the person may ask for the decision to be reviewed.","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle safety—inspections and inspection certificates","content":"# Vehicle safety—inspections and inspection certificates","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Preliminary","content":"## Preliminary","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particular references to vehicle includes component","content":"### sec.63 Particular references to vehicle includes component\n\nIn a provision of this part that applies to a heavy vehicle, a reference to a vehicle includes a component fitted to, or that is part of, the heavy vehicle.","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Alternative compliance scheme—light vehicle maintenance","content":"### sec.64 Alternative compliance scheme—light vehicle maintenance\n\nFor section 15 (1) of the Act , sections 71 and 75 are prescribed for a light vehicle mentioned in that section of the Act for the purpose of ensuring the light vehicle is not defective.","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Inspection certificates","content":"## Inspection certificates","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is an inspection certificate","content":"### sec.65 What is an inspection certificate\n\nA certificate of inspection and a safety certificate are each an inspection certificate .","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a certificate of inspection","content":"### sec.66 What is a certificate of inspection\n\nA certificate of inspection is a certificate in the approved form issued for a vehicle.\nThe COI term for a certificate of inspection issued for a vehicle is the following period, including the day on which the certificate takes effect—\nfor a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years;\notherwise—1 year.\nA certificate of inspection for a vehicle—\ntakes effect—\nfor a certificate issued not more than 2 months before the previous certificate for the vehicle expires—on the day after the previous certificate expires; or\nfor a certificate issued during the COI period for the previous certificate  for the vehicle—on the day after the previous certificate expired; or\notherwise—when the certificate is issued; and\ncontinues in effect until the end of the COI term for a certificate issued for the vehicle.\nFor subsection (3) (a) (ii) , the COI period for a previous certificate for a vehicle is the following period for the vehicle, starting on the day after the previous certificate expired—\nfor a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years;\notherwise—1 year.\nAlso, for a new vehicle for subsection (3) (a) (ii) , a previous certificate is taken to have—\nbeen issued for the vehicle on the day the vehicle was first registered; and\nexpired on the day before the first anniversary of the vehicle’s registration.\nIn this section—\nheavy primary production vehicle means a vehicle mentioned in the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 241 .\nprevious certificate , in relation to a certificate of inspection issued (the current certificate ) for a vehicle, means the most recent certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle before the current certificate.\ns 66 amd 2021 SL No. 157 s 12\n(sec.66-ssec.1) A certificate of inspection is a certificate in the approved form issued for a vehicle.\n(sec.66-ssec.2) The COI term for a certificate of inspection issued for a vehicle is the following period, including the day on which the certificate takes effect— for a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years; otherwise—1 year.\n(sec.66-ssec.3) A certificate of inspection for a vehicle— takes effect— for a certificate issued not more than 2 months before the previous certificate for the vehicle expires—on the day after the previous certificate expires; or for a certificate issued during the COI period for the previous certificate  for the vehicle—on the day after the previous certificate expired; or otherwise—when the certificate is issued; and continues in effect until the end of the COI term for a certificate issued for the vehicle.\n(sec.66-ssec.4) For subsection (3) (a) (ii) , the COI period for a previous certificate for a vehicle is the following period for the vehicle, starting on the day after the previous certificate expired— for a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years; otherwise—1 year.\n(sec.66-ssec.5) Also, for a new vehicle for subsection (3) (a) (ii) , a previous certificate is taken to have— been issued for the vehicle on the day the vehicle was first registered; and expired on the day before the first anniversary of the vehicle’s registration.\n(sec.66-ssec.6) In this section— heavy primary production vehicle means a vehicle mentioned in the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 241 . previous certificate , in relation to a certificate of inspection issued (the current certificate ) for a vehicle, means the most recent certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle before the current certificate.\n- (a) for a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years;\n- (b) otherwise—1 year.\n- (a) takes effect— (i) for a certificate issued not more than 2 months before the previous certificate for the vehicle expires—on the day after the previous certificate expires; or (ii) for a certificate issued during the COI period for the previous certificate  for the vehicle—on the day after the previous certificate expired; or (iii) otherwise—when the certificate is issued; and\n- (i) for a certificate issued not more than 2 months before the previous certificate for the vehicle expires—on the day after the previous certificate expires; or\n- (ii) for a certificate issued during the COI period for the previous certificate  for the vehicle—on the day after the previous certificate expired; or\n- (iii) otherwise—when the certificate is issued; and\n- (b) continues in effect until the end of the COI term for a certificate issued for the vehicle.\n- (i) for a certificate issued not more than 2 months before the previous certificate for the vehicle expires—on the day after the previous certificate expires; or\n- (ii) for a certificate issued during the COI period for the previous certificate  for the vehicle—on the day after the previous certificate expired; or\n- (iii) otherwise—when the certificate is issued; and\n- (a) for a heavy primary production vehicle—2 years;\n- (b) otherwise—1 year.\n- (a) been issued for the vehicle on the day the vehicle was first registered; and\n- (b) expired on the day before the first anniversary of the vehicle’s registration.","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a safety certificate","content":"### sec.67 What is a safety certificate\n\nA safety certificate is a certificate in the approved form issued for a vehicle.\nA safety certificate for a vehicle being disposed of by a dealer takes effect when the certificate is issued and continues in effect—\nfor a period of 3 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or\nuntil the vehicle is driven 1,000km after the certificate is issued; or\nuntil the vehicle is disposed of other than to another dealer.\nA safety certificate for another vehicle takes effect when the certificate is issued and continues in effect—\nfor a period of 2 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or\nuntil the vehicle is driven 2,000km after the certificate is issued; or\nuntil the vehicle is disposed of other than to a dealer.\ns 67 amd 2021 SL No. 157 s 13\n(sec.67-ssec.1) A safety certificate is a certificate in the approved form issued for a vehicle.\n(sec.67-ssec.2) A safety certificate for a vehicle being disposed of by a dealer takes effect when the certificate is issued and continues in effect— for a period of 3 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or until the vehicle is driven 1,000km after the certificate is issued; or until the vehicle is disposed of other than to another dealer.\n(sec.67-ssec.3) A safety certificate for another vehicle takes effect when the certificate is issued and continues in effect— for a period of 2 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or until the vehicle is driven 2,000km after the certificate is issued; or until the vehicle is disposed of other than to a dealer.\n- (a) for a period of 3 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or\n- (b) until the vehicle is driven 1,000km after the certificate is issued; or\n- (c) until the vehicle is disposed of other than to another dealer.\n- (a) for a period of 2 months, including the day on which the certificate is issued; or\n- (b) until the vehicle is driven 2,000km after the certificate is issued; or\n- (c) until the vehicle is disposed of other than to a dealer.","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Earlier ending of inspection certificate","content":"### sec.68 Earlier ending of inspection certificate\n\nThis section applies despite another provision of this division.\nAn inspection certificate issued for a vehicle stops having effect when—\nthe vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or\nan unapproved modification is made to the vehicle; or\nthe condition of the vehicle changes significantly other than because the vehicle has been modified.\nIn this section—\nunapproved modification , of a vehicle, means a modification of the vehicle that is not—\na compliant modification of a light vehicle; or\na code S13 modification of a heavy bus that is a certified modification; or\na modification of a heavy vehicle, other than modification mentioned in paragraph (b) , approved under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) , section 86 or 87 or a corresponding law.\n(sec.68-ssec.1) This section applies despite another provision of this division.\n(sec.68-ssec.2) An inspection certificate issued for a vehicle stops having effect when— the vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or an unapproved modification is made to the vehicle; or the condition of the vehicle changes significantly other than because the vehicle has been modified.\n(sec.68-ssec.3) In this section— unapproved modification , of a vehicle, means a modification of the vehicle that is not— a compliant modification of a light vehicle; or a code S13 modification of a heavy bus that is a certified modification; or a modification of a heavy vehicle, other than modification mentioned in paragraph (b) , approved under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) , section 86 or 87 or a corresponding law.\n- (a) the vehicle’s registration under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 or a corresponding law is cancelled; or\n- (b) an unapproved modification is made to the vehicle; or\n- (c) the condition of the vehicle changes significantly other than because the vehicle has been modified.\n- (a) a compliant modification of a light vehicle; or\n- (b) a code S13 modification of a heavy bus that is a certified modification; or\n- (c) a modification of a heavy vehicle, other than modification mentioned in paragraph (b) , approved under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) , section 86 or 87 or a corresponding law.","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Requirements for inspection certificates","content":"## Requirements for inspection certificates","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.69 Application of division\n\nThis division does not apply to—\na trailer that has an ATM of 0.75t or less; or\na dump truck for which concessional registration is granted under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 as a motor vehicle mentioned in schedule 5 of that regulation; or\na mobile crane; or\na straddle truck; or\na tractor; or\na vehicle that, under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , is—\nan agricultural implement; or\nan agricultural machine; or\nmobile machinery.\n- (a) a trailer that has an ATM of 0.75t or less; or\n- (b) a dump truck for which concessional registration is granted under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 as a motor vehicle mentioned in schedule 5 of that regulation; or\n- (c) a mobile crane; or\n- (d) a straddle truck; or\n- (e) a tractor; or\n- (f) a vehicle that, under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , is— (i) an agricultural implement; or (ii) an agricultural machine; or (iii) mobile machinery.\n- (i) an agricultural implement; or\n- (ii) an agricultural machine; or\n- (iii) mobile machinery.\n- (i) an agricultural implement; or\n- (ii) an agricultural machine; or\n- (iii) mobile machinery.","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"What is a COI vehicle","content":"### sec.70 What is a COI vehicle\n\nEach of the following vehicles is a COI vehicle —\na heavy vehicle;\na light vehicle that is—\na booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\nanother vehicle used to provide a public passenger service; or\nan authorised tow truck for an operator accreditation under the Tow Truck Act 2023 .\nHowever, a concessionally registered ambulance vehicle is not a COI vehicle .\nAlso, a vehicle used to provide a public passenger service (other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi) is not a COI vehicle if the vehicle—\nis used only to provide a community transport service or courtesy transport service, or both; and\nis not used by a school to provide a service mentioned in paragraph (a) to carry students attending the school; and\nis built to carry 9 or fewer seated adults.\nIn this section—\ncommunity transport service see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 .\nconcessionally registered ambulance vehicle means a vehicle that is—\nan ambulance vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 ; and\nconcessionally registered under that regulation.\ncourtesy transport service see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 .\ns 70 amd 2022 SL No. 20 s 9 ; 2024 SL No. 134 s 147\n(sec.70-ssec.1) Each of the following vehicles is a COI vehicle — a heavy vehicle; a light vehicle that is— a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or another vehicle used to provide a public passenger service; or an authorised tow truck for an operator accreditation under the Tow Truck Act 2023 .\n(sec.70-ssec.2) However, a concessionally registered ambulance vehicle is not a COI vehicle .\n(sec.70-ssec.3) Also, a vehicle used to provide a public passenger service (other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi) is not a COI vehicle if the vehicle— is used only to provide a community transport service or courtesy transport service, or both; and is not used by a school to provide a service mentioned in paragraph (a) to carry students attending the school; and is built to carry 9 or fewer seated adults.\n(sec.70-ssec.4) In this section— community transport service see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 . concessionally registered ambulance vehicle means a vehicle that is— an ambulance vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 ; and concessionally registered under that regulation. courtesy transport service see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 .\n- (a) a heavy vehicle;\n- (b) a light vehicle that is— (i) a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or (ii) another vehicle used to provide a public passenger service; or (iii) an authorised tow truck for an operator accreditation under the Tow Truck Act 2023 .\n- (i) a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\n- (ii) another vehicle used to provide a public passenger service; or\n- (iii) an authorised tow truck for an operator accreditation under the Tow Truck Act 2023 .\n- (i) a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\n- (ii) another vehicle used to provide a public passenger service; or\n- (iii) an authorised tow truck for an operator accreditation under the Tow Truck Act 2023 .\n- (a) is used only to provide a community transport service or courtesy transport service, or both; and\n- (b) is not used by a school to provide a service mentioned in paragraph (a) to carry students attending the school; and\n- (c) is built to carry 9 or fewer seated adults.\n- (a) an ambulance vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 ; and\n- (b) concessionally registered under that regulation.","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement for certificate of inspection","content":"### sec.71 Requirement for certificate of inspection\n\nThe owner of a registered COI vehicle must ensure a certificate of inspection is in effect for the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—60 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to—\na vehicle for which an extension of time for obtaining a certificate of inspection is operating under section 72 , 73 or 74 ; or\na new vehicle during the year after it is first registered; or\na special interest vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 for which concessional registration is granted under that regulation; or\na light vehicle operating under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\na heavy vehicle identified in a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation as a vehicle being operated in accordance with the system; or\na vehicle being used only in an exempt area for a COI vehicle.\n(sec.71-ssec.1) The owner of a registered COI vehicle must ensure a certificate of inspection is in effect for the vehicle. Maximum penalty—60 penalty units.\n(sec.71-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to— a vehicle for which an extension of time for obtaining a certificate of inspection is operating under section 72 , 73 or 74 ; or a new vehicle during the year after it is first registered; or a special interest vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 for which concessional registration is granted under that regulation; or a light vehicle operating under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or a heavy vehicle identified in a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation as a vehicle being operated in accordance with the system; or a vehicle being used only in an exempt area for a COI vehicle.\n- (a) a vehicle for which an extension of time for obtaining a certificate of inspection is operating under section 72 , 73 or 74 ; or\n- (b) a new vehicle during the year after it is first registered; or\n- (c) a special interest vehicle under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 for which concessional registration is granted under that regulation; or\n- (d) a light vehicle operating under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\n- (e) a heavy vehicle identified in a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation as a vehicle being operated in accordance with the system; or\n- (f) a vehicle being used only in an exempt area for a COI vehicle.","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of time for obtaining certificate of inspection—inspection booked using electronic system","content":"### sec.72 Extension of time for obtaining certificate of inspection—inspection booked using electronic system\n\nThis section applies if—\nto comply with section 71 , a person is required to obtain a certificate of inspection for a COI vehicle before a particular day (the compliance day ), including, for example, because a previous certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle is due to expire; and\nthe electronic system does not allow the person to book an inspection of the vehicle for the issue of a certificate of inspection at a place that is reasonably convenient for the person before the compliance day; and\nusing the electronic system, the person books an inspection within 2 months after the compliance day.\nThe time for obtaining a certificate of inspection for the COI vehicle is extended until—\nthe inspection is carried out; or\nthe person cancels the appointment for the inspection; or\nthe inspection is not carried out and the time for the appointment passes.\n(sec.72-ssec.1) This section applies if— to comply with section 71 , a person is required to obtain a certificate of inspection for a COI vehicle before a particular day (the compliance day ), including, for example, because a previous certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle is due to expire; and the electronic system does not allow the person to book an inspection of the vehicle for the issue of a certificate of inspection at a place that is reasonably convenient for the person before the compliance day; and using the electronic system, the person books an inspection within 2 months after the compliance day.\n(sec.72-ssec.2) The time for obtaining a certificate of inspection for the COI vehicle is extended until— the inspection is carried out; or the person cancels the appointment for the inspection; or the inspection is not carried out and the time for the appointment passes.\n- (a) to comply with section 71 , a person is required to obtain a certificate of inspection for a COI vehicle before a particular day (the compliance day ), including, for example, because a previous certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle is due to expire; and\n- (b) the electronic system does not allow the person to book an inspection of the vehicle for the issue of a certificate of inspection at a place that is reasonably convenient for the person before the compliance day; and\n- (c) using the electronic system, the person books an inspection within 2 months after the compliance day.\n- (a) the inspection is carried out; or\n- (b) the person cancels the appointment for the inspection; or\n- (c) the inspection is not carried out and the time for the appointment passes.","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Extension of time for obtaining certificate of inspection—special circumstances","content":"### sec.73 Extension of time for obtaining certificate of inspection—special circumstances\n\nIf the chief executive is satisfied that special circumstances exist, the chief executive may extend the time for obtaining a certificate of inspection for a COI vehicle.\nnatural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or inspection facilities are located\nflood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\nThe time may be extended under subsection (1) for a period the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\nThe chief executive may act under subsection (1) on the chief executive’s own initiative or on the application of the owner of the COI vehicle or the owner’s agent.\nIf the chief executive extends the time for obtaining a certificate of inspection, the chief executive must—\nfor an extension of time for a particular COI vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or\notherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.\n(sec.73-ssec.1) If the chief executive is satisfied that special circumstances exist, the chief executive may extend the time for obtaining a certificate of inspection for a COI vehicle. natural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or inspection facilities are located flood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\n(sec.73-ssec.2) The time may be extended under subsection (1) for a period the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\n(sec.73-ssec.3) The chief executive may act under subsection (1) on the chief executive’s own initiative or on the application of the owner of the COI vehicle or the owner’s agent.\n(sec.73-ssec.4) If the chief executive extends the time for obtaining a certificate of inspection, the chief executive must— for an extension of time for a particular COI vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or otherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.\n- • natural disasters, including floods, affecting the area in which an owner’s vehicle or inspection facilities are located\n- • flood damage to roads causing long-term road closure\n- (a) for an extension of time for a particular COI vehicle—give written notice about the extension to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent; or\n- (b) otherwise—publish a notice about the extension on the department’s website.","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":null,"content":"### Section sec.74\n\ns 74 exp 31 October 2023 at the end of the day (see 2022 SL No. 127 s 2 (2) note 1)","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement for inspection certificate for disposal by owner","content":"### sec.75 Requirement for inspection certificate for disposal by owner\n\nThe owner of a registered vehicle must not dispose of the vehicle to another person (the acquirer ) unless—\nan inspection certificate is in effect for the vehicle; and\nthe owner gives the acquirer—\nfor an inspection certificate issued manually—the original and duplicate of the certificate; or\notherwise—a copy of the certificate or the unique number for the certificate.\nMaximum penalty—60 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to—\na vehicle disposed of to a dealer; or\nthe owner of a vehicle who lives in an exempt area for the vehicle and disposes of the vehicle in that area; or\na light vehicle—\nbeing maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; and\nthat, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\na heavy vehicle—\nidentified in, and maintained under, a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation; and\nthat, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation.\n(sec.75-ssec.1) The owner of a registered vehicle must not dispose of the vehicle to another person (the acquirer ) unless— an inspection certificate is in effect for the vehicle; and the owner gives the acquirer— for an inspection certificate issued manually—the original and duplicate of the certificate; or otherwise—a copy of the certificate or the unique number for the certificate. Maximum penalty—60 penalty units.\n(sec.75-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to— a vehicle disposed of to a dealer; or the owner of a vehicle who lives in an exempt area for the vehicle and disposes of the vehicle in that area; or a light vehicle— being maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; and that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or a heavy vehicle— identified in, and maintained under, a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation; and that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation.\n- (a) an inspection certificate is in effect for the vehicle; and\n- (b) the owner gives the acquirer— (i) for an inspection certificate issued manually—the original and duplicate of the certificate; or (ii) otherwise—a copy of the certificate or the unique number for the certificate.\n- (i) for an inspection certificate issued manually—the original and duplicate of the certificate; or\n- (ii) otherwise—a copy of the certificate or the unique number for the certificate.\n- (i) for an inspection certificate issued manually—the original and duplicate of the certificate; or\n- (ii) otherwise—a copy of the certificate or the unique number for the certificate.\n- (a) a vehicle disposed of to a dealer; or\n- (b) the owner of a vehicle who lives in an exempt area for the vehicle and disposes of the vehicle in that area; or\n- (c) a light vehicle— (i) being maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; and (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\n- (i) being maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; and\n- (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\n- (d) a heavy vehicle— (i) identified in, and maintained under, a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation; and (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation.\n- (i) identified in, and maintained under, a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation; and\n- (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation.\n- (i) being maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; and\n- (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under an alternative compliance scheme approved by the chief executive; or\n- (i) identified in, and maintained under, a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation; and\n- (ii) that, after the disposal, will continue to be maintained under a maintenance management system for a maintenance management accreditation.","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement of dealer acting in disposal","content":"### sec.76 Requirement of dealer acting in disposal\n\nA dealer must not act for the owner of a registered vehicle to dispose of the vehicle unless the dealer ensures the owner complies with section 75 , whether or not the owner complies through the dealer.\nMaximum penalty—60 penalty units.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply if the owner lives in an exempt area for the registered vehicle and the vehicle is being disposed of in that area.\n(sec.76-ssec.1) A dealer must not act for the owner of a registered vehicle to dispose of the vehicle unless the dealer ensures the owner complies with section 75 , whether or not the owner complies through the dealer. Maximum penalty—60 penalty units.\n(sec.76-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply if the owner lives in an exempt area for the registered vehicle and the vehicle is being disposed of in that area.","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Authority to approve and issue inspection certificates","content":"## Authority to approve and issue inspection certificates","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approved examiner may approve inspection certificate for particular vehicles","content":"### sec.77 Approved examiner may approve inspection certificate for particular vehicles\n\nAn approved examiner may approve an inspection certificate for—\na registered vehicle that is—\na motor vehicle with a GVM of 16t or less; or\na trailer with an ATM of 10t or less; or\nif the approved examiner is authorised, by notice given under section 78 , to approve certificates of inspection for a type of vehicle—a vehicle of the type stated in the notice; or\na vehicle that is not registered.\nAlso, an approved examiner may approve a certificate of inspection for a vehicle if—\nthe vehicle is a registered vehicle that is—\na motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; or\na trailer with an ATM of more than 10t; and\nthe vehicle has a garage address in an exempt area; and\nthe approved examiner inspects the vehicle in an exempt area.\nIn this section—\ngarage address see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 5 .\ns 77 amd 2021 SL No. 157 s 14\n(sec.77-ssec.1) An approved examiner may approve an inspection certificate for— a registered vehicle that is— a motor vehicle with a GVM of 16t or less; or a trailer with an ATM of 10t or less; or if the approved examiner is authorised, by notice given under section 78 , to approve certificates of inspection for a type of vehicle—a vehicle of the type stated in the notice; or a vehicle that is not registered.\n(sec.77-ssec.2) Also, an approved examiner may approve a certificate of inspection for a vehicle if— the vehicle is a registered vehicle that is— a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; or a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t; and the vehicle has a garage address in an exempt area; and the approved examiner inspects the vehicle in an exempt area.\n(sec.77-ssec.3) In this section— garage address see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 5 .\n- (a) a registered vehicle that is— (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of 16t or less; or (ii) a trailer with an ATM of 10t or less; or (iii) if the approved examiner is authorised, by notice given under section 78 , to approve certificates of inspection for a type of vehicle—a vehicle of the type stated in the notice; or\n- (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of 16t or less; or\n- (ii) a trailer with an ATM of 10t or less; or\n- (iii) if the approved examiner is authorised, by notice given under section 78 , to approve certificates of inspection for a type of vehicle—a vehicle of the type stated in the notice; or\n- (b) a vehicle that is not registered.\n- (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of 16t or less; or\n- (ii) a trailer with an ATM of 10t or less; or\n- (iii) if the approved examiner is authorised, by notice given under section 78 , to approve certificates of inspection for a type of vehicle—a vehicle of the type stated in the notice; or\n- (a) the vehicle is a registered vehicle that is— (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; or (ii) a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t; and\n- (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; or\n- (ii) a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t; and\n- (b) the vehicle has a garage address in an exempt area; and\n- (c) the approved examiner inspects the vehicle in an exempt area.\n- (i) a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; or\n- (ii) a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t; and","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation of approved examiner in relation to particular vehicles in special circumstances","content":"### sec.78 Authorisation of approved examiner in relation to particular vehicles in special circumstances\n\nThis section applies if the chief executive is satisfied special circumstances exist to authorise an approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection for the following types of registered vehicle—\na motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t;\na trailer with an ATM of more than 10t.\nnatural disasters, including floods, affecting—\naccess to places where vehicle inspections are carried out; or\nthe availability of vehicle inspections because of the diversion of resources or loss of inspection capability\nthe availability of authorised officers to inspect vehicles in remote areas\nThe chief executive may, by written notice given to the approved examiner, authorise the approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection for registered vehicles of the type.\nThe notice must state that the authorisation is for a period, stated in the notice, the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\n(sec.78-ssec.1) This section applies if the chief executive is satisfied special circumstances exist to authorise an approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection for the following types of registered vehicle— a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t; a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t. natural disasters, including floods, affecting— access to places where vehicle inspections are carried out; or the availability of vehicle inspections because of the diversion of resources or loss of inspection capability the availability of authorised officers to inspect vehicles in remote areas\n(sec.78-ssec.2) The chief executive may, by written notice given to the approved examiner, authorise the approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection for registered vehicles of the type.\n(sec.78-ssec.3) The notice must state that the authorisation is for a period, stated in the notice, the chief executive considers appropriate having regard to the special circumstances.\n- (a) a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 16t;\n- (b) a trailer with an ATM of more than 10t.\n- • natural disasters, including floods, affecting— (a) access to places where vehicle inspections are carried out; or (b) the availability of vehicle inspections because of the diversion of resources or loss of inspection capability\n- (a) access to places where vehicle inspections are carried out; or\n- (b) the availability of vehicle inspections because of the diversion of resources or loss of inspection capability\n- • the availability of authorised officers to inspect vehicles in remote areas\n- (a) access to places where vehicle inspections are carried out; or\n- (b) the availability of vehicle inspections because of the diversion of resources or loss of inspection capability","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particular persons only to issue or approve inspection certificate","content":"### sec.79 Particular persons only to issue or approve inspection certificate\n\nA person must not—\nissue, or purportedly issue, a certificate of inspection for a vehicle unless—\nthe person is an authorised officer, other than a police officer; or\nthe person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 ; or\nissue, or purportedly issue, a safety certificate for a vehicle unless the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 .\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nA person must not approve, or purportedly approve, an inspection certificate for a vehicle unless the person is an approved examiner and approves the certificate under section 85 .\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.79-ssec.1) A person must not— issue, or purportedly issue, a certificate of inspection for a vehicle unless— the person is an authorised officer, other than a police officer; or the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 ; or issue, or purportedly issue, a safety certificate for a vehicle unless the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 . Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.79-ssec.2) A person must not approve, or purportedly approve, an inspection certificate for a vehicle unless the person is an approved examiner and approves the certificate under section 85 . Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n- (a) issue, or purportedly issue, a certificate of inspection for a vehicle unless— (i) the person is an authorised officer, other than a police officer; or (ii) the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 ; or\n- (i) the person is an authorised officer, other than a police officer; or\n- (ii) the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 ; or\n- (b) issue, or purportedly issue, a safety certificate for a vehicle unless the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 .\n- (i) the person is an authorised officer, other than a police officer; or\n- (ii) the person is a proprietor of an AIS and issues the certificate under section 84 ; or","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Inspection certificates issued by proprietor of AIS","content":"## Inspection certificates issued by proprietor of AIS","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sec.80 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies if the owner of a vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of an AIS to issue an inspection certificate for the vehicle.","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Amount charged for inspection of vehicle","content":"### sec.81 Amount charged for inspection of vehicle\n\nThe proprietor of an AIS may charge the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an amount to inspect the vehicle for the issue of an inspection certificate.\nThe amount charged must not be more than the fee stated in schedule 3 for the inspection.\nSubsection (2) does not limit the amounts the proprietor may charge—\nfor a mobile AIS—for travelling to a place to inspect the vehicle; or\nfor replacing minor parts required to be removed to carry out the inspection if best practice is to replace the parts after they are removed.\nsplit pins, lock nuts\nIn this section—\nmobile AIS see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , schedule 7 .\n(sec.81-ssec.1) The proprietor of an AIS may charge the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an amount to inspect the vehicle for the issue of an inspection certificate.\n(sec.81-ssec.2) The amount charged must not be more than the fee stated in schedule 3 for the inspection.\n(sec.81-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not limit the amounts the proprietor may charge— for a mobile AIS—for travelling to a place to inspect the vehicle; or for replacing minor parts required to be removed to carry out the inspection if best practice is to replace the parts after they are removed. split pins, lock nuts\n(sec.81-ssec.4) In this section— mobile AIS see the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Accreditation and Other Provisions) Regulation 2015 , schedule 7 .\n- (a) for a mobile AIS—for travelling to a place to inspect the vehicle; or\n- (b) for replacing minor parts required to be removed to carry out the inspection if best practice is to replace the parts after they are removed. Examples of minor parts that best practice is to replace— split pins, lock nuts","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of vehicle","content":"### sec.82 Inspection of vehicle\n\nBefore inspecting the vehicle, the approved examiner who inspects the vehicle must locate on the vehicle and record for the inspection—\nfor a motor vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s chassis number and engine number; or\nfor a motor vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s VIN; or\nfor a vehicle other than a motor vehicle—another unique identification number assigned to the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nThe approved examiner must inspect the vehicle—\nthoroughly; and\nin accordance with—\nfor a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or\nfor a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\nIf the vehicle is a modified heavy vehicle, other than a heavy bus with code S13 modification, the approved examiner must, when inspecting the vehicle—\nsight an HVNL certificate for the modification; or\nlocate an HVNL plate for the modification fitted or affixed to the vehicle.\ns 82 amd 2022 Act No. 19 s 54 sch 1\n(sec.82-ssec.1) Before inspecting the vehicle, the approved examiner who inspects the vehicle must locate on the vehicle and record for the inspection— for a motor vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s chassis number and engine number; or for a motor vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s VIN; or for a vehicle other than a motor vehicle—another unique identification number assigned to the vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.82-ssec.2) The approved examiner must inspect the vehicle— thoroughly; and in accordance with— for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n(sec.82-ssec.3) If the vehicle is a modified heavy vehicle, other than a heavy bus with code S13 modification, the approved examiner must, when inspecting the vehicle— sight an HVNL certificate for the modification; or locate an HVNL plate for the modification fitted or affixed to the vehicle.\n- (a) for a motor vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s chassis number and engine number; or\n- (b) for a motor vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1989—the vehicle’s VIN; or\n- (c) for a vehicle other than a motor vehicle—another unique identification number assigned to the vehicle.\n- (a) thoroughly; and\n- (b) in accordance with— (i) for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or (ii) for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n- (i) for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or\n- (ii) for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n- (i) for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or\n- (ii) for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n- (a) sight an HVNL certificate for the modification; or\n- (b) locate an HVNL plate for the modification fitted or affixed to the vehicle.","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action after inspection—vehicle passes inspection","content":"### sec.83 Action after inspection—vehicle passes inspection\n\nThis section applies if the approved examiner who inspects the vehicle under section 82 is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective.\nImmediately after the inspection is finished, the proprietor of the AIS must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an inspection certificate for the vehicle issued under section 84 .\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.83-ssec.1) This section applies if the approved examiner who inspects the vehicle under section 82 is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective.\n(sec.83-ssec.2) Immediately after the inspection is finished, the proprietor of the AIS must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an inspection certificate for the vehicle issued under section 84 . Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issuing inspection certificate—proprietor of AIS","content":"### sec.84 Issuing inspection certificate—proprietor of AIS\n\nThe proprietor of the AIS issues an inspection certificate for the vehicle by—\nfor a certificate issued electronically—approving the certificate using the electronic system; or\nfor a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\nBefore issuing an inspection certificate for a vehicle, the proprietor of the AIS for the inspection must ensure the certificate is—\ncompleted correctly; and\nfor a certificate issued manually—\ncompleted legibly; and\nnot altered; and\napproved under section 85 by the approved examiner who inspected the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.84-ssec.1) The proprietor of the AIS issues an inspection certificate for the vehicle by— for a certificate issued electronically—approving the certificate using the electronic system; or for a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\n(sec.84-ssec.2) Before issuing an inspection certificate for a vehicle, the proprietor of the AIS for the inspection must ensure the certificate is— completed correctly; and for a certificate issued manually— completed legibly; and not altered; and approved under section 85 by the approved examiner who inspected the vehicle. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n- (a) for a certificate issued electronically—approving the certificate using the electronic system; or\n- (b) for a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\n- (a) completed correctly; and\n- (b) for a certificate issued manually— (i) completed legibly; and (ii) not altered; and\n- (i) completed legibly; and\n- (ii) not altered; and\n- (c) approved under section 85 by the approved examiner who inspected the vehicle.\n- (i) completed legibly; and\n- (ii) not altered; and","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approving inspection certificate—approved examiner","content":"### sec.85 Approving inspection certificate—approved examiner\n\nThe approved examiner approves an inspection certificate for the vehicle by—\nfor a certificate issued electronically—using the electronic system to submit the certificate to the proprietor of the AIS; or\nfor a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\nBefore approving an inspection certificate for the vehicle, the approved examiner must ensure—\nthe certificate is completed correctly; and\nfor a certificate issued manually—\nthe certificate is completed legibly; and\nno entry in the certificate has been altered.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nThe approved examiner must not approve an inspection certificate for the vehicle unless the examiner—\ninspected the vehicle under section 82 ; and\nis reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective.\nMaximum penalty—50 penalty units.\n(sec.85-ssec.1) The approved examiner approves an inspection certificate for the vehicle by— for a certificate issued electronically—using the electronic system to submit the certificate to the proprietor of the AIS; or for a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\n(sec.85-ssec.2) Before approving an inspection certificate for the vehicle, the approved examiner must ensure— the certificate is completed correctly; and for a certificate issued manually— the certificate is completed legibly; and no entry in the certificate has been altered. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.85-ssec.3) The approved examiner must not approve an inspection certificate for the vehicle unless the examiner— inspected the vehicle under section 82 ; and is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective. Maximum penalty—50 penalty units.\n- (a) for a certificate issued electronically—using the electronic system to submit the certificate to the proprietor of the AIS; or\n- (b) for a certificate issued manually—signing the certificate.\n- (a) the certificate is completed correctly; and\n- (b) for a certificate issued manually— (i) the certificate is completed legibly; and (ii) no entry in the certificate has been altered.\n- (i) the certificate is completed legibly; and\n- (ii) no entry in the certificate has been altered.\n- (i) the certificate is completed legibly; and\n- (ii) no entry in the certificate has been altered.\n- (a) inspected the vehicle under section 82 ; and\n- (b) is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective.","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action after inspection—vehicle is defective","content":"### sec.86 Action after inspection—vehicle is defective\n\nThis section applies if the approved examiner who inspects a vehicle under section 82 is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is defective.\nImmediately after finishing the inspection, the approved examiner must—\nissue a report, in the approved form, stating how the vehicle is defective ( inspection report ); and\ngive a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.86-ssec.1) This section applies if the approved examiner who inspects a vehicle under section 82 is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is defective.\n(sec.86-ssec.2) Immediately after finishing the inspection, the approved examiner must— issue a report, in the approved form, stating how the vehicle is defective ( inspection report ); and give a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent.\n- (a) issue a report, in the approved form, stating how the vehicle is defective ( inspection report ); and\n- (b) give a copy of the inspection report to the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent.","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sec.87 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies in relation to a vehicle for which an inspection report was issued.","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reinspection within 14 days—AIS where inspection report issued","content":"### sec.88 Reinspection within 14 days—AIS where inspection report issued\n\nThis section applies if, within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued—\nthe owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and\nthe vehicle is returned to the AIS for reinspection; and\nthe vehicle is reinspected at the AIS.\nSee section 91 for the requirements applying if the proprietor of the AIS is unable to comply with subsection (2) within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued.\nThe proprietor of the AIS must arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected by—\nthe approved examiner who issued the inspection report; or\nif the approved examiner is absent from the AIS when the vehicle is returned for reinspection—another approved examiner who—\nworks at the AIS; and\nis accredited to inspect vehicles of the type returned for reinspection.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nThe approved examiner who reinspects the vehicle must inspect the vehicle to the extent necessary to decide whether the defects stated in the inspection report have been satisfactorily rectified.\n(sec.88-ssec.1) This section applies if, within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued— the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and the vehicle is returned to the AIS for reinspection; and the vehicle is reinspected at the AIS. See section 91 for the requirements applying if the proprietor of the AIS is unable to comply with subsection (2) within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued.\n(sec.88-ssec.2) The proprietor of the AIS must arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected by— the approved examiner who issued the inspection report; or if the approved examiner is absent from the AIS when the vehicle is returned for reinspection—another approved examiner who— works at the AIS; and is accredited to inspect vehicles of the type returned for reinspection. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.88-ssec.3) The approved examiner who reinspects the vehicle must inspect the vehicle to the extent necessary to decide whether the defects stated in the inspection report have been satisfactorily rectified.\n- (a) the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and\n- (b) the vehicle is returned to the AIS for reinspection; and\n- (c) the vehicle is reinspected at the AIS.\n- (a) the approved examiner who issued the inspection report; or\n- (b) if the approved examiner is absent from the AIS when the vehicle is returned for reinspection—another approved examiner who— (i) works at the AIS; and (ii) is accredited to inspect vehicles of the type returned for reinspection.\n- (i) works at the AIS; and\n- (ii) is accredited to inspect vehicles of the type returned for reinspection.\n- (i) works at the AIS; and\n- (ii) is accredited to inspect vehicles of the type returned for reinspection.","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action after reinspection—vehicle passes reinspection","content":"### sec.89 Action after reinspection—vehicle passes reinspection\n\nThis section applies if the approved examiner who reinspects a vehicle under section 88 is reasonably satisfied—\nthe defects stated in the inspection report for the vehicle have been rectified; and\nthe vehicle is not otherwise defective.\nImmediately after the reinspection is finished, the proprietor of the AIS must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an inspection certificate for the vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nSections 84 and 85 apply for issuing the inspection certificate as if the reference in section 85 (3) to the vehicle being inspected under section 82 were a reference to the vehicle being reinspected under section 88 .\n(sec.89-ssec.1) This section applies if the approved examiner who reinspects a vehicle under section 88 is reasonably satisfied— the defects stated in the inspection report for the vehicle have been rectified; and the vehicle is not otherwise defective.\n(sec.89-ssec.2) Immediately after the reinspection is finished, the proprietor of the AIS must give the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, an inspection certificate for the vehicle. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.89-ssec.3) Sections 84 and 85 apply for issuing the inspection certificate as if the reference in section 85 (3) to the vehicle being inspected under section 82 were a reference to the vehicle being reinspected under section 88 .\n- (a) the defects stated in the inspection report for the vehicle have been rectified; and\n- (b) the vehicle is not otherwise defective.","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action after reinspection—vehicle is defective","content":"### sec.90 Action after reinspection—vehicle is defective\n\nThis section applies if the approved examiner who reinspects a vehicle under section 88 is reasonably satisfied—\n1 or more of the defects stated in the inspection report have not been satisfactorily rectified; or\nthe vehicle is otherwise defective.\nImmediately after finishing the reinspection, the approved examiner must—\nissue a further inspection report for the vehicle; and\ngive a copy of the inspection report to the owner of vehicle or the owner’s agent; and\nif the inspection report mentioned in subsection (1) (a) was issued manually—cancel the inspection certificate relating to the report by writing the word ‘cancelled’ on the certificate.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.90-ssec.1) This section applies if the approved examiner who reinspects a vehicle under section 88 is reasonably satisfied— 1 or more of the defects stated in the inspection report have not been satisfactorily rectified; or the vehicle is otherwise defective.\n(sec.90-ssec.2) Immediately after finishing the reinspection, the approved examiner must— issue a further inspection report for the vehicle; and give a copy of the inspection report to the owner of vehicle or the owner’s agent; and if the inspection report mentioned in subsection (1) (a) was issued manually—cancel the inspection certificate relating to the report by writing the word ‘cancelled’ on the certificate. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n- (a) 1 or more of the defects stated in the inspection report have not been satisfactorily rectified; or\n- (b) the vehicle is otherwise defective.\n- (a) issue a further inspection report for the vehicle; and\n- (b) give a copy of the inspection report to the owner of vehicle or the owner’s agent; and\n- (c) if the inspection report mentioned in subsection (1) (a) was issued manually—cancel the inspection certificate relating to the report by writing the word ‘cancelled’ on the certificate.","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection within 14 days—other AIS","content":"### sec.91 Inspection within 14 days—other AIS\n\nThis section applies if, within 14 days after the inspection report was issued—\nthe owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and\nthe proprietor is unable to comply with section 88 (2) .\nThe proprietor must—\narrange with the proprietor of another AIS for the vehicle to be inspected under subdivision 1 at the other AIS—\nat another time convenient to the owner or agent, but within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued; and\nat no further cost to the owner or agent; or\nrefund the amount paid for the inspection under section 81 to the owner or agent.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\nSubdivision 1 applies for the inspection as if the owner or agent asked the proprietor of the other AIS to issue an inspection certificate for the vehicle.\n(sec.91-ssec.1) This section applies if, within 14 days after the inspection report was issued— the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and the proprietor is unable to comply with section 88 (2) .\n(sec.91-ssec.2) The proprietor must— arrange with the proprietor of another AIS for the vehicle to be inspected under subdivision 1 at the other AIS— at another time convenient to the owner or agent, but within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued; and at no further cost to the owner or agent; or refund the amount paid for the inspection under section 81 to the owner or agent. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.91-ssec.3) Subdivision 1 applies for the inspection as if the owner or agent asked the proprietor of the other AIS to issue an inspection certificate for the vehicle.\n- (a) the owner of the vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks the proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued to arrange for the vehicle to be reinspected; and\n- (b) the proprietor is unable to comply with section 88 (2) .\n- (a) arrange with the proprietor of another AIS for the vehicle to be inspected under subdivision 1 at the other AIS— (i) at another time convenient to the owner or agent, but within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued; and (ii) at no further cost to the owner or agent; or\n- (i) at another time convenient to the owner or agent, but within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued; and\n- (ii) at no further cost to the owner or agent; or\n- (b) refund the amount paid for the inspection under section 81 to the owner or agent.\n- (i) at another time convenient to the owner or agent, but within 14 days after the day the inspection report was issued; and\n- (ii) at no further cost to the owner or agent; or","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicle not returned for reinspection within 14 days after inspection report","content":"### sec.92 Vehicle not returned for reinspection within 14 days after inspection report\n\nThis section applies if—\nthe vehicle is not returned to the AIS where the inspection report was issued for reinspection within 14 days after the day of the report’s issue; and\nthe inspection report was issued manually.\nThe proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued must cancel the inspection certificate relating to the report by writing the word ‘cancelled’ on the certificate.\nMaximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n(sec.92-ssec.1) This section applies if— the vehicle is not returned to the AIS where the inspection report was issued for reinspection within 14 days after the day of the report’s issue; and the inspection report was issued manually.\n(sec.92-ssec.2) The proprietor of the AIS where the inspection report was issued must cancel the inspection certificate relating to the report by writing the word ‘cancelled’ on the certificate. Maximum penalty—30 penalty units.\n- (a) the vehicle is not returned to the AIS where the inspection report was issued for reinspection within 14 days after the day of the report’s issue; and\n- (b) the inspection report was issued manually.","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sec.93 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies if—\nthe proprietor of an AIS issues an inspection certificate for a vehicle; and\nan application for registration of the vehicle is refused under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 22 (1) (f) .\n- (a) the proprietor of an AIS issues an inspection certificate for a vehicle; and\n- (b) an application for registration of the vehicle is refused under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2021 , section 22 (1) (f) .","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Request for inspection for replacement inspection certificate","content":"### sec.94 Request for inspection for replacement inspection certificate\n\nWithin 14 days after the day the application is refused, the person issued the inspection certificate, or the person’s agent, may ask the proprietor of the AIS where the certificate was issued to again inspect the vehicle for an inspection certificate (a replacement inspection certificate ).","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements relating to inspection","content":"### sec.95 Requirements relating to inspection\n\nThe proprietor of the AIS must ensure the vehicle is inspected for the replacement inspection certificate—\nwithin 7 days after the person asks for the inspection under section 94 ; and\nat a time convenient to the person.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nSubdivision 1 applies for the inspection.\nDespite section 81 , the proprietor must not charge the person a fee for—\ninspecting the vehicle; or\nissuing a replacement inspection certificate.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.95-ssec.1) The proprietor of the AIS must ensure the vehicle is inspected for the replacement inspection certificate— within 7 days after the person asks for the inspection under section 94 ; and at a time convenient to the person. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.95-ssec.2) Subdivision 1 applies for the inspection.\n(sec.95-ssec.3) Despite section 81 , the proprietor must not charge the person a fee for— inspecting the vehicle; or issuing a replacement inspection certificate. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n- (a) within 7 days after the person asks for the inspection under section 94 ; and\n- (b) at a time convenient to the person.\n- (a) inspecting the vehicle; or\n- (b) issuing a replacement inspection certificate.","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"pt.6-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Certificates of inspection issued by authorised officers","content":"## Certificates of inspection issued by authorised officers","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sec.96 Application of division\n\nThis division applies if the owner of a vehicle, or the owner’s agent, asks for a certificate of inspection to be issued for a vehicle by an authorised officer.","sortOrder":124},{"sectionNumber":"sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fee for inspection","content":"### sec.97 Fee for inspection\n\nThe fee stated in schedule 3 is payable for an inspection of a vehicle for the issue of a certificate of inspection.\ns 97 amd 2022 SL No. 56 s 67","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorised officer may issue certificate of inspection","content":"### sec.98 Authorised officer may issue certificate of inspection\n\nAn authorised officer, other than a police officer, may issue a certificate of inspection for a vehicle if the authorised officer—\ninspected the vehicle and is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective; or\nreasonably believes—\nthe vehicle was inspected by another person, who is appropriately qualified to inspect the vehicle, and\nthe other person found the vehicle to not be defective.\nSee section 9 for the action an authorised officer may take if the officer reasonably believes a light vehicle is defective. See also the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland), section 526 in relation to vehicle defect notices for heavy vehicles.\nSubject to section 99 , the authorised officer must, immediately after issuing a certificate of inspection for a vehicle, give the certificate to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent.\nIf the authorised officer inspects the vehicle, the inspection must be carried out in a way that is consistent with—\nfor a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or\nfor a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n(sec.98-ssec.1) An authorised officer, other than a police officer, may issue a certificate of inspection for a vehicle if the authorised officer— inspected the vehicle and is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective; or reasonably believes— the vehicle was inspected by another person, who is appropriately qualified to inspect the vehicle, and the other person found the vehicle to not be defective. See section 9 for the action an authorised officer may take if the officer reasonably believes a light vehicle is defective. See also the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland), section 526 in relation to vehicle defect notices for heavy vehicles.\n(sec.98-ssec.2) Subject to section 99 , the authorised officer must, immediately after issuing a certificate of inspection for a vehicle, give the certificate to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent.\n(sec.98-ssec.3) If the authorised officer inspects the vehicle, the inspection must be carried out in a way that is consistent with— for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.\n- (a) inspected the vehicle and is reasonably satisfied the vehicle is not defective; or\n- (b) reasonably believes— (i) the vehicle was inspected by another person, who is appropriately qualified to inspect the vehicle, and (ii) the other person found the vehicle to not be defective.\n- (i) the vehicle was inspected by another person, who is appropriately qualified to inspect the vehicle, and\n- (ii) the other person found the vehicle to not be defective.\n- (i) the vehicle was inspected by another person, who is appropriately qualified to inspect the vehicle, and\n- (ii) the other person found the vehicle to not be defective.\n- (a) for a light vehicle—the Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; or\n- (b) for a heavy vehicle—the National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual.","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unique number for certificate of inspection given instead of issuing certificate","content":"### sec.99 Unique number for certificate of inspection given instead of issuing certificate\n\nFor section 98 (2) , an authorised officer is taken to have issued a certificate of inspection for a vehicle and given the certificate to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent if—\nthe authorised officer gives the owner or agent the unique number for the certificate; or\nthe owner or agent may access the unique number for the certificate using the department’s website.\nA certificate of inspection under subsection (1) is taken to have been issued when a record about the issue of the certificate is made in the COI database.\nThe chief executive must give the owner of a vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a certificate of inspection for the vehicle if the owner or agent—\ngives the chief executive the unique number for the certificate; and\nasks the chief executive for the certificate.\n(sec.99-ssec.1) For section 98 (2) , an authorised officer is taken to have issued a certificate of inspection for a vehicle and given the certificate to the owner of the vehicle or the owner’s agent if— the authorised officer gives the owner or agent the unique number for the certificate; or the owner or agent may access the unique number for the certificate using the department’s website.\n(sec.99-ssec.2) A certificate of inspection under subsection (1) is taken to have been issued when a record about the issue of the certificate is made in the COI database.\n(sec.99-ssec.3) The chief executive must give the owner of a vehicle, or the owner’s agent, a certificate of inspection for the vehicle if the owner or agent— gives the chief executive the unique number for the certificate; and asks the chief executive for the certificate.\n- (a) the authorised officer gives the owner or agent the unique number for the certificate; or\n- (b) the owner or agent may access the unique number for the certificate using the department’s website.\n- (a) gives the chief executive the unique number for the certificate; and\n- (b) asks the chief executive for the certificate.","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Compliance, identification and modification plates","content":"# Compliance, identification and modification plates","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirements about compliance plates or identification plates on light vehicles","content":"### sec.100 Requirements about compliance plates or identification plates on light vehicles\n\nThere must be a compliance plate on a light motor vehicle built from 1 January 1972 to 31 August 1989 (both days included).\nA compliance plate or identification plate must be attached to a light motor vehicle built after 31 August 1989.\nA compliance plate or identification plate must be on or attached to a light motor vehicle in a conspicuous place.\nThis section does not apply to—\na light motor vehicle that—\nmay be imported into Australia without a compliance plate under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) or the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , part 4 ; and\ncomplies with each ADR applying to the vehicle under schedule 1 , section 21 (1) or 22 (1) ; or\na light motor vehicle for which the chief executive has issued a safe movement permit exempting the vehicle from the requirement for a compliance plate or identification plate to be attached, whether or not—\nthe permit is issued to the current owner or a previous owner; or\nthe permit has expired; or\na light vehicle entered on the RAV.\n(sec.100-ssec.1) There must be a compliance plate on a light motor vehicle built from 1 January 1972 to 31 August 1989 (both days included).\n(sec.100-ssec.2) A compliance plate or identification plate must be attached to a light motor vehicle built after 31 August 1989.\n(sec.100-ssec.3) A compliance plate or identification plate must be on or attached to a light motor vehicle in a conspicuous place.\n(sec.100-ssec.4) This section does not apply to— a light motor vehicle that— may be imported into Australia without a compliance plate under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) or the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , part 4 ; and complies with each ADR applying to the vehicle under schedule 1 , section 21 (1) or 22 (1) ; or a light motor vehicle for which the chief executive has issued a safe movement permit exempting the vehicle from the requirement for a compliance plate or identification plate to be attached, whether or not— the permit is issued to the current owner or a previous owner; or the permit has expired; or a light vehicle entered on the RAV.\n- (a) a light motor vehicle that— (i) may be imported into Australia without a compliance plate under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) or the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , part 4 ; and (ii) complies with each ADR applying to the vehicle under schedule 1 , section 21 (1) or 22 (1) ; or\n- (i) may be imported into Australia without a compliance plate under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) or the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , part 4 ; and\n- (ii) complies with each ADR applying to the vehicle under schedule 1 , section 21 (1) or 22 (1) ; or\n- (b) a light motor vehicle for which the chief executive has issued a safe movement permit exempting the vehicle from the requirement for a compliance plate or identification plate to be attached, whether or not— (i) the permit is issued to the current owner or a previous owner; or (ii) the permit has expired; or\n- (i) the permit is issued to the current owner or a previous owner; or\n- (ii) the permit has expired; or\n- (c) a light vehicle entered on the RAV.\n- (i) may be imported into Australia without a compliance plate under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) or the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , part 4 ; and\n- (ii) complies with each ADR applying to the vehicle under schedule 1 , section 21 (1) or 22 (1) ; or\n- (i) the permit is issued to the current owner or a previous owner; or\n- (ii) the permit has expired; or","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Altering, defacing or removing identification plate","content":"### sec.101 Altering, defacing or removing identification plate\n\nA person must not alter or deface an identification plate on a light vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\nA person must not remove an identification plate from a light vehicle without the written approval of the chief executive.\nMaximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.101-ssec.1) A person must not alter or deface an identification plate on a light vehicle. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.\n(sec.101-ssec.2) A person must not remove an identification plate from a light vehicle without the written approval of the chief executive. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Altering, defacing or removing modification plate","content":"### sec.102 Altering, defacing or removing modification plate\n\nA person must not alter or deface a modification plate on a light vehicle.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\nA person must not remove a modification plate from a light vehicle without the written approval of the chief executive.\nMaximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.102-ssec.1) A person must not alter or deface a modification plate on a light vehicle. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.\n(sec.102-ssec.2) A person must not remove a modification plate from a light vehicle without the written approval of the chief executive. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units.","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval to remove identification plate or modification plate from light vehicle","content":"### sec.103 Approval to remove identification plate or modification plate from light vehicle\n\nA person may apply to the chief executive for approval to remove an identification plate or modification plate from a light vehicle.\nSee part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\nThe application must state the reasons for seeking the approval.\nThe chief executive must consider the application and decide to approve or refuse the application.\nIf the chief executive is satisfied the reasons warrant the removal of the identification plate or modification plate, the chief executive may approve the application.\nThe chief executive must give the applicant written notice of the decision.\n(sec.103-ssec.1) A person may apply to the chief executive for approval to remove an identification plate or modification plate from a light vehicle. See part 8 for provisions relevant to making an application under this section.\n(sec.103-ssec.2) The application must state the reasons for seeking the approval.\n(sec.103-ssec.3) The chief executive must consider the application and decide to approve or refuse the application.\n(sec.103-ssec.4) If the chief executive is satisfied the reasons warrant the removal of the identification plate or modification plate, the chief executive may approve the application.\n(sec.103-ssec.5) The chief executive must give the applicant written notice of the decision.","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Provisions for applications","content":"# Provisions for applications","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for part","content":"### sec.104 Definitions for part\n\nIn this part—\napplication means an application made to the chief executive or an authorised officer under this regulation.\ndecision-maker , for an application, means—\nif the application is made to chief-executive—the chief executive; or\nif the application is made to an authorised officer—the authorised officer.\n- (a) if the application is made to chief-executive—the chief executive; or\n- (b) if the application is made to an authorised officer—the authorised officer.","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive may publish notice about applications","content":"### sec.105 Chief executive may publish notice about applications\n\nThe chief executive may, by publishing a notice on the department’s website—\napprove a way in which an application may be made; or\norally, by electronic communication or by another form of communication\nrequire stated information to be included in, or to accompany, an application.\nA notice under subsection (1) (a) may include requirements for making an application in the approved way.\nA notice under subsection (1) (b) may only require information that is reasonably necessary for—\nthe decision-maker to decide the application; or\nanother purpose related to the application or the thing being applied for.\nirrelevant personal information\nrelevant personal information if the provision of the information would be excessively intrusive to personal privacy\nSubsection (1) applies whether or not there is an approved form for the application.\n(sec.105-ssec.1) The chief executive may, by publishing a notice on the department’s website— approve a way in which an application may be made; or orally, by electronic communication or by another form of communication require stated information to be included in, or to accompany, an application.\n(sec.105-ssec.2) A notice under subsection (1) (a) may include requirements for making an application in the approved way.\n(sec.105-ssec.3) A notice under subsection (1) (b) may only require information that is reasonably necessary for— the decision-maker to decide the application; or another purpose related to the application or the thing being applied for. irrelevant personal information relevant personal information if the provision of the information would be excessively intrusive to personal privacy\n(sec.105-ssec.4) Subsection (1) applies whether or not there is an approved form for the application.\n- (a) approve a way in which an application may be made; or Examples of ways— orally, by electronic communication or by another form of communication\n- (b) require stated information to be included in, or to accompany, an application.\n- (a) the decision-maker to decide the application; or\n- (b) another purpose related to the application or the thing being applied for.\n- • irrelevant personal information\n- • relevant personal information if the provision of the information would be excessively intrusive to personal privacy","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"How applications must be made","content":"### sec.106 How applications must be made\n\nAn application must be made in 1 of the following ways—\nin the approved form for the application;\nin the approved way under section 105 (1) (a) for making the application;\nif there is no approved form and no approved way for making the application—in writing.\nAn application must include, or be accompanied by, any information required for the application under section 105 (1) (b) .\nSubsection (2) does not limit or otherwise affect another provision of this regulation that requires an application to include, or be accompanied by, particular information.\n(sec.106-ssec.1) An application must be made in 1 of the following ways— in the approved form for the application; in the approved way under section 105 (1) (a) for making the application; if there is no approved form and no approved way for making the application—in writing.\n(sec.106-ssec.2) An application must include, or be accompanied by, any information required for the application under section 105 (1) (b) .\n(sec.106-ssec.3) Subsection (2) does not limit or otherwise affect another provision of this regulation that requires an application to include, or be accompanied by, particular information.\n- (a) in the approved form for the application;\n- (b) in the approved way under section 105 (1) (a) for making the application;\n- (c) if there is no approved form and no approved way for making the application—in writing.","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Decision-maker may request further information","content":"### sec.107 Decision-maker may request further information\n\nThe decision-maker for an application may, by written notice given to the applicant, ask for further information that the decision-maker reasonably needs to decide the application.\nThe notice—\nmust state—\nthe information required; and\nthe time, no earlier than 28 days after the day the notice is given, by which the information is required to be given; and\nthat the decision-maker may cancel the application if the applicant does not comply with the notice; and\nmay state a way in which the information must be given.\nIf the notice does not state a way in which the information must be given, the applicant must give the information in writing.\nIf the applicant does not comply with the notice, the decision-maker may give the applicant a written notice cancelling the application.\nThe cancellation takes effect on the day the notice cancelling the application is given to the applicant or a later day stated in the notice.\n(sec.107-ssec.1) The decision-maker for an application may, by written notice given to the applicant, ask for further information that the decision-maker reasonably needs to decide the application.\n(sec.107-ssec.2) The notice— must state— the information required; and the time, no earlier than 28 days after the day the notice is given, by which the information is required to be given; and that the decision-maker may cancel the application if the applicant does not comply with the notice; and may state a way in which the information must be given.\n(sec.107-ssec.3) If the notice does not state a way in which the information must be given, the applicant must give the information in writing.\n(sec.107-ssec.4) If the applicant does not comply with the notice, the decision-maker may give the applicant a written notice cancelling the application.\n(sec.107-ssec.5) The cancellation takes effect on the day the notice cancelling the application is given to the applicant or a later day stated in the notice.\n- (a) must state— (i) the information required; and (ii) the time, no earlier than 28 days after the day the notice is given, by which the information is required to be given; and (iii) that the decision-maker may cancel the application if the applicant does not comply with the notice; and\n- (i) the information required; and\n- (ii) the time, no earlier than 28 days after the day the notice is given, by which the information is required to be given; and\n- (iii) that the decision-maker may cancel the application if the applicant does not comply with the notice; and\n- (b) may state a way in which the information must be given.\n- (i) the information required; and\n- (ii) the time, no earlier than 28 days after the day the notice is given, by which the information is required to be given; and\n- (iii) that the decision-maker may cancel the application if the applicant does not comply with the notice; and","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":"General","content":"# General","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Making, possessing or using false or misleading documents","content":"### sec.108 Making, possessing or using false or misleading documents\n\nA person must not, for this regulation, make, possess or use a document containing information the person knows is false or misleading in a material particular.\nMaximum penalty—60 penalty units.\nIt is enough for a complaint against a person for an offence against subsection (1) to state that the statement made was ‘false or misleading’ to the person’s knowledge, without specifying which.\nThis section does not apply in relation to a document given to the chief executive, the commissioner, an authorised officer or an accredited person.\nSee section 53 of the Act in relation to a document given to a person mentioned in subsection (3) .\n(sec.108-ssec.1) A person must not, for this regulation, make, possess or use a document containing information the person knows is false or misleading in a material particular. Maximum penalty—60 penalty units.\n(sec.108-ssec.2) It is enough for a complaint against a person for an offence against subsection (1) to state that the statement made was ‘false or misleading’ to the person’s knowledge, without specifying which.\n(sec.108-ssec.3) This section does not apply in relation to a document given to the chief executive, the commissioner, an authorised officer or an accredited person. See section 53 of the Act in relation to a document given to a person mentioned in subsection (3) .","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Instruments for measuring stationary noise levels— Act , s 123S","content":"### sec.109 Instruments for measuring stationary noise levels— Act , s 123S\n\nA sound level meter complying with the National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures is declared to be an instrument for section 123S (1) of the Act , definition instrument .\nFor section 123S (2) of the Act , for a certificate for an instrument mentioned in subsection (1) , if the specified day stated in the certificate is a day on which the instrument is calibrated, the period prescribed is 12 months.\nIn this section—\nNational Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures means the document titled ‘National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor Vehicles’ published on the National Transport Commission’s website.\n(sec.109-ssec.1) A sound level meter complying with the National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures is declared to be an instrument for section 123S (1) of the Act , definition instrument .\n(sec.109-ssec.2) For section 123S (2) of the Act , for a certificate for an instrument mentioned in subsection (1) , if the specified day stated in the certificate is a day on which the instrument is calibrated, the period prescribed is 12 months.\n(sec.109-ssec.3) In this section— National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures means the document titled ‘National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor Vehicles’ published on the National Transport Commission’s website.","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees","content":"### sec.110 Fees\n\nFees payable under the Act are stated in schedule 3 .","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"sec.110A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rounding of amounts expressed as numbers of fee units","content":"### sec.110A Rounding of amounts expressed as numbers of fee units\n\nThis section applies for working out the amount of a fee expressed in this regulation as a number of fee units.\nFor the purpose of the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , section 48C (3) , the amount is to be rounded to the nearest multiple of 5 cents (rounding one-half upwards).\nIf a fee were 35 fee units and the value of a fee unit were $1.015, the number of dollars obtained by multiplying 35 by $1.015 would be $35.525. Because $35.525 is halfway between $35.50 and $35.55, it is rounded upwards, so the amount of the fee would be $35.55.\ns 110A ins 2022 SL No. 56 s 68\n(sec.110A-ssec.1) This section applies for working out the amount of a fee expressed in this regulation as a number of fee units.\n(sec.110A-ssec.2) For the purpose of the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , section 48C (3) , the amount is to be rounded to the nearest multiple of 5 cents (rounding one-half upwards). If a fee were 35 fee units and the value of a fee unit were $1.015, the number of dollars obtained by multiplying 35 by $1.015 would be $35.525. Because $35.525 is halfway between $35.50 and $35.55, it is rounded upwards, so the amount of the fee would be $35.55.","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Waiving payment of particular fee in special circumstances","content":"### sec.111 Waiving payment of particular fee in special circumstances\n\nIf the chief executive is satisfied that special circumstances exist, the chief executive may waive the payment of the following fees for a person—\na fee payable under schedule 3 , item 2, other than for inspection of a vehicle at an AIS;\na fee payable under schedule 3 , item 4, 11, 13 or 14.\nthe vehicle has concessional registration for primary production purposes and is in an area or on a property that is drought-stricken\nthe vehicle is in a disaster area\nthe relevant document is lost, damaged or destroyed because of a disaster\ns 111 amd 2021 SL No. 157 s 15\n- (a) a fee payable under schedule 3 , item 2, other than for inspection of a vehicle at an AIS;\n- (b) a fee payable under schedule 3 , item 4, 11, 13 or 14.\n- • the vehicle has concessional registration for primary production purposes and is in an area or on a property that is drought-stricken\n- • the vehicle is in a disaster area\n- • the relevant document is lost, damaged or destroyed because of a disaster","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Transitional provisions","content":"# Transitional provisions","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"pt.10-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Transitional provisions for SL No. 114 of 2021","content":"## Transitional provisions for SL No. 114 of 2021","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definition","content":"### sec.112 Definition\n\nIn this division—\nexpired regulation means the expired Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2010 .","sortOrder":146},{"sectionNumber":"sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Defect notices and defective vehicle labels","content":"### sec.113 Defect notices and defective vehicle labels\n\nThis section applies to—\na defect notice issued under the expired regulation if the time for complying with the notice, or an extension of time operating under section 29 of the expired regulation, had not ended before the commencement; or\na defective vehicle label attached to a vehicle under the expired regulation if an authorised officer had not removed the label from the vehicle before the commencement.\nThe expired regulation continues to apply in relation to the defect notice or defective vehicle label as if that regulation had not expired.\nWithout limiting subsection (2), a person may apply under section 29 of the expired regulation for an extension of time to comply with the defect notice.\n(sec.113-ssec.1) This section applies to— a defect notice issued under the expired regulation if the time for complying with the notice, or an extension of time operating under section 29 of the expired regulation, had not ended before the commencement; or a defective vehicle label attached to a vehicle under the expired regulation if an authorised officer had not removed the label from the vehicle before the commencement.\n(sec.113-ssec.2) The expired regulation continues to apply in relation to the defect notice or defective vehicle label as if that regulation had not expired.\n(sec.113-ssec.3) Without limiting subsection (2), a person may apply under section 29 of the expired regulation for an extension of time to comply with the defect notice.\n- (a) a defect notice issued under the expired regulation if the time for complying with the notice, or an extension of time operating under section 29 of the expired regulation, had not ended before the commencement; or\n- (b) a defective vehicle label attached to a vehicle under the expired regulation if an authorised officer had not removed the label from the vehicle before the commencement.","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive approval of modification of vehicle","content":"### sec.114 Chief executive approval of modification of vehicle\n\nIf, before the commencement, the chief executive approved a modification of a light vehicle, the chief executive is taken to have approved the modification under section 23.","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of modification or modification plate","content":"### sec.115 Certificate of modification or modification plate\n\nThis section applies in relation to a modification of a vehicle if, under the expired regulation—\na certificate of modification was issued for the modification; or\na modification plate for the modification was attached to the vehicle.\nThe certificate of modification is taken to have been issued for the modification under part 3, division 3.\nThe modification plate for the modification is taken to have been attached to the vehicle under part 3, division 3.\n(sec.115-ssec.1) This section applies in relation to a modification of a vehicle if, under the expired regulation— a certificate of modification was issued for the modification; or a modification plate for the modification was attached to the vehicle.\n(sec.115-ssec.2) The certificate of modification is taken to have been issued for the modification under part 3, division 3.\n(sec.115-ssec.3) The modification plate for the modification is taken to have been attached to the vehicle under part 3, division 3.\n- (a) a certificate of modification was issued for the modification; or\n- (b) a modification plate for the modification was attached to the vehicle.","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Guideline or permit for safe movement of light vehicles","content":"### sec.116 Guideline or permit for safe movement of light vehicles\n\nA guideline for the safe movement on a road of a type of light vehicle issued under the expired regulation and in effect immediately before the commencement is taken to be a safe movement guideline issued under section 53.\nSubsection (3) applies to a permit for the safe movement on a road of a particular light vehicle granted by the chief executive or commissioner under the expired regulation if the term of the permit had not ended before the commencement.\nThe permit—\nis taken to be a safe movement permit for the particular light vehicle granted by the chief executive under section 54; and\ncontinues in effect until the end of the term for which the permit was granted under the expired regulation.\n(sec.116-ssec.1) A guideline for the safe movement on a road of a type of light vehicle issued under the expired regulation and in effect immediately before the commencement is taken to be a safe movement guideline issued under section 53.\n(sec.116-ssec.2) Subsection (3) applies to a permit for the safe movement on a road of a particular light vehicle granted by the chief executive or commissioner under the expired regulation if the term of the permit had not ended before the commencement.\n(sec.116-ssec.3) The permit— is taken to be a safe movement permit for the particular light vehicle granted by the chief executive under section 54; and continues in effect until the end of the term for which the permit was granted under the expired regulation.\n- (a) is taken to be a safe movement permit for the particular light vehicle granted by the chief executive under section 54; and\n- (b) continues in effect until the end of the term for which the permit was granted under the expired regulation.","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Existing authorisation for approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection","content":"### sec.117 Existing authorisation for approved examiner to approve certificates of inspection\n\nThis section applies if—\nunder section 19A of the expired regulation, the chief executive authorised an approved examiner to approve a certificate of inspection for a type of vehicle stated in notice of the authorisation; and\non the commencement, the period of the authorisation stated in the notice had not ended.\nThe authorisation—\nis taken to have been given by the chief executive under section 78; and\nends when the period for which the authorisation was given under the expired regulation ends.\n(sec.117-ssec.1) This section applies if— under section 19A of the expired regulation, the chief executive authorised an approved examiner to approve a certificate of inspection for a type of vehicle stated in notice of the authorisation; and on the commencement, the period of the authorisation stated in the notice had not ended.\n(sec.117-ssec.2) The authorisation— is taken to have been given by the chief executive under section 78; and ends when the period for which the authorisation was given under the expired regulation ends.\n- (a) under section 19A of the expired regulation, the chief executive authorised an approved examiner to approve a certificate of inspection for a type of vehicle stated in notice of the authorisation; and\n- (b) on the commencement, the period of the authorisation stated in the notice had not ended.\n- (a) is taken to have been given by the chief executive under section 78; and\n- (b) ends when the period for which the authorisation was given under the expired regulation ends.","sortOrder":151},{"sectionNumber":"sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificates of inspection issued for COI vehicles before commencement","content":"### sec.118 Certificates of inspection issued for COI vehicles before commencement\n\nFor section 71, a reference to a certificate of inspection in effect for a vehicle includes a reference to a certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle under the expired regulation while, under section 28 of the expired regulation, the certificate would be current.\nSection 71(1) does not apply to a person while an extension of time for complying with section 25 of the expired regulation would, but for the expiry of the expired regulation, be operating under section 29 of the expired regulation.\n(sec.118-ssec.1) For section 71, a reference to a certificate of inspection in effect for a vehicle includes a reference to a certificate of inspection issued for the vehicle under the expired regulation while, under section 28 of the expired regulation, the certificate would be current.\n(sec.118-ssec.2) Section 71(1) does not apply to a person while an extension of time for complying with section 25 of the expired regulation would, but for the expiry of the expired regulation, be operating under section 29 of the expired regulation.","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection certificates issued before commencement","content":"### sec.119 Inspection certificates issued before commencement\n\nFor section 75, a reference to an inspection certificate in effect for a vehicle includes a reference to an inspection certificate issued for the vehicle under the expired regulation while, under section 28 of the expired regulation, the certificate would be current.","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemption from requirement for certificate of inspection for former Warroo local government area","content":"### sec.120 Exemption from requirement for certificate of inspection for former Warroo local government area\n\nThis section applies to the owner of a registered COI vehicle until 31 August 2022.\nSection 71(1) does not apply to the owner if the COI vehicle is being used only in the former local government area.\nSection 75(1) does not apply if the owner—\nlives in the former local government area; and\ndisposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.\nSection 76(1) does not apply to a dealer acting for the owner to dispose of the COI vehicle if the owner—\nlives in the former local government area; and\ndisposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.\nIn this section—\nformer local government area means the area that, immediately before 15 March 2008, was the local government area of the Warroo Shire Council.\nUnder the Local Government Act 1993 as in force immediately before 15 March 2008, shires and cities were described in the Local Government (Areas) Regulation 2005 , schedule 1 as in force immediately before that day.\n(sec.120-ssec.1) This section applies to the owner of a registered COI vehicle until 31 August 2022.\n(sec.120-ssec.2) Section 71(1) does not apply to the owner if the COI vehicle is being used only in the former local government area.\n(sec.120-ssec.3) Section 75(1) does not apply if the owner— lives in the former local government area; and disposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.\n(sec.120-ssec.4) Section 76(1) does not apply to a dealer acting for the owner to dispose of the COI vehicle if the owner— lives in the former local government area; and disposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.\n(sec.120-ssec.5) In this section— former local government area means the area that, immediately before 15 March 2008, was the local government area of the Warroo Shire Council. Under the Local Government Act 1993 as in force immediately before 15 March 2008, shires and cities were described in the Local Government (Areas) Regulation 2005 , schedule 1 as in force immediately before that day.\n- (a) lives in the former local government area; and\n- (b) disposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.\n- (a) lives in the former local government area; and\n- (b) disposes of the vehicle in the former local government area.","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection report issued for vehicle","content":"### sec.121 Inspection report issued for vehicle\n\nThis section applies if—\nan inspection report was issued for a vehicle under the expired regulation on or after 17 August 2021; and\non the commencement, the vehicle had not been returned for reinspection under section 21 of the expired regulation after the issue of the inspection report.\nThe inspection report is taken to have been issued under section 86 on the day it was issued under the expired regulation.\n(sec.121-ssec.1) This section applies if— an inspection report was issued for a vehicle under the expired regulation on or after 17 August 2021; and on the commencement, the vehicle had not been returned for reinspection under section 21 of the expired regulation after the issue of the inspection report.\n(sec.121-ssec.2) The inspection report is taken to have been issued under section 86 on the day it was issued under the expired regulation.\n- (a) an inspection report was issued for a vehicle under the expired regulation on or after 17 August 2021; and\n- (b) on the commencement, the vehicle had not been returned for reinspection under section 21 of the expired regulation after the issue of the inspection report.","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Refusal of registration for contravention of Act","content":"### sec.122 Refusal of registration for contravention of Act\n\nFor part 6, division 5, subdivision 3—\nit does not matter whether the refusal of an application for the registration of a vehicle mentioned in section 93 happened before or after the commencement; and\na reference to an inspection certificate for a vehicle includes an inspection certificate issued under the expired regulation before the commencement.\nSubsection (3) applies if—\nbefore the commencement, a person asked the proprietor of the AIS where an inspection certificate was issued to again inspect the vehicle for an inspection certificate under section 20(2) of the expired regulation; and\non the commencement, the vehicle had not been inspected again as required under section 20(3) of the expired regulation.\nSection 20 of the expired regulation continues to apply in relation to the person’s request as if that regulation had not expired.\n(sec.122-ssec.1) For part 6, division 5, subdivision 3— it does not matter whether the refusal of an application for the registration of a vehicle mentioned in section 93 happened before or after the commencement; and a reference to an inspection certificate for a vehicle includes an inspection certificate issued under the expired regulation before the commencement.\n(sec.122-ssec.2) Subsection (3) applies if— before the commencement, a person asked the proprietor of the AIS where an inspection certificate was issued to again inspect the vehicle for an inspection certificate under section 20(2) of the expired regulation; and on the commencement, the vehicle had not been inspected again as required under section 20(3) of the expired regulation.\n(sec.122-ssec.3) Section 20 of the expired regulation continues to apply in relation to the person’s request as if that regulation had not expired.\n- (a) it does not matter whether the refusal of an application for the registration of a vehicle mentioned in section 93 happened before or after the commencement; and\n- (b) a reference to an inspection certificate for a vehicle includes an inspection certificate issued under the expired regulation before the commencement.\n- (a) before the commencement, a person asked the proprietor of the AIS where an inspection certificate was issued to again inspect the vehicle for an inspection certificate under section 20(2) of the expired regulation; and\n- (b) on the commencement, the vehicle had not been inspected again as required under section 20(3) of the expired regulation.","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chief executive’s approval to remove modification plate or identification plate from light vehicle","content":"### sec.123 Chief executive’s approval to remove modification plate or identification plate from light vehicle\n\nFor section 102(2), it does not matter whether the chief executive’s approval to remove a modification plate from a light vehicle was given before or after the commencement.\nFor section 103(2), it does not matter whether the chief executive’s approval to remove a modification plate from a light vehicle was given before or after the commencement.\n(sec.123-ssec.1) For section 102(2), it does not matter whether the chief executive’s approval to remove a modification plate from a light vehicle was given before or after the commencement.\n(sec.123-ssec.2) For section 103(2), it does not matter whether the chief executive’s approval to remove a modification plate from a light vehicle was given before or after the commencement.","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Existing applications","content":"### sec.124 Existing applications\n\nThis section applies to an application to the chief executive or an authorised officer made, but not decided, under the expired regulation before the commencement.\nThe application is taken to have been made under this regulation.\nAnything done in relation to the application under the expired regulation is taken to have been done in relation to the application under this regulation.\n(sec.124-ssec.1) This section applies to an application to the chief executive or an authorised officer made, but not decided, under the expired regulation before the commencement.\n(sec.124-ssec.2) The application is taken to have been made under this regulation.\n(sec.124-ssec.3) Anything done in relation to the application under the expired regulation is taken to have been done in relation to the application under this regulation.","sortOrder":158},{"sectionNumber":"sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approved forms under expired regulation","content":"### sec.125 Approved forms under expired regulation\n\nA form that, immediately before the commencement, was an approved form for an application, certificate, notice or other document under the expired regulation is taken to be an approved form for an application, certificate, notice or other document of the same kind under this regulation.\nA form that, immediately before the commencement, was an approved form for a modification plate under the expired regulation is taken to be an approved form for a modification plate under this regulation.\n(sec.125-ssec.1) A form that, immediately before the commencement, was an approved form for an application, certificate, notice or other document under the expired regulation is taken to be an approved form for an application, certificate, notice or other document of the same kind under this regulation.\n(sec.125-ssec.2) A form that, immediately before the commencement, was an approved form for a modification plate under the expired regulation is taken to be an approved form for a modification plate under this regulation.","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of sch 1, ss 144A and 144B","content":"### sec.126 Application of sch 1, ss 144A and 144B\n\nSchedule 1, sections 144A and 144B do not apply in relation to a vehicle that, on 1 October 2020, was a registered vehicle until—\nthe vehicle’s registration expires or is cancelled; or\n1 October 2021.\n- (a) the vehicle’s registration expires or is cancelled; or\n- (b) 1 October 2021.","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particular references in documents","content":"### sec.127 Particular references in documents\n\nIn a document—\na reference to the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to this regulation; and\na reference to the approved code of practice titled ‘Code of Practice—Vehicle Inspection Guidelines’ mentioned in section 7(1)(f) of the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to the light vehicle standards (safety inspection); and\na reference to an approved code of practice under section 13(7) of the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to the light vehicle standards (modification).\n- (a) a reference to the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to this regulation; and\n- (b) a reference to the approved code of practice titled ‘Code of Practice—Vehicle Inspection Guidelines’ mentioned in section 7(1)(f) of the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to the light vehicle standards (safety inspection); and\n- (c) a reference to an approved code of practice under section 13(7) of the expired regulation is, if the context permits, taken to be a reference to the light vehicle standards (modification).","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"pt.10-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Transitional provision for Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2021","content":"## Transitional provision for Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2021","sortOrder":162},{"sectionNumber":"sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificates of inspection issued for particular vehicles before commencement","content":"### sec.128 Certificates of inspection issued for particular vehicles before commencement\n\nThis section applies to a certificate of inspection—\nissued for—\na public passenger vehicle, other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\na bus, other than a relevant bus; and\nin effect immediately before the commencement.\nThe certificate of inspection continues in effect until it would have ended under former section 66 as if the Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2021 had not been made.\nIn this section—\nformer section 66 means section 66 as in force before the commencement.\npublic passenger vehicle see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 .\nrelevant bus means a bus, other than a bus used to provide a public passenger service, that is—\nbuilt to carry 12 or fewer seated adults; or\nused for a private purpose; or\nused for driver tuition.\ns 128 ins 2021 SL No. 157 s 17\n(sec.128-ssec.1) This section applies to a certificate of inspection— issued for— a public passenger vehicle, other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or a bus, other than a relevant bus; and in effect immediately before the commencement.\n(sec.128-ssec.2) The certificate of inspection continues in effect until it would have ended under former section 66 as if the Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2021 had not been made.\n(sec.128-ssec.3) In this section— former section 66 means section 66 as in force before the commencement. public passenger vehicle see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Act 1994 , schedule 3 . relevant bus means a bus, other than a bus used to provide a public passenger service, that is— built to carry 12 or fewer seated adults; or used for a private purpose; or used for driver tuition.\n- (a) issued for— (i) a public passenger vehicle, other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or (ii) a bus, other than a relevant bus; and\n- (i) a public passenger vehicle, other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\n- (ii) a bus, other than a relevant bus; and\n- (b) in effect immediately before the commencement.\n- (i) a public passenger vehicle, other than a booked hire vehicle, limousine or taxi; or\n- (ii) a bus, other than a relevant bus; and\n- (a) built to carry 12 or fewer seated adults; or\n- (b) used for a private purpose; or\n- (c) used for driver tuition.","sortOrder":163},{"sectionNumber":"pt.10-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Transitional provisions for Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026","content":"## Transitional provisions for Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026","sortOrder":164},{"sectionNumber":"sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for division","content":"### sec.129 Definitions for division\n\nIn this division—\nrelevant vehicle see the Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Regulation 2018 , schedule 9 .\nrepealed standard means the repealed Transport Operations (Passenger Transport) Standard 2010 .\ns 129 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 46","sortOrder":165},{"sectionNumber":"sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning signs and warning lights fitted to school bus immediately before 1 October 1999","content":"### sec.130 Warning signs and warning lights fitted to school bus immediately before 1 October 1999\n\nSchedule 1, part 7, division 19 does not apply to a relevant vehicle if—\nimmediately before the commencement—\nthe vehicle was a school bus within the meaning of the repealed standard, schedule 4; and\nthe bus complied with the repealed standard, section 44; and\nfrom the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with former section 18B as if that section were still in force.\nSee also the Queensland Road Rules , sections 222 and 222A .\nIn this section—\nformer section 18B means the Traffic Regulation 1962 , schedule 1 , section 18B , as it was in force immediately before 1 October 1999.\ns 130 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 46\n(sec.130-ssec.1) Schedule 1, part 7, division 19 does not apply to a relevant vehicle if— immediately before the commencement— the vehicle was a school bus within the meaning of the repealed standard, schedule 4; and the bus complied with the repealed standard, section 44; and from the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with former section 18B as if that section were still in force. See also the Queensland Road Rules , sections 222 and 222A .\n(sec.130-ssec.2) In this section— former section 18B means the Traffic Regulation 1962 , schedule 1 , section 18B , as it was in force immediately before 1 October 1999.\n- (a) immediately before the commencement— (i) the vehicle was a school bus within the meaning of the repealed standard, schedule 4; and (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard, section 44; and\n- (i) the vehicle was a school bus within the meaning of the repealed standard, schedule 4; and\n- (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard, section 44; and\n- (b) from the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with former section 18B as if that section were still in force.\n- (i) the vehicle was a school bus within the meaning of the repealed standard, schedule 4; and\n- (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard, section 44; and","sortOrder":166},{"sectionNumber":"sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Warning signs and lights fitted to bus under repealed standard","content":"### sec.131 Warning signs and lights fitted to bus under repealed standard\n\nSchedule 1, part 7, division 19 does not apply to a relevant vehicle if—\nimmediately before the commencement—\nthe vehicle was a bus within the meaning of the repealed standard; and\nthe bus complied with the repealed standard , schedule 1, part 4; and\nfrom the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 as if the amendment regulation had not been made and the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 were still in force.\nSee also the Queensland Road Rules , sections 222 and 222A .\nIn this section—\namendment regulation means the Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026 .\ns 131 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 46\n(sec.131-ssec.1) Schedule 1, part 7, division 19 does not apply to a relevant vehicle if— immediately before the commencement— the vehicle was a bus within the meaning of the repealed standard; and the bus complied with the repealed standard , schedule 1, part 4; and from the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 as if the amendment regulation had not been made and the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 were still in force. See also the Queensland Road Rules , sections 222 and 222A .\n(sec.131-ssec.2) In this section— amendment regulation means the Transport and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation 2026 .\n- (a) immediately before the commencement— (i) the vehicle was a bus within the meaning of the repealed standard; and (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard , schedule 1, part 4; and\n- (i) the vehicle was a bus within the meaning of the repealed standard; and\n- (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard , schedule 1, part 4; and\n- (b) from the commencement, the vehicle continues to comply with the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 as if the amendment regulation had not been made and the repealed standard, schedule 1, part 4 were still in force.\n- (i) the vehicle was a bus within the meaning of the repealed standard; and\n- (ii) the bus complied with the repealed standard , schedule 1, part 4; and","sortOrder":167},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.1","sectionType":"part","heading":"Preliminary","content":"# Preliminary","sortOrder":168},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.1","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 1 and 2 not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.1 Sections 1 and 2 not used\n\nTo maximise consistency between this schedule and the Australian Light Vehicle Standards Rules 2015 , the numbers of some provisions not relevant to the operation of this regulation have not been used in the numbering of this schedule, unless required for provisions particular to the State. Each provision number that is not used is identified in this schedule.","sortOrder":169},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.2","sectionType":"part","heading":"Interpretation and application of vehicle standards","content":"# Interpretation and application of vehicle standards","sortOrder":170},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for schedule","content":"### sch.1-sec.3 Definitions for schedule\n\nIn this schedule—\nadopted standard means a standard, other than an ADR, that is applied, adopted or incorporated by a provision of this schedule.\nSection 51 (1) (c) applies AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres).\nADR means—\na second edition ADR; or\na third edition ADR.\nair brake means a brake that is air-operated or air-assisted.\nAirservices Australia see the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 7 .\nAirservices Australia vehicle means a vehicle driven by any of the following persons in the course of the person’s duty to Airservices Australia—\nthe chief executive officer of Airservices Australia appointed under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 34 ;\na person appointed to act as chief executive officer of Airservices Australia under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 41 ;\na person employed under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 42 ;\na person engaged as a consultant under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 43 .\nair storage tank , of a vehicle, means a tank fitted to the vehicle for storing compressed air.\nAustralian Border Force vehicle means a vehicle driven by an immigration and border protection worker, within the meaning of the Australian Border Force Act 2015 (Cwlth) , section 4 (1) , in the course of the worker’s duty to the Australian Border Force under that Act.\naxle group means a single axle group, tandem axle group or tri-axle group.\nbraking system , of a vehicle, means all the brakes of the vehicle and all the components of the mechanisms by which the brakes are operated.\nBritish Standard means a standard approved for publication for the British Standards Institution.\nCopies of British Standards are available for purchase from Standards Australia.\nBritish Standards Institution means the institution of that name established under royal charter in the United Kingdom.\ncar means a motor vehicle built mainly to carry people that—\nseats 9 or fewer adults; and\nhas a body commonly known as a sedan, hatchback, station wagon, coupe, convertible, or roadster; and\nhas 4 or more wheels.\ncentre line means—\nfor an axle—\nif the axle consists of 1 shaft—a line parallel to the length of the axle and passing through the centre of the axle; or\nif the axle consists of 2 shafts—a line in the vertical plane passing through—\nthe centre of both shafts; and\nthe centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\nfor an axle group—\nif the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a vertical line located one-third from the centre line of the axle with more tyres towards the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres; or\notherwise—a line located midway between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\nconverter dolly means a trailer with a single axle or 1 axle group, and a fifth wheel coupling, designed to convert a semitrailer into a dog trailer.\ndaylight means the period in a day from sunrise to sunset.\ndiesel engine means an engine, commonly known as a diesel engine, that works on the compression-ignition principle.\ndog trailer means a trailer (including a trailer consisting of a semitrailer and converter dolly) with—\na single axle or 1 axle group at the front that is steered by connection to a towing vehicle by a drawbar; and\na single axle or 1 axle group at the rear.\ndrawbar means a part of a trailer, other than a semitrailer, connecting the trailer body to a coupling for towing purposes.\nemergency brake means a brake designed to be used if a service brake fails.\nemergency vehicle means a motor vehicle—\nfitted with—\na repeater horn or siren; or\na flashing warning light; and\ndriven by—\nan officer of the Queensland Ambulance Service or an ambulance service of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\nan officer of Queensland Fire and Rescue, Rural Fire Service Queensland (other than a rural fire brigade under the Fire Services Act 1990 ) or a fire and emergency service, however called, of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\nan officer or employee of another entity with the written permission of the commissioner in the course of the officer’s or employee’s duty.\nsch 1 s 3 def emergency vehicle amd 2024 Act No. 22 s 92 sch 1\nfifth wheel coupling , for a combination, means a device, other than the upper rotating element and the kingpin of a semitrailer, used with a converter dolly, prime mover or semitrailer to allow quick coupling and uncoupling of the vehicles that are part of the combination and to provide for articulation for the combination.\nfront fog light means a light used to improve the illumination of the road during a dust storm, fog, heavy rain or snowfall.\ngoods vehicle means a goods vehicle as defined under the ADR (definitions and vehicle categories).\nGTM (gross trailer mass) means the mass transmitted to the ground by the axles of a trailer when the trailer is loaded to its GVM and connected to a towing vehicle.\nhigh-beam , for a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means the light is built or adjusted so, when the vehicle is standing on level ground, the top of the main beam of light projected is above the top of the main beam of light that would be projected by the light in the low-beam position.\nleft , for a vehicle, means to the left of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a person in the vehicle facing to the front of the vehicle.\nlow-beam , for a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means the light is built or adjusted so the top of the main beam of light it projects, when the vehicle is standing on level ground, is no higher than—\nthe centre of the light, when measured 8m in front of the vehicle; and\n1m above the ground, when measured 25m in front of the vehicle.\nmoped means a motorbike or motortrike with—\nan engine cylinder capacity of not more than 50ml; and\na maximum speed of not more than 50km/h.\nmotorbike does not include a motortrike.\nSee also the definition motorbike in schedule 4 of the Act .\nmotortrike means a motor vehicle with 3 wheels, other than a motor vehicle with 2 wheels and a sidecar supported by a third wheel.\nmudguard means a fitting or device, with or without a mudflap, built and fitted to a vehicle in a way that will, as far as practicable, catch or deflect downwards any mud, stone, water or other substance thrown up by the rotation of the wheel of the vehicle for which the fitting or device is fitted.\nnearer side of the vehicle , in relation to a light or reflector fitted to a vehicle, means the side of the vehicle closest to the light or reflector.\nparking brake , of a vehicle, means the brake usually used to keep the vehicle stationary while the vehicle is parked.\npoint of articulation means—\nthe axis of a kingpin for a fifth wheel; or\nthe vertical axis of rotation for each of the following—\na fifth wheel coupling;\na front axle group or single axle of a dog trailer;\na turntable assembly; or\na coupling pivot point of a semitrailer.\npolice vehicle means a vehicle driven by a police officer of the Queensland Police Service, or the police service of the Commonwealth or another State, in the course of the police officer’s duty.\nrear fog light see section 102 (4) .\nrear overhang , of a vehicle, see section 60 (1) .\nrear overhang line , of a vehicle, see section 60 (2) , (3) and (4) .\nrepeater horn means a device that makes a sound alternating between different tones or frequencies on a regular time cycle.\nright , for a vehicle, means to the right of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a person in the vehicle facing to the front of the vehicle.\nsecond edition ADR means an Australian Design Rule—\nincorporated in the document described as the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition; and\noriginally published by the then Commonwealth Department of Transport.\nservice brake , for a vehicle, means the brake normally used to decelerate the vehicle.\nside marker light means a light fitted to a side of a vehicle indicating the presence and length of the vehicle when viewed on that side.\nsingle axle means an axle not part of an axle group.\nsingle axle group means a group of at least 2 axles with a horizontal distance of less than 1m between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\nstreet rod vehicle means a vehicle that is—\neither—\na vehicle with a body and frame built before 1949; or\na vehicle that is a replica of a vehicle mentioned in subparagraph (i) ; and\nmodified for safe road use.\ntandem axle group means a group of at least 2 axles with a horizontal distance of at least 1m, but not more than 2m, between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\nthird edition ADR means—\na national standard under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) before its repeal; or\na national road vehicle standard under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 12 .\ntransport enforcement vehicle means a vehicle marked as a departmental vehicle and used by the department for enforcement purposes.\ntri-axle group means a group of at least 3 axles with a horizontal distance of more than 2m, but not more than 3.2m, between the centre lines of the outermost axles.\nturntable means a bearing built to carry vertical and horizontal loads that—\ndoes not allow quick separation of its upper and lower rotating elements; and\nis used to connect and allow articulation between—\na prime mover and semitrailer; or\nthe steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of the trailer; or\na fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted.\nvacuum brakes means brakes that are vacuum-operated or vacuum-assisted.\nvacuum storage tank , for a vehicle, means a tank fitted to the vehicle for storing air at low pressure.\nwarning light means a light, fitted to a vehicle, designed specifically to warn road users of the vehicle’s presence on a road.\nyellow includes amber.\n- (a) a second edition ADR; or\n- (b) a third edition ADR.\n- (a) the chief executive officer of Airservices Australia appointed under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 34 ;\n- (b) a person appointed to act as chief executive officer of Airservices Australia under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 41 ;\n- (c) a person employed under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 42 ;\n- (d) a person engaged as a consultant under the Air Services Act 1995 (Cwlth) , section 43 .\n- (a) seats 9 or fewer adults; and\n- (b) has a body commonly known as a sedan, hatchback, station wagon, coupe, convertible, or roadster; and\n- (c) has 4 or more wheels.\n- (a) for an axle— (i) if the axle consists of 1 shaft—a line parallel to the length of the axle and passing through the centre of the axle; or (ii) if the axle consists of 2 shafts—a line in the vertical plane passing through— (A) the centre of both shafts; and (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (i) if the axle consists of 1 shaft—a line parallel to the length of the axle and passing through the centre of the axle; or\n- (ii) if the axle consists of 2 shafts—a line in the vertical plane passing through— (A) the centre of both shafts; and (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (A) the centre of both shafts; and\n- (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (b) for an axle group— (i) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a vertical line located one-third from the centre line of the axle with more tyres towards the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres; or (ii) otherwise—a line located midway between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\n- (i) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a vertical line located one-third from the centre line of the axle with more tyres towards the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres; or\n- (ii) otherwise—a line located midway between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\n- (i) if the axle consists of 1 shaft—a line parallel to the length of the axle and passing through the centre of the axle; or\n- (ii) if the axle consists of 2 shafts—a line in the vertical plane passing through— (A) the centre of both shafts; and (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (A) the centre of both shafts; and\n- (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (A) the centre of both shafts; and\n- (B) the centres of the wheels on the shafts; or\n- (i) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a vertical line located one-third from the centre line of the axle with more tyres towards the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres; or\n- (ii) otherwise—a line located midway between the centre lines of the outermost axles of the group.\n- (a) a single axle or 1 axle group at the front that is steered by connection to a towing vehicle by a drawbar; and\n- (b) a single axle or 1 axle group at the rear.\n- (a) fitted with— (i) a repeater horn or siren; or (ii) a flashing warning light; and\n- (i) a repeater horn or siren; or\n- (ii) a flashing warning light; and\n- (b) driven by— (i) an officer of the Queensland Ambulance Service or an ambulance service of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or (ii) an officer of Queensland Fire and Rescue, Rural Fire Service Queensland (other than a rural fire brigade under the Fire Services Act 1990 ) or a fire and emergency service, however called, of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or (iii) an officer or employee of another entity with the written permission of the commissioner in the course of the officer’s or employee’s duty.\n- (i) an officer of the Queensland Ambulance Service or an ambulance service of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\n- (ii) an officer of Queensland Fire and Rescue, Rural Fire Service Queensland (other than a rural fire brigade under the Fire Services Act 1990 ) or a fire and emergency service, however called, of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\n- (iii) an officer or employee of another entity with the written permission of the commissioner in the course of the officer’s or employee’s duty.\n- (i) a repeater horn or siren; or\n- (ii) a flashing warning light; and\n- (i) an officer of the Queensland Ambulance Service or an ambulance service of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\n- (ii) an officer of Queensland Fire and Rescue, Rural Fire Service Queensland (other than a rural fire brigade under the Fire Services Act 1990 ) or a fire and emergency service, however called, of another State in the course of the officer’s duty; or\n- (iii) an officer or employee of another entity with the written permission of the commissioner in the course of the officer’s or employee’s duty.\n- (a) the centre of the light, when measured 8m in front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) 1m above the ground, when measured 25m in front of the vehicle.\n- (a) an engine cylinder capacity of not more than 50ml; and\n- (b) a maximum speed of not more than 50km/h.\n- (a) the axis of a kingpin for a fifth wheel; or\n- (b) the vertical axis of rotation for each of the following— (iii) a fifth wheel coupling; (iv) a front axle group or single axle of a dog trailer; (vi) a turntable assembly; or\n- (iii) a fifth wheel coupling;\n- (iv) a front axle group or single axle of a dog trailer;\n- (vi) a turntable assembly; or\n- (c) a coupling pivot point of a semitrailer.\n- (iii) a fifth wheel coupling;\n- (iv) a front axle group or single axle of a dog trailer;\n- (vi) a turntable assembly; or\n- (a) incorporated in the document described as the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second Edition; and\n- (b) originally published by the then Commonwealth Department of Transport.\n- (a) either— (i) a vehicle with a body and frame built before 1949; or (ii) a vehicle that is a replica of a vehicle mentioned in subparagraph (i) ; and\n- (i) a vehicle with a body and frame built before 1949; or\n- (ii) a vehicle that is a replica of a vehicle mentioned in subparagraph (i) ; and\n- (b) modified for safe road use.\n- (i) a vehicle with a body and frame built before 1949; or\n- (ii) a vehicle that is a replica of a vehicle mentioned in subparagraph (i) ; and\n- (a) a national standard under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) before its repeal; or\n- (b) a national road vehicle standard under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 12 .\n- (a) does not allow quick separation of its upper and lower rotating elements; and\n- (b) is used to connect and allow articulation between— (i) a prime mover and semitrailer; or (ii) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of the trailer; or (iii) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted.\n- (i) a prime mover and semitrailer; or\n- (ii) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of the trailer; or\n- (iii) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted.\n- (i) a prime mover and semitrailer; or\n- (ii) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of the trailer; or\n- (iii) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted.","sortOrder":171},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.4","sectionType":"section","heading":"References to vehicle, motor vehicle or trailer","content":"### sch.1-sec.4 References to vehicle, motor vehicle or trailer\n\nA reference in this schedule to a vehicle is taken to be a reference to a light vehicle.\nA reference in this schedule to a motor vehicle is taken to be a reference to a light motor vehicle.\nA reference in this schedule to a trailer is taken to be a reference to a light trailer.\nSubsections (2) and (3) are additional Queensland provisions.\n(sch.1-sec.4-ssec.1) A reference in this schedule to a vehicle is taken to be a reference to a light vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.4-ssec.2) A reference in this schedule to a motor vehicle is taken to be a reference to a light motor vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.4-ssec.3) A reference in this schedule to a trailer is taken to be a reference to a light trailer.","sortOrder":172},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.5","sectionType":"section","heading":"When restored vehicle is built","content":"### sch.1-sec.5 When restored vehicle is built\n\nA restored vehicle is taken to have been built when the vehicle was originally built and not when the vehicle was restored.\nIn this section—\nrestored vehicle means a vehicle that is being, or has been, restored to the vehicle’s manufacturer’s specifications, to the extent it is practicable to meet the specifications.\n(sch.1-sec.5-ssec.1) A restored vehicle is taken to have been built when the vehicle was originally built and not when the vehicle was restored.\n(sch.1-sec.5-ssec.2) In this section— restored vehicle means a vehicle that is being, or has been, restored to the vehicle’s manufacturer’s specifications, to the extent it is practicable to meet the specifications.","sortOrder":173},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Measurement of width of vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.6 Measurement of width of vehicles\n\nThe width of a vehicle is measured disregarding any of the following fitted to the vehicle—\nan anti-skid device mounted on a wheel;\na central tyre inflation system;\na side marker light;\na mirror;\na reflector;\na signalling device;\na tyre pressure gauge;\na permanently fixed webbing assembly-type device if the maximum distance across the body of the vehicle, including any part of the device, is not more than 2.55m.\na curtain side device\n- (a) an anti-skid device mounted on a wheel;\n- (b) a central tyre inflation system;\n- (c) a side marker light;\n- (d) a mirror;\n- (e) a reflector;\n- (f) a signalling device;\n- (g) a tyre pressure gauge;\n- (h) a permanently fixed webbing assembly-type device if the maximum distance across the body of the vehicle, including any part of the device, is not more than 2.55m. Example of a permanently fixed webbing assembly-type device— a curtain side device","sortOrder":174},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 7 – 14 not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.7 Sections 7 – 14 not used\n\nSee note to section 1 .","sortOrder":175},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application to vehicle or coupling complying with inconsistent ADR requirement","content":"### sch.1-sec.15 Application to vehicle or coupling complying with inconsistent ADR requirement\n\nA requirement of parts 4 to 10 does not apply to a vehicle if—\nthe vehicle complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to—\nthe vehicle; or\nvehicles of the same class or type manufactured after the vehicle; and\nthe ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in parts 4 to 10 .\nAs the second and third edition ADR do not apply to a vehicle built in 1968, the vehicle must comply with section 123 . If the owner of that type of vehicle modified the brakes so the vehicle did comply with the second edition ADR, a requirement in section 123 about the vehicle’s brakes that is inconsistent with the second edition ADR no longer applies to the vehicle.\nA requirement of part 11 does not apply to a coupling if—\nthe coupling complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to—\nthe coupling; or\ncouplings of the same class or type manufactured after the coupling; and\nthe ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in part 11 .\nDespite subsection (1) , a requirement of the following provisions applies to a vehicle instead of the corresponding ADR requirement—\nParagraph is not used. See note to section 1 .\nsection 44 (5) , (6) , (7) and (8) ;\nsection 50 ;\nsection 114 (4) .\nParagraph is not used. See note to section 1 .\nIn this section—\nvehicle includes a vehicle that has been modified to comply with the ADR requirement.\nsch 1 s 15 amd 2023 SL No. 83 s 26\n(sch.1-sec.15-ssec.1) A requirement of parts 4 to 10 does not apply to a vehicle if— the vehicle complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to— the vehicle; or vehicles of the same class or type manufactured after the vehicle; and the ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in parts 4 to 10 . As the second and third edition ADR do not apply to a vehicle built in 1968, the vehicle must comply with section 123 . If the owner of that type of vehicle modified the brakes so the vehicle did comply with the second edition ADR, a requirement in section 123 about the vehicle’s brakes that is inconsistent with the second edition ADR no longer applies to the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.15-ssec.2) A requirement of part 11 does not apply to a coupling if— the coupling complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to— the coupling; or couplings of the same class or type manufactured after the coupling; and the ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in part 11 .\n(sch.1-sec.15-ssec.3) Despite subsection (1) , a requirement of the following provisions applies to a vehicle instead of the corresponding ADR requirement— Paragraph is not used. See note to section 1 . section 44 (5) , (6) , (7) and (8) ; section 50 ; section 114 (4) . Paragraph is not used. See note to section 1 .\n(sch.1-sec.15-ssec.4) In this section— vehicle includes a vehicle that has been modified to comply with the ADR requirement.\n- (a) the vehicle complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to— (i) the vehicle; or (ii) vehicles of the same class or type manufactured after the vehicle; and\n- (i) the vehicle; or\n- (ii) vehicles of the same class or type manufactured after the vehicle; and\n- (b) the ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in parts 4 to 10 .\n- (i) the vehicle; or\n- (ii) vehicles of the same class or type manufactured after the vehicle; and\n- (a) the coupling complies with a requirement of an ADR that applies to— (i) the coupling; or (ii) couplings of the same class or type manufactured after the coupling; and\n- (i) the coupling; or\n- (ii) couplings of the same class or type manufactured after the coupling; and\n- (b) the ADR requirement corresponds to a requirement in part 11 .\n- (i) the coupling; or\n- (ii) couplings of the same class or type manufactured after the coupling; and\n- (aa) Note— Paragraph is not used. See note to section 1 .\n- (a) section 44 (5) , (6) , (7) and (8) ;\n- (b) section 50 ;\n- (c) section 114 (4) .\n- (d) Note— Paragraph is not used. See note to section 1 .","sortOrder":176},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Non-application to vehicles subject to particular approvals","content":"### sch.1-sec.16 Non-application to vehicles subject to particular approvals\n\nA provision of parts 4 to 10 does not apply to a vehicle if—\nthe vehicle does not comply with a requirement of an ADR applying to the vehicle; and\nthe provision corresponds to the requirement of the ADR; and\ndespite the noncompliance—\nan approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) for identification plates to be placed on vehicles of that type; or\nan approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; or\nfor a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies—the vehicle satisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle; and\nthe vehicle complies with any conditions of the relevant approval.\nThe repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) deals with motor vehicles that do not comply with an ADR, but the noncompliance is only minor and inconsequential.\nThe repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (3) deals with motor vehicles that do not comply with an ADR and the noncompliance is not minor and inconsequential, but the vehicle will be safe to use if conditions are complied with.\nsch 1 s 16 amd 2023 SL No. 83 s 27\n- (a) the vehicle does not comply with a requirement of an ADR applying to the vehicle; and\n- (b) the provision corresponds to the requirement of the ADR; and\n- (c) despite the noncompliance— (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) for identification plates to be placed on vehicles of that type; or (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; or (iii) for a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies—the vehicle satisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle; and\n- (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) for identification plates to be placed on vehicles of that type; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; or\n- (iii) for a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies—the vehicle satisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle; and\n- (d) the vehicle complies with any conditions of the relevant approval.\n- (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) for identification plates to be placed on vehicles of that type; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; or\n- (iii) for a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies—the vehicle satisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle; and\n- 1 The repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) deals with motor vehicles that do not comply with an ADR, but the noncompliance is only minor and inconsequential.\n- 2 The repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (3) deals with motor vehicles that do not comply with an ADR and the noncompliance is not minor and inconsequential, but the vehicle will be safe to use if conditions are complied with.","sortOrder":177},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interpretation of particular second edition ADRs","content":"### sch.1-sec.17 Interpretation of particular second edition ADRs\n\nIn a provision of the following second edition ADRs, when applied under this schedule to a motor vehicle with a left-hand drive, the words ‘left’ and ‘right’ have the opposite meaning—\nADR 8 Safety Glass;\nADR 12 Glare Reduction in Field of View;\nADR 14 Rear Vision Mirrors;\nADR 16 Windscreen Wipers and Washers;\nADRs 18 and 18A Location and Visibility of Instruments;\nADRs 35 and 35A Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems.\n- (a) ADR 8 Safety Glass;\n- (b) ADR 12 Glare Reduction in Field of View;\n- (c) ADR 14 Rear Vision Mirrors;\n- (d) ADR 16 Windscreen Wipers and Washers;\n- (e) ADRs 18 and 18A Location and Visibility of Instruments;\n- (f) ADRs 35 and 35A Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems.","sortOrder":178},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reference to adopted standards","content":"### sch.1-sec.18 Reference to adopted standards\n\nUnless a contrary intention appears, a reference in a provision of this schedule to an adopted standard is a reference to the adopted standard—\nfor an adopted standard referenced using an alphanumeric designation—as in force under that designation; and\nas in force—\nif the adopted standard was also an adopted standard mentioned in a provision of schedule 1 of the expired regulation—when the provision of schedule 1 of that regulation commenced; or\notherwise—when the provision of this schedule commenced.\nThe words appearing in brackets after the alphanumeric designation used to refer to an adopted standard are included for information purposes only.\nIn this section—\nexpired regulation means the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2010 as in force from time to time before it expired.\nSubsections (1) (a) and (b) (i) , (2) and (3) are additional Queensland provisions.\n(sch.1-sec.18-ssec.1) Unless a contrary intention appears, a reference in a provision of this schedule to an adopted standard is a reference to the adopted standard— for an adopted standard referenced using an alphanumeric designation—as in force under that designation; and as in force— if the adopted standard was also an adopted standard mentioned in a provision of schedule 1 of the expired regulation—when the provision of schedule 1 of that regulation commenced; or otherwise—when the provision of this schedule commenced.\n(sch.1-sec.18-ssec.2) The words appearing in brackets after the alphanumeric designation used to refer to an adopted standard are included for information purposes only.\n(sch.1-sec.18-ssec.3) In this section— expired regulation means the Transport Operations (Road Use Management—Vehicle Standards and Safety) Regulation 2010 as in force from time to time before it expired.\n- (a) for an adopted standard referenced using an alphanumeric designation—as in force under that designation; and\n- (b) as in force— (i) if the adopted standard was also an adopted standard mentioned in a provision of schedule 1 of the expired regulation—when the provision of schedule 1 of that regulation commenced; or (ii) otherwise—when the provision of this schedule commenced.\n- (i) if the adopted standard was also an adopted standard mentioned in a provision of schedule 1 of the expired regulation—when the provision of schedule 1 of that regulation commenced; or\n- (ii) otherwise—when the provision of this schedule commenced.\n- (i) if the adopted standard was also an adopted standard mentioned in a provision of schedule 1 of the expired regulation—when the provision of schedule 1 of that regulation commenced; or\n- (ii) otherwise—when the provision of this schedule commenced.","sortOrder":179},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compliance with particular adopted standards","content":"### sch.1-sec.19 Compliance with particular adopted standards\n\nA vehicle is taken to comply with an adopted standard if—\nthe standard is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a later version of the standard; and\nthe vehicle complies with the later version of the standard.\nA vehicle is taken to comply with the replaced AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres) if the vehicle complies with the later AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\n- (a) the standard is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a later version of the standard; and\n- (b) the vehicle complies with the later version of the standard.","sortOrder":180},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 20 not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.20 Section 20 not used\n\nSee note to section 1 .","sortOrder":181},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3","sectionType":"part","heading":"Australian Design Rules","content":"# Australian Design Rules","sortOrder":182},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Compliance with ADRs","content":"## Compliance with ADRs","sortOrder":183},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Second edition ADRs","content":"### sch.1-sec.21 Second edition ADRs\n\nIf a second edition ADR recommends that the ADR should apply to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\nIf a requirement of a second edition ADR applies to a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after the vehicle is built must comply with—\nthe requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or\nif the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force—\nwhen the vehicle is built; or\nwhen the equipment is fitted; or\nat any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\nHowever, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply with a recommendation or requirement of a second edition ADR if—\nthe recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a requirement of either of the following (each a later ADR )—\na later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment;\na third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\nthe vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later ADR.\nIf a second edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may also be fitted with the equipment.\n(sch.1-sec.21-ssec.1) If a second edition ADR recommends that the ADR should apply to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\n(sch.1-sec.21-ssec.2) If a requirement of a second edition ADR applies to a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after the vehicle is built must comply with— the requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force— when the vehicle is built; or when the equipment is fitted; or at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n(sch.1-sec.21-ssec.3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply with a recommendation or requirement of a second edition ADR if— the recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a requirement of either of the following (each a later ADR )— a later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; a third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later ADR.\n(sch.1-sec.21-ssec.4) If a second edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may also be fitted with the equipment.\n- (a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or\n- (b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force— (i) when the vehicle is built; or (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (i) when the vehicle is built; or\n- (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or\n- (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (i) when the vehicle is built; or\n- (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or\n- (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (a) the recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a requirement of either of the following (each a later ADR )— (i) a later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; (ii) a third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\n- (i) a later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment;\n- (ii) a third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\n- (b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later ADR.\n- (i) a later version of the second edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment;\n- (ii) a third edition ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and","sortOrder":184},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Third edition ADRs","content":"### sch.1-sec.22 Third edition ADRs\n\nIf a third edition ADR applies to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\nIf a requirement of a third edition ADR applies to a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after the vehicle is built must comply with—\nthe requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or\nif the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force—\nwhen the vehicle is built; or\nwhen the equipment is fitted; or\nat any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\nHowever, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply with a requirement of a third edition ADR if—\nthe requirement is replaced by a requirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\nthe vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later version.\nIf a third edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may be fitted with the equipment.\nA reference in a third edition ADR to an expression appearing in the following table (the ADR expression ) is taken to be a reference to the expression used in this schedule appearing opposite the ADR expression.\nADR expression\nExpression used in this schedule\ndipped-beam headlamp\nlow-beam, for a headlight\nfront fog lamp\nfront fog light\nrear fog lamp\nrear fog light\nwheelguard\nmudguard\nmain-beam headlamp\nhigh-beam, for a headlight\nreversing lamp\nreversing light\ndirection indicator lamp\ndirection indicator light\nstop lamp\nbrake light\nrear registration plate lamp\nnumber plate light\nfront position (side) lamp\nparking light\nrear position (side) lamp\ntail light\nend-outline marker lamp\nfront or rear clearance light\nexternal cabin lamp\nexternal cabin light\ninternal lamp\ninterior light\nside marker lamp\nside marker light\ndaytime running lamp\ndaytime running light\nrear reflex reflector, non-triangular\nrear reflector\nfront reflex reflector, non-triangular\nfront reflector\nside reflex reflector, non-triangular\nside reflector\n(sch.1-sec.22-ssec.1) If a third edition ADR applies to the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\n(sch.1-sec.22-ssec.2) If a requirement of a third edition ADR applies to a type of equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, equipment of the same type fitted to the vehicle after the vehicle is built must comply with— the requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force— when the vehicle is built; or when the equipment is fitted; or at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n(sch.1-sec.22-ssec.3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply with a requirement of a third edition ADR if— the requirement is replaced by a requirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later version.\n(sch.1-sec.22-ssec.4) If a third edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may be fitted with the equipment.\n(sch.1-sec.22-ssec.5) A reference in a third edition ADR to an expression appearing in the following table (the ADR expression ) is taken to be a reference to the expression used in this schedule appearing opposite the ADR expression. ADR expression Expression used in this schedule dipped-beam headlamp low-beam, for a headlight front fog lamp front fog light rear fog lamp rear fog light wheelguard mudguard main-beam headlamp high-beam, for a headlight reversing lamp reversing light direction indicator lamp direction indicator light stop lamp brake light rear registration plate lamp number plate light front position (side) lamp parking light rear position (side) lamp tail light end-outline marker lamp front or rear clearance light external cabin lamp external cabin light internal lamp interior light side marker lamp side marker light daytime running lamp daytime running light rear reflex reflector, non-triangular rear reflector front reflex reflector, non-triangular front reflector side reflex reflector, non-triangular side reflector\n- (a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle is built; or\n- (b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force— (i) when the vehicle is built; or (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (i) when the vehicle is built; or\n- (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or\n- (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (i) when the vehicle is built; or\n- (ii) when the equipment is fitted; or\n- (iii) at any time between when the vehicle is built to when the equipment is fitted.\n- (a) the requirement is replaced by a requirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle or equipment; and\n- (b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the later version.","sortOrder":185},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.3-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Exemptions from compliance with ADRs","content":"## Exemptions from compliance with ADRs","sortOrder":186},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles that are not road vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.23 Vehicles that are not road vehicles\n\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if—\na determination or declaration under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 5B provided that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act; or\na determination under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 6 (5) (b) or (6) (b) provides that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act.\n- (a) a determination or declaration under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 5B provided that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act; or\n- (b) a determination under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 6 (5) (b) or (6) (b) provides that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act.","sortOrder":187},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles subject to particular approvals","content":"### sch.1-sec.24 Vehicles subject to particular approvals\n\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if—\ndespite noncompliance with the ADR—\nan approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type; or\nan approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; and\nthe vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if—\neither—\nthe vehicle was permitted to be supplied to the market under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 14A (1) ; or\nan approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 11(2) in relation to the vehicle; and\nthe vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if—\nthe vehicle was permitted to be used in transport in Australia under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) ; and\nthe vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n(sch.1-sec.24-ssec.1) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if— despite noncompliance with the ADR— an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type; or an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; and the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n(sch.1-sec.24-ssec.2) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if— either— the vehicle was permitted to be supplied to the market under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 14A (1) ; or an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 11(2) in relation to the vehicle; and the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n(sch.1-sec.24-ssec.3) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if— the vehicle was permitted to be used in transport in Australia under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) ; and the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n- (a) despite noncompliance with the ADR— (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type; or (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; and\n- (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; and\n- (b) the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n- (i) an approval was given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A (2) or (3) to place identification plates on vehicles of that type; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2) in relation to vehicles of that type; and\n- (a) either— (i) the vehicle was permitted to be supplied to the market under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 14A (1) ; or (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 11(2) in relation to the vehicle; and\n- (i) the vehicle was permitted to be supplied to the market under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 14A (1) ; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 11(2) in relation to the vehicle; and\n- (b) the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.\n- (i) the vehicle was permitted to be supplied to the market under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 14A (1) ; or\n- (ii) an approval is given under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 11(2) in relation to the vehicle; and\n- (a) the vehicle was permitted to be used in transport in Australia under an approval given under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) ; and\n- (b) the vehicle complies with any conditions of the approval.","sortOrder":188},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.24A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles subject to particular approvals etc. under Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth)","content":"### sch.1-sec.24A Vehicles subject to particular approvals etc. under Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth)\n\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) if the vehicle—\nis a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies; and\nsatisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle.\nsch 1 s 24A amd 2023 SL No. 83 s 28\n- (a) is a vehicle to which the Road Vehicle Standards Rules 2019 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) applies; and\n- (b) satisfies the requirements, under section 15 (1) of those rules, of the type approval pathway for the type of vehicle.","sortOrder":189},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Partial exemption for personally imported vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.25 Partial exemption for personally imported vehicles\n\nA personally imported vehicle must be fitted with—\nseatbelts that are at least as effective as seatbelts that meet an Australian Standard or British Standard for seatbelts as in force 1 September 2010; and\nseatbelt anchorages that meet the number and location requirements of second edition ADR 5a or 5b or third edition ADR 5; and\nchild restraint anchorages that meet the number, location, accessibility, thread size and form requirements of second edition ADR 34 or third edition ADR 5 or 34; and\nhead restraints that meet the number, location and size requirements of second edition ADR 22 or third edition ADR 22.\nHowever, a personally imported vehicle need only meet the requirements of an ADR mentioned in subsection (1) if the ADR recommends that it should apply, or applies, to a vehicle of the same type.\nA personally imported vehicle need not otherwise comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) .\nIn this section—\npersonally imported vehicle means a vehicle built after 1968 that is imported into Australia by a person who—\nbefore the vehicle was imported into Australia, owned and used the vehicle for a continuous period of at least—\nif the vehicle was owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or\notherwise—1 year; and\nhas—\nif the vehicle was imported before the repeal of the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) ; or\nif the vehicle is imported during the transitional period under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety applying to the vehicle under that Act; or\notherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) in relation to the vehicle.\nParagraph (b) (ii) of this definition is an additional Queensland provision.\n(sch.1-sec.25-ssec.1) A personally imported vehicle must be fitted with— seatbelts that are at least as effective as seatbelts that meet an Australian Standard or British Standard for seatbelts as in force 1 September 2010; and seatbelt anchorages that meet the number and location requirements of second edition ADR 5a or 5b or third edition ADR 5; and child restraint anchorages that meet the number, location, accessibility, thread size and form requirements of second edition ADR 34 or third edition ADR 5 or 34; and head restraints that meet the number, location and size requirements of second edition ADR 22 or third edition ADR 22.\n(sch.1-sec.25-ssec.2) However, a personally imported vehicle need only meet the requirements of an ADR mentioned in subsection (1) if the ADR recommends that it should apply, or applies, to a vehicle of the same type.\n(sch.1-sec.25-ssec.3) A personally imported vehicle need not otherwise comply with an ADR applied by section 21 (1) or 22 (1) .\n(sch.1-sec.25-ssec.4) In this section— personally imported vehicle means a vehicle built after 1968 that is imported into Australia by a person who— before the vehicle was imported into Australia, owned and used the vehicle for a continuous period of at least— if the vehicle was owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or otherwise—1 year; and has— if the vehicle was imported before the repeal of the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) ; or if the vehicle is imported during the transitional period under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety applying to the vehicle under that Act; or otherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) in relation to the vehicle. Paragraph (b) (ii) of this definition is an additional Queensland provision.\n- (a) seatbelts that are at least as effective as seatbelts that meet an Australian Standard or British Standard for seatbelts as in force 1 September 2010; and\n- (b) seatbelt anchorages that meet the number and location requirements of second edition ADR 5a or 5b or third edition ADR 5; and\n- (c) child restraint anchorages that meet the number, location, accessibility, thread size and form requirements of second edition ADR 34 or third edition ADR 5 or 34; and\n- (d) head restraints that meet the number, location and size requirements of second edition ADR 22 or third edition ADR 22.\n- (a) before the vehicle was imported into Australia, owned and used the vehicle for a continuous period of at least— (i) if the vehicle was owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or (ii) otherwise—1 year; and\n- (i) if the vehicle was owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or\n- (ii) otherwise—1 year; and\n- (b) has— (i) if the vehicle was imported before the repeal of the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) ; or (ii) if the vehicle is imported during the transitional period under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety applying to the vehicle under that Act; or (iii) otherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) in relation to the vehicle. Note— Paragraph (b) (ii) of this definition is an additional Queensland provision.\n- (i) if the vehicle was imported before the repeal of the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) ; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle is imported during the transitional period under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety applying to the vehicle under that Act; or\n- (iii) otherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) in relation to the vehicle.\n- (i) if the vehicle was owned by the person before 9 May 2000—3 months; or\n- (ii) otherwise—1 year; and\n- (i) if the vehicle was imported before the repeal of the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety imposed for the vehicle under the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) ; or\n- (ii) if the vehicle is imported during the transitional period under the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) —undertaken to comply with any requirements relating to road safety applying to the vehicle under that Act; or\n- (iii) otherwise—complied with the rules made under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) in relation to the vehicle.","sortOrder":190},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4","sectionType":"part","heading":"General safety requirements","content":"# General safety requirements","sortOrder":191},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"All vehicles","content":"## All vehicles","sortOrder":192},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Steering","content":"### sch.1-sec.26 Steering\n\nA motor vehicle must have a right-hand drive if the vehicle is less than 30 years old.\nA motor vehicle has a right-hand drive if the centre of at least 1 steering control of the vehicle is to the right of, or in line with, the centre of the vehicle.\nFor a motor vehicle built before 1 January 2005, a component of the vehicle’s steering system essential for effective steering of the vehicle must be built to transmit energy by mechanical means only.\nFailure of a non-mechanical component of the steering system must not prevent effective steering of the vehicle.\nThis section does not apply to a motor vehicle if the vehicle is built mainly for a purpose other than the transport of goods or people by road.\nA motor vehicle to which the third edition ADR 42 applies and that is at least 30 years old may have a left hand drive.\nsch 1 s 26 amd 2023 SL No. 83 s 30\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must have a right-hand drive if the vehicle is less than 30 years old.\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.2) A motor vehicle has a right-hand drive if the centre of at least 1 steering control of the vehicle is to the right of, or in line with, the centre of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.3) For a motor vehicle built before 1 January 2005, a component of the vehicle’s steering system essential for effective steering of the vehicle must be built to transmit energy by mechanical means only.\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.4) Failure of a non-mechanical component of the steering system must not prevent effective steering of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.5) This section does not apply to a motor vehicle if the vehicle is built mainly for a purpose other than the transport of goods or people by road.\n(sch.1-sec.26-ssec.6) A motor vehicle to which the third edition ADR 42 applies and that is at least 30 years old may have a left hand drive.","sortOrder":193},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Turning ability","content":"### sch.1-sec.27 Turning ability\n\nA motor vehicle must be able to turn in a circle of not more than 25m in diameter, measured by the outer edge of the tyre track at ground level.\nThe vehicle must be able to comply with subsection (1) whether it turns to the left or to the right.\n(sch.1-sec.27-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must be able to turn in a circle of not more than 25m in diameter, measured by the outer edge of the tyre track at ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.27-ssec.2) The vehicle must be able to comply with subsection (1) whether it turns to the left or to the right.","sortOrder":194},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Ability to travel backwards and forwards","content":"### sch.1-sec.28 Ability to travel backwards and forwards\n\nA motor vehicle with an unloaded mass of more than 450kg must be able to be driven both backwards and forwards when the vehicle’s driver is in the normal driving position of the vehicle.","sortOrder":195},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Protrusions","content":"### sch.1-sec.29 Protrusions\n\nAn object fitted to a vehicle must be designed, built and fitted to the vehicle in a way that minimises the likelihood of injury to a person making contact with the vehicle.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to an object fitted to a vehicle if—\nthe vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of the design of the vehicle; or\nthe object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance with the law of the place where the object was fitted.\n(sch.1-sec.29-ssec.1) An object fitted to a vehicle must be designed, built and fitted to the vehicle in a way that minimises the likelihood of injury to a person making contact with the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.29-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to an object fitted to a vehicle if— the vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of the design of the vehicle; or the object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance with the law of the place where the object was fitted.\n- (a) the vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of the design of the vehicle; or\n- (b) the object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance with the law of the place where the object was fitted.","sortOrder":196},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.29A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 29A not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.29A Section 29A not used\n\nSee note to section 1 .\nsch 1 s 29A ins 2023 SL No. 83 s 31","sortOrder":197},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Driver’s view and vehicle controls","content":"### sch.1-sec.30 Driver’s view and vehicle controls\n\nA motor vehicle must be built—\nto allow the driver a view of the road and of traffic to the front and sides of the vehicle so the driver can drive the vehicle safely; and\nwith its controls located so the driver can drive the vehicle safely.\n- (a) to allow the driver a view of the road and of traffic to the front and sides of the vehicle so the driver can drive the vehicle safely; and\n- (b) with its controls located so the driver can drive the vehicle safely.","sortOrder":198},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Seating","content":"### sch.1-sec.31 Seating\n\nA seat for a driver or passenger in a vehicle must be securely attached to the vehicle.","sortOrder":199},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mudguards","content":"### sch.1-sec.32 Mudguards\n\nA vehicle must have a mudguard firmly fitted for each wheel or adjacent wheels.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to a vehicle if—\nthe construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of mudguards unnecessary or impracticable; or\nthe body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a mudguard.\nmost road-making plant\nsome agricultural equipment\nThe lowest point of a mudguard must not be more than—\n230mm above ground level; or\nfor a vehicle built to be used off-road—300mm above ground level.\nThe outside of a rear mudguard of a vehicle, other than a mudflap, that can be seen from behind the vehicle must be coloured white or silver if the vehicle—\nis at least 2.2m wide; and\nhas a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\nis not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .\nSubsections (3) and (4) do not apply to a moped, motorbike or motortrike.\n(sch.1-sec.32-ssec.1) A vehicle must have a mudguard firmly fitted for each wheel or adjacent wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.32-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a vehicle if— the construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of mudguards unnecessary or impracticable; or the body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a mudguard. most road-making plant some agricultural equipment\n(sch.1-sec.32-ssec.3) The lowest point of a mudguard must not be more than— 230mm above ground level; or for a vehicle built to be used off-road—300mm above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.32-ssec.4) The outside of a rear mudguard of a vehicle, other than a mudflap, that can be seen from behind the vehicle must be coloured white or silver if the vehicle— is at least 2.2m wide; and has a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .\n(sch.1-sec.32-ssec.5) Subsections (3) and (4) do not apply to a moped, motorbike or motortrike.\n- (a) the construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of mudguards unnecessary or impracticable; or\n- (b) the body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a mudguard.\n- • most road-making plant\n- • some agricultural equipment\n- (a) 230mm above ground level; or\n- (b) for a vehicle built to be used off-road—300mm above ground level.\n- (a) is at least 2.2m wide; and\n- (b) has a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\n- (c) is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .","sortOrder":200},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Horns, alarms etc.","content":"### sch.1-sec.33 Horns, alarms etc.\n\nA motor vehicle must be fitted with at least 1 horn or other device that can give sufficient audible warning to other road users of the approach or position of the vehicle.\nA motor vehicle must not be fitted with a device that can make a sound like the sound of a siren, exhaust whistle, compression whistle or repeater horn.\nHowever, subsection (2) does not apply to the following motor vehicles—\na police vehicle;\nan emergency vehicle;\na transport enforcement vehicle;\nan Australian Border Force vehicle;\nan Airservices Australia vehicle;\na vehicle at least 25 years old and fitted as a police vehicle or emergency vehicle if the vehicle—\nis used only for exhibition purposes; or\nis part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles;\na vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law;\na motor vehicle fitted with an anti-theft alarm that can not be operated while the vehicle’s ignition is on.\nAlso, a motor vehicle may be fitted with a device that emits a regular, intermittent sound while the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\nThe device must not be louder than is necessary so the driver, and a person near the vehicle, can hear the device when it is operating.\nA provision of a relevant ADR corresponding to subsection (2) applies to a motor vehicle as if the provision of the ADR did not refer to a bell.\nsch 1 s 33 amd 2024 Act No. 2 s 72\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must be fitted with at least 1 horn or other device that can give sufficient audible warning to other road users of the approach or position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.2) A motor vehicle must not be fitted with a device that can make a sound like the sound of a siren, exhaust whistle, compression whistle or repeater horn.\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.3) However, subsection (2) does not apply to the following motor vehicles— a police vehicle; an emergency vehicle; a transport enforcement vehicle; an Australian Border Force vehicle; an Airservices Australia vehicle; a vehicle at least 25 years old and fitted as a police vehicle or emergency vehicle if the vehicle— is used only for exhibition purposes; or is part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles; a vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law; a motor vehicle fitted with an anti-theft alarm that can not be operated while the vehicle’s ignition is on.\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.4) Also, a motor vehicle may be fitted with a device that emits a regular, intermittent sound while the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.5) The device must not be louder than is necessary so the driver, and a person near the vehicle, can hear the device when it is operating.\n(sch.1-sec.33-ssec.6) A provision of a relevant ADR corresponding to subsection (2) applies to a motor vehicle as if the provision of the ADR did not refer to a bell.\n- (a) a police vehicle;\n- (b) an emergency vehicle;\n- (c) a transport enforcement vehicle;\n- (d) an Australian Border Force vehicle;\n- (e) an Airservices Australia vehicle;\n- (f) a vehicle at least 25 years old and fitted as a police vehicle or emergency vehicle if the vehicle— (i) is used only for exhibition purposes; or (ii) is part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles;\n- (i) is used only for exhibition purposes; or\n- (ii) is part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles;\n- (g) a vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law;\n- (h) a motor vehicle fitted with an anti-theft alarm that can not be operated while the vehicle’s ignition is on.\n- (i) is used only for exhibition purposes; or\n- (ii) is part of a collection of former police vehicles or emergency vehicles;","sortOrder":201},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.34","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear vision mirrors","content":"### sch.1-sec.34 Rear vision mirrors\n\nAt least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to—\na car; and\na motortrike with 2 front wheels; and\na motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built before July 1975.\nAt least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to each side of—\na motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t; and\na motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built after June 1975.\nA motor vehicle with a GVM of 3.5t or less, other than a motor vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) , must be fitted with—\nat least 1 rear vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle; and\nat least 1 rear vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or inside the vehicle.\nA rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle, as required under this section, must be fitted in a way that the vehicle’s driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can clearly see the road behind the vehicle and any vehicle following or overtaking the vehicle reflected in the mirror.\nA rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t must not project more than 150mm past the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with section 6 .\nHowever, the rear vision mirror may project not more than 230mm past the widest part of the vehicle or combination if it can fold to project not over 150mm past the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with section 6 .\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.1) At least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to— a car; and a motortrike with 2 front wheels; and a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built before July 1975.\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.2) At least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to each side of— a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t; and a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built after June 1975.\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.3) A motor vehicle with a GVM of 3.5t or less, other than a motor vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) , must be fitted with— at least 1 rear vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle; and at least 1 rear vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or inside the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.4) A rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle, as required under this section, must be fitted in a way that the vehicle’s driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can clearly see the road behind the vehicle and any vehicle following or overtaking the vehicle reflected in the mirror.\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.5) A rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t must not project more than 150mm past the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with section 6 .\n(sch.1-sec.34-ssec.6) However, the rear vision mirror may project not more than 230mm past the widest part of the vehicle or combination if it can fold to project not over 150mm past the overall width of the vehicle, measured in accordance with section 6 .\n- (a) a car; and\n- (b) a motortrike with 2 front wheels; and\n- (c) a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built before July 1975.\n- (a) a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t; and\n- (b) a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built after June 1975.\n- (a) at least 1 rear vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) at least 1 rear vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or inside the vehicle.","sortOrder":202},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear view mirrors—surfaces","content":"### sch.1-sec.35 Rear view mirrors—surfaces\n\nA rear vision mirror required to be fitted to the side of a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t must have a reflecting surface of at least 150cm 2 .\nThe reflecting surface of the rear vision mirrors that are required to be fitted to a motorbike or moped must be—\neach of the same curvature; and\nif convex—part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least 1.2m.\n(sch.1-sec.35-ssec.1) A rear vision mirror required to be fitted to the side of a motor vehicle with a GVM of more than 3.5t must have a reflecting surface of at least 150cm 2 .\n(sch.1-sec.35-ssec.2) The reflecting surface of the rear vision mirrors that are required to be fitted to a motorbike or moped must be— each of the same curvature; and if convex—part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least 1.2m.\n- (a) each of the same curvature; and\n- (b) if convex—part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least 1.2m.","sortOrder":203},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Additional rear vision mirrors and surfaces","content":"### sch.1-sec.36 Additional rear vision mirrors and surfaces\n\nA motor vehicle may be fitted with additional rear vision mirrors or mirror surfaces that are flat, convex or a combination of flat and convex.","sortOrder":204},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Automatic transmission","content":"### sch.1-sec.37 Automatic transmission\n\nA motor vehicle fitted with an automatic transmission must have an engine starter mechanism that can not operate when the transmission control is in a position to drive the vehicle.\nA vehicle built after 1975 that is fitted with an automatic transmission must have an indicator in the driver’s compartment showing the transmission control position.\nSubsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.37-ssec.1) A motor vehicle fitted with an automatic transmission must have an engine starter mechanism that can not operate when the transmission control is in a position to drive the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.37-ssec.2) A vehicle built after 1975 that is fitted with an automatic transmission must have an indicator in the driver’s compartment showing the transmission control position.\n(sch.1-sec.37-ssec.3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels.","sortOrder":205},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Diesel engines","content":"### sch.1-sec.38 Diesel engines\n\nA motor vehicle propelled by a diesel engine must be fitted with a device preventing the engine from being started accidentally or inadvertently.","sortOrder":206},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bonnet securing devices","content":"### sch.1-sec.39 Bonnet securing devices\n\nA motor vehicle with a moveable body panel forward of the windscreen that covers an engine, luggage storage or battery compartment must have a device to secure the panel.\nHowever, if the panel opens from the front in a way that partly or completely obstructs the driver’s forward view through the windscreen, the panel must have primary and secondary devices to secure the panel.\n(sch.1-sec.39-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with a moveable body panel forward of the windscreen that covers an engine, luggage storage or battery compartment must have a device to secure the panel.\n(sch.1-sec.39-ssec.2) However, if the panel opens from the front in a way that partly or completely obstructs the driver’s forward view through the windscreen, the panel must have primary and secondary devices to secure the panel.","sortOrder":207},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Electrical wiring, components, connections and installations","content":"### sch.1-sec.40 Electrical wiring, components, connections and installations\n\nThe wiring of electrical equipment of a vehicle, other than the high tension ignition wiring, must—\nbe supported at intervals of not more than 600mm, unless the vehicle is a pole-type trailer with an adjustable length pole or an extendible trailer; and\nbe insulated at each of its joints; and\nbe located where it can not—\nbecome overheated; or\ncontact moving parts; or\ncome near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and\nbe protected from chafing.\nThe electrical components of a vehicle must be securely mounted.\nThe electrical connectors between motor vehicles and trailers for operation of the vehicle lights required under this schedule must comply with—\nfor a connector fitted to the vehicle before 12 January 2014—AS 2513—1982 (Australian Standard for electrical connectors for trailer vehicles) as it was in force on 4 November 1995; or\nif paragraph (a) does not apply—at least 1 of the following standards—\nAS 4177.5 (Australian Standard for caravan and light trailer towing components—electrical connectors);\nAS 4735 (Australian Standard for heavy road vehicles—electrical connectors for articulated vehicles);\nISO 1185 (International Organization for Standardization standard for road vehicles—connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles—7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24V nominal supply voltage);\nSAE J560 (SAE International standard for primary and auxiliary seven conductor electrical connector for truck-trailer jumper cable).\nFor subsection (3) (b) , a reference to a standard is a reference to the standard as in force under its alphanumeric designation when the connector is or was fitted to the vehicle.\nA trailer must be equipped with an electrical conductor, independent of the trailer coupling, that provides a return path between the electrical circuits of the trailer and towing vehicle.\nIn this section—\nISO means a standard published by the International Organization for Standardization.\nSAE means a standard published by SAE International.\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.1) The wiring of electrical equipment of a vehicle, other than the high tension ignition wiring, must— be supported at intervals of not more than 600mm, unless the vehicle is a pole-type trailer with an adjustable length pole or an extendible trailer; and be insulated at each of its joints; and be located where it can not— become overheated; or contact moving parts; or come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and be protected from chafing.\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.2) The electrical components of a vehicle must be securely mounted.\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.3) The electrical connectors between motor vehicles and trailers for operation of the vehicle lights required under this schedule must comply with— for a connector fitted to the vehicle before 12 January 2014—AS 2513—1982 (Australian Standard for electrical connectors for trailer vehicles) as it was in force on 4 November 1995; or if paragraph (a) does not apply—at least 1 of the following standards— AS 4177.5 (Australian Standard for caravan and light trailer towing components—electrical connectors); AS 4735 (Australian Standard for heavy road vehicles—electrical connectors for articulated vehicles); ISO 1185 (International Organization for Standardization standard for road vehicles—connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles—7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24V nominal supply voltage); SAE J560 (SAE International standard for primary and auxiliary seven conductor electrical connector for truck-trailer jumper cable).\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.4) For subsection (3) (b) , a reference to a standard is a reference to the standard as in force under its alphanumeric designation when the connector is or was fitted to the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.5) A trailer must be equipped with an electrical conductor, independent of the trailer coupling, that provides a return path between the electrical circuits of the trailer and towing vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.40-ssec.6) In this section— ISO means a standard published by the International Organization for Standardization. SAE means a standard published by SAE International.\n- (a) be supported at intervals of not more than 600mm, unless the vehicle is a pole-type trailer with an adjustable length pole or an extendible trailer; and\n- (b) be insulated at each of its joints; and\n- (c) be located where it can not— (i) become overheated; or (ii) contact moving parts; or (iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and\n- (i) become overheated; or\n- (ii) contact moving parts; or\n- (iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and\n- (d) be protected from chafing.\n- (i) become overheated; or\n- (ii) contact moving parts; or\n- (iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard; and\n- (a) for a connector fitted to the vehicle before 12 January 2014—AS 2513—1982 (Australian Standard for electrical connectors for trailer vehicles) as it was in force on 4 November 1995; or\n- (b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—at least 1 of the following standards— (i) AS 4177.5 (Australian Standard for caravan and light trailer towing components—electrical connectors); (ii) AS 4735 (Australian Standard for heavy road vehicles—electrical connectors for articulated vehicles); (iii) ISO 1185 (International Organization for Standardization standard for road vehicles—connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles—7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24V nominal supply voltage); (iv) SAE J560 (SAE International standard for primary and auxiliary seven conductor electrical connector for truck-trailer jumper cable).\n- (i) AS 4177.5 (Australian Standard for caravan and light trailer towing components—electrical connectors);\n- (ii) AS 4735 (Australian Standard for heavy road vehicles—electrical connectors for articulated vehicles);\n- (iii) ISO 1185 (International Organization for Standardization standard for road vehicles—connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles—7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24V nominal supply voltage);\n- (iv) SAE J560 (SAE International standard for primary and auxiliary seven conductor electrical connector for truck-trailer jumper cable).\n- (i) AS 4177.5 (Australian Standard for caravan and light trailer towing components—electrical connectors);\n- (ii) AS 4735 (Australian Standard for heavy road vehicles—electrical connectors for articulated vehicles);\n- (iii) ISO 1185 (International Organization for Standardization standard for road vehicles—connectors for the electrical connection of towing and towed vehicles—7-pole connector type 24 N (normal) for vehicles with 24V nominal supply voltage);\n- (iv) SAE J560 (SAE International standard for primary and auxiliary seven conductor electrical connector for truck-trailer jumper cable).","sortOrder":208},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Television receivers and visual display units","content":"### sch.1-sec.41 Television receivers and visual display units\n\nA television receiver or visual display unit must not be installed in a vehicle so any part of the image on the screen is visible to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to—\na television receiver or visual display unit that can not be operated when a vehicle is moving; or\na driver’s aid in a vehicle; or\nclosed-circuit television security cameras\ndispatch systems\nnavigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\nrearview screens\nticket-issuing machines\nvehicle monitoring devices\na destination sign in a bus.\nA television receiver or visual display unit, and its associated equipment, in a vehicle must be securely mounted in a position that—\ndoes not obscure the driver’s view of the road; and\ndoes not impede the movement of a person in the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.41-ssec.1) A television receiver or visual display unit must not be installed in a vehicle so any part of the image on the screen is visible to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.41-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to— a television receiver or visual display unit that can not be operated when a vehicle is moving; or a driver’s aid in a vehicle; or closed-circuit television security cameras dispatch systems navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment rearview screens ticket-issuing machines vehicle monitoring devices a destination sign in a bus.\n(sch.1-sec.41-ssec.3) A television receiver or visual display unit, and its associated equipment, in a vehicle must be securely mounted in a position that— does not obscure the driver’s view of the road; and does not impede the movement of a person in the vehicle.\n- (a) a television receiver or visual display unit that can not be operated when a vehicle is moving; or\n- (b) a driver’s aid in a vehicle; or Examples— • closed-circuit television security cameras • dispatch systems • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment • rearview screens • ticket-issuing machines • vehicle monitoring devices\n- • closed-circuit television security cameras\n- • dispatch systems\n- • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\n- • rearview screens\n- • ticket-issuing machines\n- • vehicle monitoring devices\n- (c) a destination sign in a bus.\n- • closed-circuit television security cameras\n- • dispatch systems\n- • navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\n- • rearview screens\n- • ticket-issuing machines\n- • vehicle monitoring devices\n- (a) does not obscure the driver’s view of the road; and\n- (b) does not impede the movement of a person in the vehicle.","sortOrder":209},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Requirement for windscreen to be fitted","content":"### sch.1-sec.42 Requirement for windscreen to be fitted\n\nIf a motor vehicle, other than a motorbike, motortrike or moped, is designed or manufactured to have a windscreen, the motor vehicle must be fitted with a windscreen.","sortOrder":210},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Windscreens and windows","content":"### sch.1-sec.43 Windscreens and windows\n\nTransparent material used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle must be of approved material if—\nthe vehicle was built after June 1953; or\nthe material was first fitted to the vehicle after June 1953.\nIn this section—\nANSI means a standard approved and published by the American National Standards Institute.\napproved material means material with the same characteristics as the material mentioned in any of the following standards—\nAS R1—1965 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport)\nAS R1—1968 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport)\nAS 2080—1977 (Australian Standard for safety glass for vehicles)\nBS 857:1967 (British Standard for specification for safety glass for land transport)\nBS 5282:1975 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass)\nBS AU178:1980 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass)\nJIS R 3211—1979 (Japanese Industrial Standard for safety glasses for road vehicles)\nANSI Z26.1—1980 (American National Standards Institute standard for safety code for safety glazing materials for glazing motor vehicles operating on land highways).\nJIS means a Japanese Industrial Standard published by the Japanese Standards Association.\ntransparent material does not include any coating added to the windscreen, window or partition after its manufacture.\n(sch.1-sec.43-ssec.1) Transparent material used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle must be of approved material if— the vehicle was built after June 1953; or the material was first fitted to the vehicle after June 1953.\n(sch.1-sec.43-ssec.2) In this section— ANSI means a standard approved and published by the American National Standards Institute. approved material means material with the same characteristics as the material mentioned in any of the following standards— AS R1—1965 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport) AS R1—1968 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport) AS 2080—1977 (Australian Standard for safety glass for vehicles) BS 857:1967 (British Standard for specification for safety glass for land transport) BS 5282:1975 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass) BS AU178:1980 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass) JIS R 3211—1979 (Japanese Industrial Standard for safety glasses for road vehicles) ANSI Z26.1—1980 (American National Standards Institute standard for safety code for safety glazing materials for glazing motor vehicles operating on land highways). JIS means a Japanese Industrial Standard published by the Japanese Standards Association. transparent material does not include any coating added to the windscreen, window or partition after its manufacture.\n- (a) the vehicle was built after June 1953; or\n- (b) the material was first fitted to the vehicle after June 1953.\n- • AS R1—1965 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport)\n- • AS R1—1968 (Australian Standard for safety glass for land transport)\n- • AS 2080—1977 (Australian Standard for safety glass for vehicles)\n- • BS 857:1967 (British Standard for specification for safety glass for land transport)\n- • BS 5282:1975 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass)\n- • BS AU178:1980 (British Standard for specification for road vehicle safety glass)\n- • JIS R 3211—1979 (Japanese Industrial Standard for safety glasses for road vehicles)\n- • ANSI Z26.1—1980 (American National Standards Institute standard for safety code for safety glazing materials for glazing motor vehicles operating on land highways).","sortOrder":211},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.44","sectionType":"section","heading":"Window tinting","content":"### sch.1-sec.44 Window tinting\n\nGlazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\nGlazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must not be coated in a way that reduces its luminous transmittance.\nHowever, subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the greater of the following areas of a windscreen—\nthe area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept by a windscreen wiper;\nthe upper 10% of the windscreen.\nGlazing used in a window or interior partition of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\nGlazing used in a window or interior partition of a motor vehicle, other than rear glazing, may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of not less than 35%.\nIf at least 1 rear vision mirror is fitted to each side of a motor vehicle, the motor vehicle’s rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of at least 20%.\nHowever, a motor vehicle’s rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of 0% or more if—\nat least 1 rear vision mirror is fitted to each side of the vehicle; and\nthe vehicle is a goods vehicle; and\nthe vehicle has—\nat least 4 wheels; or\nat least 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t.\nThe luminous transmittance requirements mentioned in subsections (5) , (6) and (7) apply to a motor vehicle instead of the corresponding requirements stated in a second edition ADR or third edition ADR.\nGlazing used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle that has been coated to reduce its luminous transmittance must not have a reflectance of more than 10%.\nIn this section—\nglazing —\nmeans material that may be used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle through which the vehicle’s driver can see the road; but\ndoes not include a coating added after manufacture of the material.\nluminous transmittance , for glazing or a coating on glazing, means the amount of light that can pass through the glazing as a percentage of the amount of light that would be transmitted if the glazing or coating were absent.\nrear glazing , for a motor vehicle, means glazing used in a window or interior partition of the motor vehicle located behind the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.1) Glazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.2) Glazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must not be coated in a way that reduces its luminous transmittance.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.3) However, subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the greater of the following areas of a windscreen— the area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept by a windscreen wiper; the upper 10% of the windscreen.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.4) Glazing used in a window or interior partition of a motor vehicle must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.5) Glazing used in a window or interior partition of a motor vehicle, other than rear glazing, may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of not less than 35%.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.6) If at least 1 rear vision mirror is fitted to each side of a motor vehicle, the motor vehicle’s rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of at least 20%.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.7) However, a motor vehicle’s rear glazing may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of 0% or more if— at least 1 rear vision mirror is fitted to each side of the vehicle; and the vehicle is a goods vehicle; and the vehicle has— at least 4 wheels; or at least 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.8) The luminous transmittance requirements mentioned in subsections (5) , (6) and (7) apply to a motor vehicle instead of the corresponding requirements stated in a second edition ADR or third edition ADR.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.9) Glazing used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle that has been coated to reduce its luminous transmittance must not have a reflectance of more than 10%.\n(sch.1-sec.44-ssec.10) In this section— glazing — means material that may be used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle through which the vehicle’s driver can see the road; but does not include a coating added after manufacture of the material. luminous transmittance , for glazing or a coating on glazing, means the amount of light that can pass through the glazing as a percentage of the amount of light that would be transmitted if the glazing or coating were absent. rear glazing , for a motor vehicle, means glazing used in a window or interior partition of the motor vehicle located behind the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n- (a) the area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept by a windscreen wiper;\n- (b) the upper 10% of the windscreen.\n- (a) at least 1 rear vision mirror is fitted to each side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) the vehicle is a goods vehicle; and\n- (c) the vehicle has— (i) at least 4 wheels; or (ii) at least 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t.\n- (i) at least 4 wheels; or\n- (ii) at least 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t.\n- (i) at least 4 wheels; or\n- (ii) at least 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t.\n- (a) means material that may be used in a windscreen, window or interior partition of a motor vehicle through which the vehicle’s driver can see the road; but\n- (b) does not include a coating added after manufacture of the material.","sortOrder":212},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.45","sectionType":"section","heading":"Windscreen wipers and washers","content":"### sch.1-sec.45 Windscreen wipers and washers\n\nA motor vehicle with 3 or more wheels that is fitted with a windscreen must be fitted with at least 1 windscreen wiper unless the vehicle’s driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can obtain an adequate view of the road ahead of the vehicle without looking through the windscreen.\nAt least 1 windscreen wiper fitted to the motor vehicle must—\nbe able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\nbe able to be operated from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\nfor a motor vehicle built after 1934—continue to operate until the wiper is switched off; and\nfor a motor vehicle built after 1959 with the driving position nearer to one side of the vehicle than the other—\nbe able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\nif the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.\nThe windscreen washer must be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.45-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with 3 or more wheels that is fitted with a windscreen must be fitted with at least 1 windscreen wiper unless the vehicle’s driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can obtain an adequate view of the road ahead of the vehicle without looking through the windscreen.\n(sch.1-sec.45-ssec.2) At least 1 windscreen wiper fitted to the motor vehicle must— be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and be able to be operated from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and for a motor vehicle built after 1934—continue to operate until the wiper is switched off; and for a motor vehicle built after 1959 with the driving position nearer to one side of the vehicle than the other— be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.\n(sch.1-sec.45-ssec.3) The windscreen washer must be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n- (a) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n- (b) be able to be operated from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\n- (c) for a motor vehicle built after 1934—continue to operate until the wiper is switched off; and\n- (d) for a motor vehicle built after 1959 with the driving position nearer to one side of the vehicle than the other— (i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and (ii) if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.\n- (i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n- (ii) if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.\n- (i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n- (ii) if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in motion.","sortOrder":213},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wheels and tyres—size and capacity","content":"### sch.1-sec.46 Wheels and tyres—size and capacity\n\nThe wheels and tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle must be of sufficient size and capacity to carry the part of the vehicle’s loaded mass transmitted to the ground through the axle.\nFor subsection (1) , the size and capacity of a pneumatic tyre to be fitted to a vehicle must be decided using a cold inflation pressure that is not more than the lesser of—\nthe pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer; and\na pressure of—\nfor a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or\nfor another tyre—700kPa.\nIn this section—\nradial ply tyre means a radial ply tyre within the meaning of ADR (definitions and vehicle categories).\n(sch.1-sec.46-ssec.1) The wheels and tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle must be of sufficient size and capacity to carry the part of the vehicle’s loaded mass transmitted to the ground through the axle.\n(sch.1-sec.46-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , the size and capacity of a pneumatic tyre to be fitted to a vehicle must be decided using a cold inflation pressure that is not more than the lesser of— the pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer; and a pressure of— for a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or for another tyre—700kPa.\n(sch.1-sec.46-ssec.3) In this section— radial ply tyre means a radial ply tyre within the meaning of ADR (definitions and vehicle categories).\n- (a) the pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer; and\n- (b) a pressure of— (i) for a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or (ii) for another tyre—700kPa.\n- (i) for a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or\n- (ii) for another tyre—700kPa.\n- (i) for a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or\n- (ii) for another tyre—700kPa.","sortOrder":214},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pneumatic tyres for particular vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.47 Pneumatic tyres for particular vehicles\n\nA vehicle built after 1932 must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.","sortOrder":215},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction","content":"### sch.1-sec.48 Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction\n\nThe pneumatic tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle—\nmust not have different carcass construction; but\nmay have different cord materials and a different number of plies.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to a tyre being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with the subsection.\n(sch.1-sec.48-ssec.1) The pneumatic tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle— must not have different carcass construction; but may have different cord materials and a different number of plies.\n(sch.1-sec.48-ssec.3) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a tyre being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with the subsection.\n- (a) must not have different carcass construction; but\n- (b) may have different cord materials and a different number of plies.","sortOrder":216},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tyres—defects","content":"### sch.1-sec.49 Tyres—defects\n\nA tyre fitted to a vehicle must be free of any apparent defect that could make the vehicle unsafe.","sortOrder":217},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tyres—manufacturer’s rating","content":"### sch.1-sec.50 Tyres—manufacturer’s rating\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle if the vehicle—\nhas 4 or more wheels; and\nwas built after 1972.\nHowever, this section does not apply to a tyre fitted to a motor vehicle if the tyre—\nis recommended by the builder of the vehicle as suitable for limited use on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than the speed applying to the tyre under subsection (3) ; or\nis being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with subsection (3) .\nA tyre fitted to the motor vehicle must, when first manufactured, have been rated by the tyre manufacturer as suitable for road use at the lesser of—\na speed of at least—\nfor a car with special features for off-road use— 140km/h; or\na four-wheel drive vehicle\nfor another car—180 km/h; or\nfor another motor vehicle—120km/h; and\nthe vehicle’s top speed.\nThis section applies to a vehicle instead of the tyre speed category requirements stated in the relevant ADR.\n(sch.1-sec.50-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle if the vehicle— has 4 or more wheels; and was built after 1972.\n(sch.1-sec.50-ssec.2) However, this section does not apply to a tyre fitted to a motor vehicle if the tyre— is recommended by the builder of the vehicle as suitable for limited use on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than the speed applying to the tyre under subsection (3) ; or is being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with subsection (3) .\n(sch.1-sec.50-ssec.3) A tyre fitted to the motor vehicle must, when first manufactured, have been rated by the tyre manufacturer as suitable for road use at the lesser of— a speed of at least— for a car with special features for off-road use— 140km/h; or a four-wheel drive vehicle for another car—180 km/h; or for another motor vehicle—120km/h; and the vehicle’s top speed.\n(sch.1-sec.50-ssec.4) This section applies to a vehicle instead of the tyre speed category requirements stated in the relevant ADR.\n- (a) has 4 or more wheels; and\n- (b) was built after 1972.\n- (a) is recommended by the builder of the vehicle as suitable for limited use on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than the speed applying to the tyre under subsection (3) ; or\n- (b) is being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with subsection (3) .\n- (a) a speed of at least— (i) for a car with special features for off-road use— 140km/h; or Example— a four-wheel drive vehicle (ii) for another car—180 km/h; or (iii) for another motor vehicle—120km/h; and\n- (i) for a car with special features for off-road use— 140km/h; or Example— a four-wheel drive vehicle\n- (ii) for another car—180 km/h; or\n- (iii) for another motor vehicle—120km/h; and\n- (b) the vehicle’s top speed.\n- (i) for a car with special features for off-road use— 140km/h; or Example— a four-wheel drive vehicle\n- (ii) for another car—180 km/h; or\n- (iii) for another motor vehicle—120km/h; and","sortOrder":218},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Retreads","content":"### sch.1-sec.51 Retreads\n\nA tyre that is retreaded before the retread compliance date must not be used on a motor vehicle unless—\neither of the following Australian Standards apply to the tyre—\nAS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres);\nAS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); and\nthe tyre is retreaded after publication of the Australian Standard; and\nthe tyre is retreaded in accordance with—\nAS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); or\nAS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); or\nAS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\nA tyre that is retreaded after the retread compliance date must not be used on a vehicle unless—\nAS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes) applies to the tyre; and\nthe tyre is retreaded in accordance with the Australian Standard.\nIn this section—\nretread compliance date means 1 September 2010.\n(sch.1-sec.51-ssec.1) A tyre that is retreaded before the retread compliance date must not be used on a motor vehicle unless— either of the following Australian Standards apply to the tyre— AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); and the tyre is retreaded after publication of the Australian Standard; and the tyre is retreaded in accordance with— AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); or AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); or AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\n(sch.1-sec.51-ssec.2) A tyre that is retreaded after the retread compliance date must not be used on a vehicle unless— AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes) applies to the tyre; and the tyre is retreaded in accordance with the Australian Standard.\n(sch.1-sec.51-ssec.3) In this section— retread compliance date means 1 September 2010.\n- (a) either of the following Australian Standards apply to the tyre— (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); and\n- (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres);\n- (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); and\n- (b) the tyre is retreaded after publication of the Australian Standard; and\n- (c) the tyre is retreaded in accordance with— (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); or (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); or (iii) AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\n- (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); or\n- (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); or\n- (iii) AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\n- (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres);\n- (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); and\n- (i) AS 1973—1976 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car tyres); or\n- (ii) AS 1973—1985 (Australian Standard for retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres); or\n- (iii) AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes).\n- (a) AS 1973—1993 (Australian Standard for pneumatic tyres—passenger car, light truck, and truck/bus—retreading and repair processes) applies to the tyre; and\n- (b) the tyre is retreaded in accordance with the Australian Standard.","sortOrder":219},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tyre tread","content":"### sch.1-sec.52 Tyre tread\n\nA tyre fitted to a motor vehicle must not have cleats or other gripping devices that could damage road surfaces.\nA tyre fitted to the motor vehicle must, other than at tread wear indicators, have a tread pattern of at least 1.5mm deep in all principal grooves on the tyre in a band that runs continuously—\nacross the tyre width normally coming into contact with the road; and\naround the whole circumference of the tyre.\nA vehicle must not be fitted with a tyre that has been treated by recutting or regrooving the tread rubber, unless the tyre was—\nconstructed with an extra thickness of rubber designed for recutting or regrooving; and\nlabelled to indicate the construction.\nIn this section—\nprincipal grooves , for a tyre, means wide grooves, other than secondary grooves—\nusually positioned—\nin the central zone of the tyre’s tread; or\nrunning across the tyre’s tread; and\nin which tread wear indicators are usually located.\nsecondary grooves , for a tyre, means shallow grooves in the tyre’s tread that may disappear through wear of the tyre.\ntread wear indicators , for a tyre, means projections within a groove of the tyre indicating the degree of wear of the tyre’s tread.\n(sch.1-sec.52-ssec.1) A tyre fitted to a motor vehicle must not have cleats or other gripping devices that could damage road surfaces.\n(sch.1-sec.52-ssec.2) A tyre fitted to the motor vehicle must, other than at tread wear indicators, have a tread pattern of at least 1.5mm deep in all principal grooves on the tyre in a band that runs continuously— across the tyre width normally coming into contact with the road; and around the whole circumference of the tyre.\n(sch.1-sec.52-ssec.3) A vehicle must not be fitted with a tyre that has been treated by recutting or regrooving the tread rubber, unless the tyre was— constructed with an extra thickness of rubber designed for recutting or regrooving; and labelled to indicate the construction.\n(sch.1-sec.52-ssec.4) In this section— principal grooves , for a tyre, means wide grooves, other than secondary grooves— usually positioned— in the central zone of the tyre’s tread; or running across the tyre’s tread; and in which tread wear indicators are usually located. secondary grooves , for a tyre, means shallow grooves in the tyre’s tread that may disappear through wear of the tyre. tread wear indicators , for a tyre, means projections within a groove of the tyre indicating the degree of wear of the tyre’s tread.\n- (a) across the tyre width normally coming into contact with the road; and\n- (b) around the whole circumference of the tyre.\n- (a) constructed with an extra thickness of rubber designed for recutting or regrooving; and\n- (b) labelled to indicate the construction.\n- (a) usually positioned— (i) in the central zone of the tyre’s tread; or (ii) running across the tyre’s tread; and\n- (i) in the central zone of the tyre’s tread; or\n- (ii) running across the tyre’s tread; and\n- (b) in which tread wear indicators are usually located.\n- (i) in the central zone of the tyre’s tread; or\n- (ii) running across the tyre’s tread; and","sortOrder":220},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.4-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Additional requirements for motorbikes","content":"## Additional requirements for motorbikes","sortOrder":221},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Steering gear and handlebars","content":"### sch.1-sec.53 Steering gear and handlebars\n\nThe handlebars on a motorbike, other than a motorbike in vehicle category LC or LD, must extend at least 250mm, but not more than 450mm, on each side of the centre line of the motorbike.\nThe handlebars on a motorbike in vehicle category LC or LD must extend at least 250mm, but not more than 550mm, on each side of the centre line of the motorbike.\nIn taking a measurement for subsection (1) , mirrors and lights mounted on the handlebars of the motorbike are disregarded.\nThe lowest part of the hand grip on the handlebars must not be higher than—\nfor a motorbike built before 1 July 1988—380mm above the attachment point of the handlebars to the motorbike; or\nfor a motorbike built on or after 1 July 1988—380mm above the lowest part of the upper surface of the driver’s seat.\nHand grips on the handle bars must be fitted symmetrically.\nIf a motorbike has the head stem as the steering pivot point, the horizontal distance from the midpoint between the head stem bearings to the centre of the front wheel must not be more than 550mm.\nIn this section—\nvehicle category LC or LD means the vehicle category LC or LD shown for motor cycles under the ADR (definitions and vehicle categories).\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.1) The handlebars on a motorbike, other than a motorbike in vehicle category LC or LD, must extend at least 250mm, but not more than 450mm, on each side of the centre line of the motorbike.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.2) The handlebars on a motorbike in vehicle category LC or LD must extend at least 250mm, but not more than 550mm, on each side of the centre line of the motorbike.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.3) In taking a measurement for subsection (1) , mirrors and lights mounted on the handlebars of the motorbike are disregarded.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.4) The lowest part of the hand grip on the handlebars must not be higher than— for a motorbike built before 1 July 1988—380mm above the attachment point of the handlebars to the motorbike; or for a motorbike built on or after 1 July 1988—380mm above the lowest part of the upper surface of the driver’s seat.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.5) Hand grips on the handle bars must be fitted symmetrically.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.6) If a motorbike has the head stem as the steering pivot point, the horizontal distance from the midpoint between the head stem bearings to the centre of the front wheel must not be more than 550mm.\n(sch.1-sec.53-ssec.7) In this section— vehicle category LC or LD means the vehicle category LC or LD shown for motor cycles under the ADR (definitions and vehicle categories).\n- (a) for a motorbike built before 1 July 1988—380mm above the attachment point of the handlebars to the motorbike; or\n- (b) for a motorbike built on or after 1 July 1988—380mm above the lowest part of the upper surface of the driver’s seat.","sortOrder":222},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Foot rests","content":"### sch.1-sec.54 Foot rests\n\nA motorbike must be fitted with foot rests for the driver and any passenger for whom a seating position is provided.","sortOrder":223},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Chain guards","content":"### sch.1-sec.55 Chain guards\n\nIf the engine power of a motorbike is transmitted to the rear wheel by a chain, the driver and any passenger must be protected from the front sprocket and at least the upper part of the chain by—\nthe frame or equipment of the motorbike; or\na chain guard.\nA chain guard must cover the chain to a point—\nat least 300mm to the rear of the rearmost foot rest of the motorbike; or\nabove the centre of the rear drive sprocket of the motorbike.\n(sch.1-sec.55-ssec.1) If the engine power of a motorbike is transmitted to the rear wheel by a chain, the driver and any passenger must be protected from the front sprocket and at least the upper part of the chain by— the frame or equipment of the motorbike; or a chain guard.\n(sch.1-sec.55-ssec.2) A chain guard must cover the chain to a point— at least 300mm to the rear of the rearmost foot rest of the motorbike; or above the centre of the rear drive sprocket of the motorbike.\n- (a) the frame or equipment of the motorbike; or\n- (b) a chain guard.\n- (a) at least 300mm to the rear of the rearmost foot rest of the motorbike; or\n- (b) above the centre of the rear drive sprocket of the motorbike.","sortOrder":224},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle marking","content":"# Vehicle marking","sortOrder":225},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Engine number and vehicle identification number","content":"### sch.1-sec.56 Engine number and vehicle identification number\n\nA motor vehicle must have an engine number clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on its engine.\nA motor vehicle built after 1930 must have the engine number on its engine block or the main component of its engine.\nA vehicle must have a VIN clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on a substantial part of its frame or chassis.\nAn engine number or VIN must be located where a person can read it easily and without having to use tools to remove a part of the vehicle that would otherwise obstruct the person’s view of the number.\n(sch.1-sec.56-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must have an engine number clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on its engine.\n(sch.1-sec.56-ssec.2) A motor vehicle built after 1930 must have the engine number on its engine block or the main component of its engine.\n(sch.1-sec.56-ssec.3) A vehicle must have a VIN clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on a substantial part of its frame or chassis.\n(sch.1-sec.56-ssec.4) An engine number or VIN must be located where a person can read it easily and without having to use tools to remove a part of the vehicle that would otherwise obstruct the person’s view of the number.","sortOrder":226},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.57","sectionType":"section","heading":"White or silver band on particular vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.57 White or silver band on particular vehicles\n\nThis section applies to a vehicle that—\nis at least 2.2m wide; and\nhas a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\nis not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .\nThe vehicle must have a white or silver band at least 75mm high across the full width of the rearmost part of the body of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.57-ssec.1) This section applies to a vehicle that— is at least 2.2m wide; and has a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .\n(sch.1-sec.57-ssec.2) The vehicle must have a white or silver band at least 75mm high across the full width of the rearmost part of the body of the vehicle.\n- (a) is at least 2.2m wide; and\n- (b) has a body with a vertical measurement of less than 300mm at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the highest point; and\n- (c) is not fitted with rear marking plates or conspicuity markings in accordance with section 115 .","sortOrder":227},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6","sectionType":"part","heading":"Vehicle configuration and dimensions","content":"# Vehicle configuration and dimensions","sortOrder":228},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Axles","content":"## Axles","sortOrder":229},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Axle configuration","content":"### sch.1-sec.58 Axle configuration\n\nA motor vehicle must have only—\n1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle; and\n1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\nA trailer must have only—\n1 axle group or single axle; or\n2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or 1 axle group and 1 single axle in the following configuration—\n1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer;\n1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\nA semitrailer that is extendible or fitted with sliding axles must—\nhave a securing device that—\ncan securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the semitrailer in any position of adjustment provided; and\nfor a device mounted on the chassis of the semitrailer—is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release of the device; and\nis fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the semitrailer that the device is not engaged; and\nfor a device that uses air from the brake system—is fitted with a way of preventing air loss from the air brake supply if the device fails in a way allowing air to escape; and\nis held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\nbe built so the adjustable parts of the semitrailer remain connected if the securing device fails.\n(sch.1-sec.58-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must have only— 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle; and 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.58-ssec.2) A trailer must have only— 1 axle group or single axle; or 2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or 1 axle group and 1 single axle in the following configuration— 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer; 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.58-ssec.3) A semitrailer that is extendible or fitted with sliding axles must— have a securing device that— can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the semitrailer in any position of adjustment provided; and for a device mounted on the chassis of the semitrailer—is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release of the device; and is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the semitrailer that the device is not engaged; and for a device that uses air from the brake system—is fitted with a way of preventing air loss from the air brake supply if the device fails in a way allowing air to escape; and is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and be built so the adjustable parts of the semitrailer remain connected if the securing device fails.\n- (a) 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n- (a) 1 axle group or single axle; or\n- (b) 2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or 1 axle group and 1 single axle in the following configuration— (i) 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer; (ii) 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n- (i) 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer;\n- (ii) 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n- (i) 1 axle group or single axle towards the front of the vehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering mechanism for that part of the trailer;\n- (ii) 1 axle group or single axle towards the rear of the vehicle.\n- (a) have a securing device that— (i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the semitrailer in any position of adjustment provided; and (ii) for a device mounted on the chassis of the semitrailer—is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release of the device; and (iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the semitrailer that the device is not engaged; and (iv) for a device that uses air from the brake system—is fitted with a way of preventing air loss from the air brake supply if the device fails in a way allowing air to escape; and (v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\n- (i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the semitrailer in any position of adjustment provided; and\n- (ii) for a device mounted on the chassis of the semitrailer—is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release of the device; and\n- (iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the semitrailer that the device is not engaged; and\n- (iv) for a device that uses air from the brake system—is fitted with a way of preventing air loss from the air brake supply if the device fails in a way allowing air to escape; and\n- (v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\n- (b) be built so the adjustable parts of the semitrailer remain connected if the securing device fails.\n- (i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest of the semitrailer in any position of adjustment provided; and\n- (ii) for a device mounted on the chassis of the semitrailer—is located in a position that can prevent accidental or inadvertent release of the device; and\n- (iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to a person standing beside the semitrailer that the device is not engaged; and\n- (iv) for a device that uses air from the brake system—is fitted with a way of preventing air loss from the air brake supply if the device fails in a way allowing air to escape; and\n- (v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and","sortOrder":230},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Retractable axles","content":"### sch.1-sec.59 Retractable axles\n\nA reference in this schedule to an axle is taken to include a reference to a retractable axle only when the retractable axle is in the lowered position.\nIn this section—\nretractable axle means an axle with a means of adjustment enabling the axle to be raised or lowered relative to the other axles in the axle group.\n(sch.1-sec.59-ssec.1) A reference in this schedule to an axle is taken to include a reference to a retractable axle only when the retractable axle is in the lowered position.\n(sch.1-sec.59-ssec.2) In this section— retractable axle means an axle with a means of adjustment enabling the axle to be raised or lowered relative to the other axles in the axle group.","sortOrder":231},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.6-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Dimension requirements","content":"## Dimension requirements","sortOrder":232},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.59A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light vehicle includes load on vehicle","content":"### sch.1-sec.59A Light vehicle includes load on vehicle\n\nIn this division, a reference to a light vehicle includes a load on the vehicle.\nThis provision is an additional Queensland provision.","sortOrder":233},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of rear overhang and rear overhang line","content":"### sch.1-sec.60 Meaning of rear overhang and rear overhang line\n\nThe rear overhang of a vehicle is the distance between the rear of the vehicle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle.\nFor a vehicle with a single axle at the rear, the rear overhang line is a line running along the centre line of the axle.\nFor a vehicle with an axle group at the rear of the vehicle consisting of 2 axles, of which 1 of the axles is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle, the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles that is—\ncloser to the axle fitted with the greater number of tyres; and\nlocated one-third of the distance between the 2 axles.\nFor a vehicle with an axle group at the rear of the vehicle, other than an axle group mentioned in subsection (2) or (3) , the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles along the centre line of the axle group.\nFor subsection (3) or (4) , if an axle group includes at least 1 steerable axle, the axle is disregarded unless all axles in the group are steerable axles.\n(sch.1-sec.60-ssec.1) The rear overhang of a vehicle is the distance between the rear of the vehicle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.60-ssec.2) For a vehicle with a single axle at the rear, the rear overhang line is a line running along the centre line of the axle.\n(sch.1-sec.60-ssec.3) For a vehicle with an axle group at the rear of the vehicle consisting of 2 axles, of which 1 of the axles is fitted with twice the number of tyres as the other axle, the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles that is— closer to the axle fitted with the greater number of tyres; and located one-third of the distance between the 2 axles.\n(sch.1-sec.60-ssec.4) For a vehicle with an axle group at the rear of the vehicle, other than an axle group mentioned in subsection (2) or (3) , the rear overhang line is a line running parallel to the axles along the centre line of the axle group.\n(sch.1-sec.60-ssec.5) For subsection (3) or (4) , if an axle group includes at least 1 steerable axle, the axle is disregarded unless all axles in the group are steerable axles.\n- (a) closer to the axle fitted with the greater number of tyres; and\n- (b) located one-third of the distance between the 2 axles.","sortOrder":234},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.61","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of single motor vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.61 Length of single motor vehicles\n\nA motor vehicle must not be more than 12.5m long.","sortOrder":235},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of single trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.62 Length of single trailers\n\nFor a semitrailer or a dog trailer—\nthe distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line must not be more than 9.5m; and\nthe distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the rear of the trailer must not be more than 12.3m.\nA projection forward of the point of articulation at the front of a semitrailer must be contained within a radius of 1.9m from the point of articulation.\n(sch.1-sec.62-ssec.1) For a semitrailer or a dog trailer— the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line must not be more than 9.5m; and the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the rear of the trailer must not be more than 12.3m.\n(sch.1-sec.62-ssec.2) A projection forward of the point of articulation at the front of a semitrailer must be contained within a radius of 1.9m from the point of articulation.\n- (a) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line must not be more than 9.5m; and\n- (b) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the rear of the trailer must not be more than 12.3m.","sortOrder":236},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length of combinations","content":"### sch.1-sec.63 Length of combinations\n\nA combination must not be more than 19m long.","sortOrder":237},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear overhang","content":"### sch.1-sec.64 Rear overhang\n\nThe rear overhang of a semitrailer, or dog trailer consisting of a semitrailer and converter dolly, must not exceed the lesser of—\n60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line; or\n3.7m.\nThe rear overhang of a trailer with only 1 axle group or a single axle, other than a semitrailer, must not exceed the lesser of—\nthe length of the load-carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear overhang line of the trailer; or\n3.7m.\nThe rear overhang of a vehicle, other than a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) , must not exceed the lesser of—\n60% of the distance between the centre line of the front axle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle; or\n3.7m.\n(sch.1-sec.64-ssec.1) The rear overhang of a semitrailer, or dog trailer consisting of a semitrailer and converter dolly, must not exceed the lesser of— 60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line; or 3.7m.\n(sch.1-sec.64-ssec.2) The rear overhang of a trailer with only 1 axle group or a single axle, other than a semitrailer, must not exceed the lesser of— the length of the load-carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear overhang line of the trailer; or 3.7m.\n(sch.1-sec.64-ssec.3) The rear overhang of a vehicle, other than a vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) , must not exceed the lesser of— 60% of the distance between the centre line of the front axle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle; or 3.7m.\n- (a) 60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the trailer and the trailer’s rear overhang line; or\n- (b) 3.7m.\n- (a) the length of the load-carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear overhang line of the trailer; or\n- (b) 3.7m.\n- (a) 60% of the distance between the centre line of the front axle and the rear overhang line of the vehicle; or\n- (b) 3.7m.","sortOrder":238},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Length—trailer drawbar","content":"### sch.1-sec.65 Length—trailer drawbar\n\nFor a dog trailer, the distance between the pivot point of the coupling on a drawbar of the trailer and the centre line of the trailer’s front axle group or single axle must not be more than 5m.\nFor a trailer with 1 axle group or a single axle, other than a semitrailer, the distance between the pivot point of the coupling on a drawbar of the trailer and the centre line of the trailer’s axle group or single axle must not be more than 8.5m.\n(sch.1-sec.65-ssec.1) For a dog trailer, the distance between the pivot point of the coupling on a drawbar of the trailer and the centre line of the trailer’s front axle group or single axle must not be more than 5m.\n(sch.1-sec.65-ssec.2) For a trailer with 1 axle group or a single axle, other than a semitrailer, the distance between the pivot point of the coupling on a drawbar of the trailer and the centre line of the trailer’s axle group or single axle must not be more than 8.5m.","sortOrder":239},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Width","content":"### sch.1-sec.66 Width\n\nA vehicle must not be more than 2.5m wide.","sortOrder":240},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Height","content":"### sch.1-sec.67 Height\n\nA vehicle must not be more than 4.3m high.","sortOrder":241},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Ground clearance","content":"### sch.1-sec.68 Ground clearance\n\nA motor vehicle or combination must have a ground clearance of—\nat least 100mm at any point within 1m of an axle of the vehicle or combination; and\nat the midpoint between adjacent axles of the vehicle or combination—at least one-thirtieth of the distance between the centre lines of the axles; and\nat any other point—at least the distance that allows the vehicle or combination to pass over a peak in the road, with a gradient of 1:15 on either side of the peak, if the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle or combination are on the slope on 1 side of the peak and the wheels of the next axle are the slope on the other side.\nThis section does not apply to—\na motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels; or\na combination including a motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels.\nIn this section—\nground clearance , of a vehicle, means the minimum distance to the ground from a point on the underside of the vehicle, other than a point on a tyre, wheel, wheel hub, brake backing plate or flexible mudguard or mudflap of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.68-ssec.1) A motor vehicle or combination must have a ground clearance of— at least 100mm at any point within 1m of an axle of the vehicle or combination; and at the midpoint between adjacent axles of the vehicle or combination—at least one-thirtieth of the distance between the centre lines of the axles; and at any other point—at least the distance that allows the vehicle or combination to pass over a peak in the road, with a gradient of 1:15 on either side of the peak, if the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle or combination are on the slope on 1 side of the peak and the wheels of the next axle are the slope on the other side.\n(sch.1-sec.68-ssec.2) This section does not apply to— a motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels; or a combination including a motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.68-ssec.3) In this section— ground clearance , of a vehicle, means the minimum distance to the ground from a point on the underside of the vehicle, other than a point on a tyre, wheel, wheel hub, brake backing plate or flexible mudguard or mudflap of the vehicle.\n- (a) at least 100mm at any point within 1m of an axle of the vehicle or combination; and\n- (b) at the midpoint between adjacent axles of the vehicle or combination—at least one-thirtieth of the distance between the centre lines of the axles; and\n- (c) at any other point—at least the distance that allows the vehicle or combination to pass over a peak in the road, with a gradient of 1:15 on either side of the peak, if the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle or combination are on the slope on 1 side of the peak and the wheels of the next axle are the slope on the other side.\n- (a) a motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels; or\n- (b) a combination including a motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels.","sortOrder":242},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7","sectionType":"part","heading":"Lights and reflectors","content":"# Lights and reflectors","sortOrder":243},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Application of particular requirements","content":"## Application of particular requirements","sortOrder":244},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Part does not apply to particular vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.69 Part does not apply to particular vehicles\n\nThis part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1931 used only in the daylight.\nThis part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1946 used mainly for exhibition purposes.\n(sch.1-sec.69-ssec.1) This part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1931 used only in the daylight.\n(sch.1-sec.69-ssec.2) This part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1946 used mainly for exhibition purposes.","sortOrder":245},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.70","sectionType":"section","heading":"Particular requirements apply only at night","content":"### sch.1-sec.70 Particular requirements apply only at night\n\nThe requirements of this part for a light, other than a brake light or direction indicator light, to be visible over a stated distance apply only at night.","sortOrder":246},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"General requirements for lights","content":"## General requirements for lights","sortOrder":247},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Prevention of glare","content":"### sch.1-sec.71 Prevention of glare\n\nA light, other than a high-beam headlight, fitted to a vehicle must be built and adjusted to provide the necessary amount of light without dazzling the driver of another vehicle approaching, or being approached by, the vehicle.","sortOrder":248},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pairs of lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.72 Pairs of lights\n\nIf, under this schedule, lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair—\neach light in the pair must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\nthe centre of each light in the pair must be the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\nthe centre of each light in the pair must be at the same height above ground level; and\neach light in the pair must project approximately the same amount of light of the same colour.\nSubsection (1) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.72-ssec.1) If, under this schedule, lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair— each light in the pair must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and the centre of each light in the pair must be the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and the centre of each light in the pair must be at the same height above ground level; and each light in the pair must project approximately the same amount of light of the same colour.\n(sch.1-sec.72-ssec.2) Subsection (1) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n- (a) each light in the pair must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\n- (b) the centre of each light in the pair must be the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\n- (c) the centre of each light in the pair must be at the same height above ground level; and\n- (d) each light in the pair must project approximately the same amount of light of the same colour.","sortOrder":249},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Headlights","content":"## Headlights","sortOrder":250},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Headlights to be fitted to vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.73 Headlights to be fitted to vehicles\n\nA motor vehicle must be fitted with—\nfor a moped, motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel—1 low-beam headlight; or\nfor a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of low-beam headlights.\nIf a motor vehicle built after 1934 can travel at more than 60km/h—\neach low-beam headlight mentioned in subsection (1) must be able to work in the high-beam position; or\nthe vehicle must be fitted with—\nfor a vehicle required to have 1 low-beam headlight—1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position; or\na pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\nA motorbike may be equipped with a headlight modulation system that—\nvaries the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam headlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200, but not more than 280, flashes a minute; and\nis designed to operate only in the daylight.\nUp to 4 additional headlights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, a motorbike or a motortrike.\nAn additional headlight fitted to a vehicle must be fitted so it faces forward and is symmetrical in relation to the centre of the front of the vehicle.\nSee also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n(sch.1-sec.73-ssec.1) A motor vehicle must be fitted with— for a moped, motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel—1 low-beam headlight; or for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of low-beam headlights.\n(sch.1-sec.73-ssec.2) If a motor vehicle built after 1934 can travel at more than 60km/h— each low-beam headlight mentioned in subsection (1) must be able to work in the high-beam position; or the vehicle must be fitted with— for a vehicle required to have 1 low-beam headlight—1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position; or a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\n(sch.1-sec.73-ssec.3) A motorbike may be equipped with a headlight modulation system that— varies the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam headlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200, but not more than 280, flashes a minute; and is designed to operate only in the daylight.\n(sch.1-sec.73-ssec.4) Up to 4 additional headlights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, a motorbike or a motortrike.\n(sch.1-sec.73-ssec.5) An additional headlight fitted to a vehicle must be fitted so it faces forward and is symmetrical in relation to the centre of the front of the vehicle. See also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n- (a) for a moped, motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel—1 low-beam headlight; or\n- (b) for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of low-beam headlights.\n- (a) each low-beam headlight mentioned in subsection (1) must be able to work in the high-beam position; or\n- (b) the vehicle must be fitted with— (i) for a vehicle required to have 1 low-beam headlight—1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position; or (ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\n- (i) for a vehicle required to have 1 low-beam headlight—1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position; or\n- (ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\n- (i) for a vehicle required to have 1 low-beam headlight—1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position; or\n- (ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam position.\n- (a) varies the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam headlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200, but not more than 280, flashes a minute; and\n- (b) is designed to operate only in the daylight.","sortOrder":251},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.74","sectionType":"section","heading":"How headlights are to be fitted","content":"### sch.1-sec.74 How headlights are to be fitted\n\nThe centre of each low-beam headlight fitted as a pair on a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be at least 600mm apart.\nHowever, subsection (1) does not apply to a motor vehicle built before 1970 if the centres of its low-beam headlights—\nwere less than 600mm apart when the vehicle was built; and\nare not nearer than they were when the vehicle was built.\nEach low-beam headlight of a pair of headlights fitted to a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped, must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the motortrike.\nThe centre of a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be—\nat least 500mm above ground level; and\nnot more than 1.4m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.74-ssec.1) The centre of each low-beam headlight fitted as a pair on a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be at least 600mm apart.\n(sch.1-sec.74-ssec.2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a motor vehicle built before 1970 if the centres of its low-beam headlights— were less than 600mm apart when the vehicle was built; and are not nearer than they were when the vehicle was built.\n(sch.1-sec.74-ssec.3) Each low-beam headlight of a pair of headlights fitted to a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped, must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the motortrike.\n(sch.1-sec.74-ssec.4) The centre of a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be— at least 500mm above ground level; and not more than 1.4m above ground level.\n- (a) were less than 600mm apart when the vehicle was built; and\n- (b) are not nearer than they were when the vehicle was built.\n- (a) at least 500mm above ground level; and\n- (b) not more than 1.4m above ground level.","sortOrder":252},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.75","sectionType":"section","heading":"How single headlights are to be fitted","content":"### sch.1-sec.75 How single headlights are to be fitted\n\nA motorbike or motortrike fitted with a single headlight must have the light fitted in the centre of the motorbike or motortrike.\nSubsection (1) applies to a motorbike with sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.75-ssec.1) A motorbike or motortrike fitted with a single headlight must have the light fitted in the centre of the motorbike or motortrike.\n(sch.1-sec.75-ssec.2) Subsection (1) applies to a motorbike with sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.","sortOrder":253},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Section 76 not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.76 Section 76 not used\n\nSee note to section 1 .","sortOrder":254},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Performance of headlights","content":"### sch.1-sec.77 Performance of headlights\n\nWhen on, a headlight or additional headlight fitted to a vehicle must—\nshow only white light; and\nproject its main beam of light ahead of the vehicle.\nA headlight must be fitted to a vehicle in a way that the light from the headlight does not reflect off the vehicle into the eyes of the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.77-ssec.1) When on, a headlight or additional headlight fitted to a vehicle must— show only white light; and project its main beam of light ahead of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.77-ssec.2) A headlight must be fitted to a vehicle in a way that the light from the headlight does not reflect off the vehicle into the eyes of the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n- (a) show only white light; and\n- (b) project its main beam of light ahead of the vehicle.","sortOrder":255},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.78","sectionType":"section","heading":"Effective range of headlights","content":"### sch.1-sec.78 Effective range of headlights\n\nThis section applies to a headlight fitted to a motor vehicle that is on at night.\nA low-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 25m.\nA high-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 50m.\nHowever, a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built before 1931, or a moped, need only illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 12m.\n(sch.1-sec.78-ssec.1) This section applies to a headlight fitted to a motor vehicle that is on at night.\n(sch.1-sec.78-ssec.2) A low-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 25m.\n(sch.1-sec.78-ssec.3) A high-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 50m.\n(sch.1-sec.78-ssec.4) However, a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built before 1931, or a moped, need only illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle for at least 12m.","sortOrder":256},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam position","content":"### sch.1-sec.79 Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam position\n\nA motor vehicle built after 1934 that can travel at more than 60km/h must be fitted with—\na dipping device enabling the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle—\nto change the headlights from the high-beam position to the low-beam position; or\nto simultaneously switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and\nfor a vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle that the headlights are in the high-beam position.\nA headlight fitted to a motor vehicle without a dipping device mentioned in subsection (1) (a) must operate in the low-beam position.\nWhen a headlight fitted to a motor vehicle is switched to the low-beam position, any other headlight on the vehicle must operate only in the low-beam position or be off.\n(sch.1-sec.79-ssec.1) A motor vehicle built after 1934 that can travel at more than 60km/h must be fitted with— a dipping device enabling the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle— to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the low-beam position; or to simultaneously switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and for a vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle that the headlights are in the high-beam position.\n(sch.1-sec.79-ssec.2) A headlight fitted to a motor vehicle without a dipping device mentioned in subsection (1) (a) must operate in the low-beam position.\n(sch.1-sec.79-ssec.3) When a headlight fitted to a motor vehicle is switched to the low-beam position, any other headlight on the vehicle must operate only in the low-beam position or be off.\n- (a) a dipping device enabling the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle— (i) to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the low-beam position; or (ii) to simultaneously switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and\n- (i) to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the low-beam position; or\n- (ii) to simultaneously switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and\n- (b) for a vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle that the headlights are in the high-beam position.\n- (i) to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the low-beam position; or\n- (ii) to simultaneously switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a low-beam headlight; and","sortOrder":257},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.4","sectionType":"division","heading":"Parking lights","content":"## Parking lights","sortOrder":258},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Parking lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.80 Parking lights\n\nA motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be fitted with—\nfor a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of parking lights; or\nfor a motorbike with a sidecar, or a motortrike with 1 front wheel, other than a moped—at least 1 parking light.\nSee also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\nA pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\nat least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\nnot more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nHowever, a pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle less than 1,300mm wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not less than 400mm from the centre of the other light.\nA parking light fitted to a motortrike with 2 front wheels must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nA parking light fitted to a motorbike with a sidecar must be fitted not more than 150mm from the side of the sidecar furthest from the motorbike.\nWhen on, a parking light fitted to a motor vehicle must—\nshow a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 7W.\nA parking light fitted to a motor vehicle built after 1969 must be wired so the parking light is on when a headlight on the vehicle is on.\nA parking light fitted to a sidecar of a motorbike must be wired to operate when a headlight, tail light or parking light on the motorbike is on.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.1) A motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be fitted with— for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of parking lights; or for a motorbike with a sidecar, or a motortrike with 1 front wheel, other than a moped—at least 1 parking light. See also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.2) A pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light— at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and not more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.3) However, a pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle less than 1,300mm wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not less than 400mm from the centre of the other light.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.4) A parking light fitted to a motortrike with 2 front wheels must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.5) A parking light fitted to a motorbike with a sidecar must be fitted not more than 150mm from the side of the sidecar furthest from the motorbike.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.6) When on, a parking light fitted to a motor vehicle must— show a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and not use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.7) A parking light fitted to a motor vehicle built after 1969 must be wired so the parking light is on when a headlight on the vehicle is on.\n(sch.1-sec.80-ssec.8) A parking light fitted to a sidecar of a motorbike must be wired to operate when a headlight, tail light or parking light on the motorbike is on.\n- (a) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a motortrike with 2 front wheels, other than a moped—a pair of parking lights; or\n- (b) for a motorbike with a sidecar, or a motortrike with 1 front wheel, other than a moped—at least 1 parking light.\n- (a) at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\n- (b) not more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n- (a) show a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.","sortOrder":259},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.5","sectionType":"division","heading":"Daytime running lights","content":"## Daytime running lights","sortOrder":260},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Daytime running lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.81 Daytime running lights\n\nA pair of daytime running lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle.\nSee also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\nA pair of daytime running lights fitted to a vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\nat least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\nnot more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nHowever, a pair of daytime running lights fitted to a motor vehicle less than 1,300mm wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not less than 400mm from the centre of the other light.\nWhen on, a daytime running light fitted to a motor vehicle must—\nshow a white or yellow light visible from the front of the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 25W.\nThe third edition ADRs only allow white daytime running lights.\nDaytime running lights fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so they are off when a headlight, other than a headlight being used as a flashing signal, is on.\n(sch.1-sec.81-ssec.1) A pair of daytime running lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle. See also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n(sch.1-sec.81-ssec.2) A pair of daytime running lights fitted to a vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light— at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and not more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.81-ssec.3) However, a pair of daytime running lights fitted to a motor vehicle less than 1,300mm wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not less than 400mm from the centre of the other light.\n(sch.1-sec.81-ssec.4) When on, a daytime running light fitted to a motor vehicle must— show a white or yellow light visible from the front of the vehicle; and not use more than 25W. The third edition ADRs only allow white daytime running lights.\n(sch.1-sec.81-ssec.5) Daytime running lights fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so they are off when a headlight, other than a headlight being used as a flashing signal, is on.\n- (a) at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\n- (b) not more than 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n- (a) show a white or yellow light visible from the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 25W.","sortOrder":261},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.6","sectionType":"division","heading":"Tail lights","content":"## Tail lights","sortOrder":262},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Tail lights generally","content":"### sch.1-sec.82 Tail lights generally\n\nA vehicle must have at least 1 tail light fitted on or towards the rear of the vehicle.\nA motortrike with 2 rear wheels, or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, built after 1959 must have at least 1 tail light fitted on, or towards each side of, the rear of the vehicle.\nA trailer built after June 1973 must have at least 1 tail light fitted on, or towards each side of, the rear of the vehicle.\nThe centre of a tail light mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) must not be more than—\n1.5m above ground level; or\nif it is not practicable to fit the light as required under paragraph (a) —2.1m above ground level.\nA vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional tail lights at any height above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.82-ssec.1) A vehicle must have at least 1 tail light fitted on or towards the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.82-ssec.2) A motortrike with 2 rear wheels, or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, built after 1959 must have at least 1 tail light fitted on, or towards each side of, the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.82-ssec.3) A trailer built after June 1973 must have at least 1 tail light fitted on, or towards each side of, the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.82-ssec.4) The centre of a tail light mentioned in subsection (1) , (2) or (3) must not be more than— 1.5m above ground level; or if it is not practicable to fit the light as required under paragraph (a) —2.1m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.82-ssec.5) A vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional tail lights at any height above ground level.\n- (a) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (b) if it is not practicable to fit the light as required under paragraph (a) —2.1m above ground level.","sortOrder":263},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Pattern of fitting tail lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.83 Pattern of fitting tail lights\n\nIf only 1 tail light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre, or to the right of the centre, of the vehicle’s rear.\nSubsection (1) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\nIf 2 or more tail lights are fitted to a vehicle, at least 2 of the tail lights must be fitted as a pair.\nSee also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\nTail lights fitted to a vehicle in accordance with this division may also serve as rear clearance lights if the tail lights are fitted to the vehicle in accordance with section 89 (3) .\n(sch.1-sec.83-ssec.1) If only 1 tail light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre, or to the right of the centre, of the vehicle’s rear.\n(sch.1-sec.83-ssec.2) Subsection (1) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.83-ssec.3) If 2 or more tail lights are fitted to a vehicle, at least 2 of the tail lights must be fitted as a pair. See also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n(sch.1-sec.83-ssec.4) Tail lights fitted to a vehicle in accordance with this division may also serve as rear clearance lights if the tail lights are fitted to the vehicle in accordance with section 89 (3) .","sortOrder":264},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Performance of tail lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.84 Performance of tail lights\n\nWhen on, a tail light fitted to a vehicle must—\nshow a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 7W.\nA tail light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not more than 20mm in diameter.\n(sch.1-sec.84-ssec.1) When on, a tail light fitted to a vehicle must— show a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and not use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.84-ssec.2) A tail light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not more than 20mm in diameter.\n- (a) show a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.","sortOrder":265},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Wiring of tail lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.85 Wiring of tail lights\n\nA tail light fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light or headlight on the vehicle is on, unless an external switch is fitted to operate the tail light.","sortOrder":266},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.7","sectionType":"division","heading":"Number plate lights","content":"## Number plate lights","sortOrder":267},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Number plate lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.86 Number plate lights\n\nAt least 1 number plate light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle.\nWhen on, a number plate light must illuminate a number plate fitted to the rear of the vehicle with white light, so the characters on the number plate can be read at night at least 20m from the rear of the vehicle.\nA number plate light—\nmay be combined with another light; and\nmust not project white light to the rear of the vehicle other than by reflection; and\nmust not obscure the characters of the number plate; and\nmust be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light, headlight or tail light on the vehicle is on.\n(sch.1-sec.86-ssec.1) At least 1 number plate light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.86-ssec.2) When on, a number plate light must illuminate a number plate fitted to the rear of the vehicle with white light, so the characters on the number plate can be read at night at least 20m from the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.86-ssec.3) A number plate light— may be combined with another light; and must not project white light to the rear of the vehicle other than by reflection; and must not obscure the characters of the number plate; and must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light, headlight or tail light on the vehicle is on.\n- (a) may be combined with another light; and\n- (b) must not project white light to the rear of the vehicle other than by reflection; and\n- (c) must not obscure the characters of the number plate; and\n- (d) must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light, headlight or tail light on the vehicle is on.","sortOrder":268},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.8","sectionType":"division","heading":"Clearance lights","content":"## Clearance lights","sortOrder":269},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Front clearance lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.87 Front clearance lights\n\nFront clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1.8m wide.\nA pair of front clearance lights must be fitted to a motor vehicle that is at least 2.2m wide or a prime mover.\nThe centre of a front clearance light must be fitted—\nnot more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\nfor a vehicle built after June 1953—\nat least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or\nnot lower than the top of the windscreen.\nHowever, a front clearance light may be mounted on an external rear vision mirror or a mirror support if, when the mirror is correctly adjusted, no part of the lens of the light is visible to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\nWhen on, a front clearance light must—\nshow a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.87-ssec.1) Front clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1.8m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.87-ssec.2) A pair of front clearance lights must be fitted to a motor vehicle that is at least 2.2m wide or a prime mover.\n(sch.1-sec.87-ssec.3) The centre of a front clearance light must be fitted— not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and for a vehicle built after June 1953— at least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n(sch.1-sec.87-ssec.4) However, a front clearance light may be mounted on an external rear vision mirror or a mirror support if, when the mirror is correctly adjusted, no part of the lens of the light is visible to the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.87-ssec.5) When on, a front clearance light must— show a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and not use more than 7W.\n- (a) not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) for a vehicle built after June 1953— (i) at least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or (ii) not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n- (i) at least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or\n- (ii) not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n- (i) at least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle; or\n- (ii) not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n- (a) show a white or yellow light visible at least 200m from the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.","sortOrder":270},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.88","sectionType":"section","heading":"External cabin lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.88 External cabin lights\n\nA motor vehicle fitted with front clearance lights may have additional forward-facing lights fitted to, or above, the roof of its cabin.\nThe forward-facing lights must be spaced evenly between the front clearance lights, with the centres of the lights at least 120mm apart.\nWhen on, a forward-facing light fitted to a motor vehicle must—\nshow a white or yellow light; and\nnot use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.88-ssec.1) A motor vehicle fitted with front clearance lights may have additional forward-facing lights fitted to, or above, the roof of its cabin.\n(sch.1-sec.88-ssec.2) The forward-facing lights must be spaced evenly between the front clearance lights, with the centres of the lights at least 120mm apart.\n(sch.1-sec.88-ssec.3) When on, a forward-facing light fitted to a motor vehicle must— show a white or yellow light; and not use more than 7W.\n- (a) show a white or yellow light; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.","sortOrder":271},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear clearance lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.89 Rear clearance lights\n\nRear clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1.8m wide.\nA pair of rear clearance lights must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle that is at least 2.2m wide.\nThe centre of a rear clearance light must be fitted—\nnot more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\nif practicable, at least 600mm above ground level.\nWhen on, a rear clearance light must—\nshow a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.89-ssec.1) Rear clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at least 1.8m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.89-ssec.2) A pair of rear clearance lights must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle that is at least 2.2m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.89-ssec.3) The centre of a rear clearance light must be fitted— not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and if practicable, at least 600mm above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.89-ssec.4) When on, a rear clearance light must— show a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and not use more than 7W.\n- (a) not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) if practicable, at least 600mm above ground level.\n- (a) show a red light visible at least 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.","sortOrder":272},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.9","sectionType":"division","heading":"Side marker lights","content":"## Side marker lights","sortOrder":273},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles required to have side marker lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.90 Vehicles required to have side marker lights\n\nA pair of side marker lights must be fitted towards the rear of the sides of a motor vehicle that is more than 7.5m long and at least 2.2m wide.\nA pole-type trailer or a motor vehicle built to tow a pole-type trailer, each with at least 1 cross-bar or bolster, must have 1 side marker light fitted to each side of the back of the trailer, cross-bar or bolster.\nAlso, a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or bolsters may have 1 side marker light fitted to each side of the front cross-bar or bolster.\nAt least 2 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of—\na trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and not more than 7.5m long; or\na semitrailer that is not more than 7.5m long.\nAt least 3 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of—\na trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and more than 7.5m long; or\na semitrailer that is more than 7.5m long.\n(sch.1-sec.90-ssec.1) A pair of side marker lights must be fitted towards the rear of the sides of a motor vehicle that is more than 7.5m long and at least 2.2m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.90-ssec.2) A pole-type trailer or a motor vehicle built to tow a pole-type trailer, each with at least 1 cross-bar or bolster, must have 1 side marker light fitted to each side of the back of the trailer, cross-bar or bolster.\n(sch.1-sec.90-ssec.3) Also, a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or bolsters may have 1 side marker light fitted to each side of the front cross-bar or bolster.\n(sch.1-sec.90-ssec.4) At least 2 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of— a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and not more than 7.5m long; or a semitrailer that is not more than 7.5m long.\n(sch.1-sec.90-ssec.5) At least 3 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of— a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and more than 7.5m long; or a semitrailer that is more than 7.5m long.\n- (a) a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and not more than 7.5m long; or\n- (b) a semitrailer that is not more than 7.5m long.\n- (a) a trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m wide and more than 7.5m long; or\n- (b) a semitrailer that is more than 7.5m long.","sortOrder":274},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Location of side marker lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.91 Location of side marker lights\n\nThe centre of a side marker light must not be more than 150mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nA front side marker light fitted to a motor vehicle must be fitted—\ntowards the front of the side of the vehicle; and\nwith no part of the lens visible to the vehicle’s driver.\nThe centre of a front side marker light fitted to a trailer must be—\nwithin 300mm of the front of the side of the trailer; or\nif the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the front of the side of the trailer.\nThe centre of a rear side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be—\nwithin 300mm of the rear of the side of the vehicle; or\nif the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the rear of the side of the vehicle.\nSide marker lights fitted to a vehicle must, as far as practicable, be evenly spaced along the side of the vehicle.\nSubsections (2) to (5) do not apply to a side marker light fitted to a cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer.\nIf complying with subsections (3) and (4) would result in front and rear side marker lights being less than 2.5m apart, only the side marker lights nearest to the rear of a vehicle need be fitted.\nA side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be fitted—\nwith its centre at least 600mm above ground level; and\nwith its centre not more than—\n1.5m above ground level; or\nif it is not practicable to fit it in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level; and\nas far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along the side of the vehicle.\nSubsection (8) (b) does not apply to a side marker light that is not required to be fitted to the vehicle by section 90 .\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.1) The centre of a side marker light must not be more than 150mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.2) A front side marker light fitted to a motor vehicle must be fitted— towards the front of the side of the vehicle; and with no part of the lens visible to the vehicle’s driver.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.3) The centre of a front side marker light fitted to a trailer must be— within 300mm of the front of the side of the trailer; or if the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the front of the side of the trailer.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.4) The centre of a rear side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be— within 300mm of the rear of the side of the vehicle; or if the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the rear of the side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.5) Side marker lights fitted to a vehicle must, as far as practicable, be evenly spaced along the side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.6) Subsections (2) to (5) do not apply to a side marker light fitted to a cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.7) If complying with subsections (3) and (4) would result in front and rear side marker lights being less than 2.5m apart, only the side marker lights nearest to the rear of a vehicle need be fitted.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.8) A side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be fitted— with its centre at least 600mm above ground level; and with its centre not more than— 1.5m above ground level; or if it is not practicable to fit it in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level; and as far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along the side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.91-ssec.9) Subsection (8) (b) does not apply to a side marker light that is not required to be fitted to the vehicle by section 90 .\n- (a) towards the front of the side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) with no part of the lens visible to the vehicle’s driver.\n- (a) within 300mm of the front of the side of the trailer; or\n- (b) if the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the front of the side of the trailer.\n- (a) within 300mm of the rear of the side of the vehicle; or\n- (b) if the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to comply with paragraph (a) —as near as practicable to the rear of the side of the vehicle.\n- (a) with its centre at least 600mm above ground level; and\n- (b) with its centre not more than— (i) 1.5m above ground level; or (ii) if it is not practicable to fit it in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level; and\n- (i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (ii) if it is not practicable to fit it in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level; and\n- (c) as far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along the side of the vehicle.\n- (i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (ii) if it is not practicable to fit it in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level; and","sortOrder":275},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Performance of side marker lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.92 Performance of side marker lights\n\nWhen on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must—\nshow a light visible at least 200m from the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 7W.\nAlso, when on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must show—\nyellow light to the front of the vehicle; and\nlight to the rear of the vehicle that is—\nfor a light that also operates as a rear light or reflector—red; and\notherwise—red or yellow.\nHowever, if a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or 2 or more bolsters has the side marker lights permitted under section 90 (3) —\nthe side marker lights fitted to the front cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (a) only; and\nthe side marker lights fitted to the back cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (b) only.\n(sch.1-sec.92-ssec.1) When on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must— show a light visible at least 200m from the vehicle; and not use more than 7W.\n(sch.1-sec.92-ssec.2) Also, when on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must show— yellow light to the front of the vehicle; and light to the rear of the vehicle that is— for a light that also operates as a rear light or reflector—red; and otherwise—red or yellow.\n(sch.1-sec.92-ssec.3) However, if a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or 2 or more bolsters has the side marker lights permitted under section 90 (3) — the side marker lights fitted to the front cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (a) only; and the side marker lights fitted to the back cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (b) only.\n- (a) show a light visible at least 200m from the vehicle; and\n- (b) not use more than 7W.\n- (a) yellow light to the front of the vehicle; and\n- (b) light to the rear of the vehicle that is— (i) for a light that also operates as a rear light or reflector—red; and (ii) otherwise—red or yellow.\n- (i) for a light that also operates as a rear light or reflector—red; and\n- (ii) otherwise—red or yellow.\n- (i) for a light that also operates as a rear light or reflector—red; and\n- (ii) otherwise—red or yellow.\n- (a) the side marker lights fitted to the front cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (a) only; and\n- (b) the side marker lights fitted to the back cross-bar or bolster may comply with subsection (2) (b) only.","sortOrder":276},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Side marker lights and rear clearance lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.93 Side marker lights and rear clearance lights\n\nThe side marker light nearest to the rear of a vehicle may be a rear clearance light for section 89 .","sortOrder":277},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.10","sectionType":"division","heading":"Brake lights","content":"## Brake lights","sortOrder":278},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fitting brake lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.94 Fitting brake lights\n\nA brake light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle built after 1934.\nA pair of brake lights must be fitted to the rear of—\na motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after 1959; and\na motortrike with 2 rear wheels built after 1959; and\na trailer built after June 1973.\nSee also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\nThe centre of a brake light must be—\nat least 350mm above ground level; and\nnot more than—\n1.5m above ground level; or\nif it is not practicable to fit the light in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level.\nA vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional brake lights.\nThe centre of an additional brake light must be at least 350mm above ground level.\nIf only 1 brake light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre, or to the right of the centre, of the vehicle’s rear.\nSubsection (6) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\nFor this section, a light fitted to a vehicle built before 1 January 1973 that functions as a brake light and a direction indicator light is taken to be a brake light.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.1) A brake light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle built after 1934.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.2) A pair of brake lights must be fitted to the rear of— a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after 1959; and a motortrike with 2 rear wheels built after 1959; and a trailer built after June 1973. See also section 72 for further requirements applying when lights are required to be fitted to a vehicle in a pair.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.3) The centre of a brake light must be— at least 350mm above ground level; and not more than— 1.5m above ground level; or if it is not practicable to fit the light in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.4) A vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional brake lights.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.5) The centre of an additional brake light must be at least 350mm above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.6) If only 1 brake light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in the centre, or to the right of the centre, of the vehicle’s rear.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.7) Subsection (6) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.94-ssec.8) For this section, a light fitted to a vehicle built before 1 January 1973 that functions as a brake light and a direction indicator light is taken to be a brake light.\n- (a) a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after 1959; and\n- (b) a motortrike with 2 rear wheels built after 1959; and\n- (c) a trailer built after June 1973.\n- (a) at least 350mm above ground level; and\n- (b) not more than— (i) 1.5m above ground level; or (ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level.\n- (i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level.\n- (i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light in accordance with subparagraph (i) —2.1m above ground level.","sortOrder":279},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Performance and operation of brake lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.95 Performance and operation of brake lights\n\nWhen on, a brake light fitted to a vehicle must show a red light visible at least 30m from the rear of the vehicle.\nA brake light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not more than 20mm in diameter.\nA brake light fitted to a motor vehicle must come on, if it is not already on, when—\nfor a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a vehicle built after 1974—a service brake is applied; or\nfor another vehicle—the rear wheel brake is applied.\nSubsection (3) does not apply if the controls of the motor vehicle that start the engine are in a position making it impossible for the engine to operate.\nA brake light fitted to a trailer must come on when—\nthe brake light of the trailer’s towing vehicle comes on; or\na brake control on the trailer’s towing vehicle, which independently activates the service brake on the trailer, is operated.\nA brake light may be operated by an engine brake, retarder or similar device if the device does not interfere with the proper operation of the brake light.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.1) When on, a brake light fitted to a vehicle must show a red light visible at least 30m from the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.2) A brake light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue lens not more than 20mm in diameter.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.3) A brake light fitted to a motor vehicle must come on, if it is not already on, when— for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a vehicle built after 1974—a service brake is applied; or for another vehicle—the rear wheel brake is applied.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.4) Subsection (3) does not apply if the controls of the motor vehicle that start the engine are in a position making it impossible for the engine to operate.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.5) A brake light fitted to a trailer must come on when— the brake light of the trailer’s towing vehicle comes on; or a brake control on the trailer’s towing vehicle, which independently activates the service brake on the trailer, is operated.\n(sch.1-sec.95-ssec.6) A brake light may be operated by an engine brake, retarder or similar device if the device does not interfere with the proper operation of the brake light.\n- (a) for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or a vehicle built after 1974—a service brake is applied; or\n- (b) for another vehicle—the rear wheel brake is applied.\n- (a) the brake light of the trailer’s towing vehicle comes on; or\n- (b) a brake control on the trailer’s towing vehicle, which independently activates the service brake on the trailer, is operated.","sortOrder":280},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.11","sectionType":"division","heading":"Reversing lights","content":"## Reversing lights","sortOrder":281},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Reversing lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.96 Reversing lights\n\nOne or more reversing lights may be fitted to the rear of a vehicle and on each side of the vehicle towards its rear.\nA reversing light fitted to a vehicle must have its centre not more than 1.2m above ground level.\nWhen on, a reversing light fitted to a vehicle must show a white or yellow light to the rear, or to the side and rear, of the vehicle.\nThird edition ADRs only allow white reversing lights.\nA reversing light fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so it operates only when the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\nA reversing light fitted to a trailer must be wired so it operates only when a motor vehicle towing the trailer is reversing or in reverse gear.\nA yellow reversing light fitted to a vehicle may also operate as a direction indicator light for the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.1) One or more reversing lights may be fitted to the rear of a vehicle and on each side of the vehicle towards its rear.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.2) A reversing light fitted to a vehicle must have its centre not more than 1.2m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.3) When on, a reversing light fitted to a vehicle must show a white or yellow light to the rear, or to the side and rear, of the vehicle. Third edition ADRs only allow white reversing lights.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.4) A reversing light fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so it operates only when the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.5) A reversing light fitted to a trailer must be wired so it operates only when a motor vehicle towing the trailer is reversing or in reverse gear.\n(sch.1-sec.96-ssec.6) A yellow reversing light fitted to a vehicle may also operate as a direction indicator light for the vehicle.","sortOrder":282},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.12","sectionType":"division","heading":"Direction indicator lights","content":"## Direction indicator lights","sortOrder":283},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Direction indicator lights on motor vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.97 Direction indicator lights on motor vehicles\n\nA motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after August 1966 must have—\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\nA motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels built after June 1975 must have—\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\nA motor vehicle that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have—\n1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle; or\nboth—\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\na pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n(sch.1-sec.97-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after August 1966 must have— a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n(sch.1-sec.97-ssec.2) A motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels built after June 1975 must have— a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n(sch.1-sec.97-ssec.3) A motor vehicle that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have— 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle; or both— a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n- (a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\n- (b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n- (a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\n- (b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n- (a) 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle; or\n- (b) both— (i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and (ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n- (i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\n- (ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n- (i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front facing forwards; and\n- (ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.","sortOrder":284},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Direction indicator lights on trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.98 Direction indicator lights on trailers\n\nA trailer built after June 1973 must have a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\nA trailer that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n(sch.1-sec.98-ssec.1) A trailer built after June 1973 must have a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.\n(sch.1-sec.98-ssec.2) A trailer that is not required to have direction indicator lights may have 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear facing backwards.","sortOrder":285},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Location of direction indicator lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.99 Location of direction indicator lights\n\nA pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must have the centre of each light fitted at least—\nfor a motorbike or the single wheel end of a motortrike—300mm from the centre of the other light; and\nfor the 2 wheel end of a motortrike—600mm from the centre of the other light, unless the centre of each light is not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the motortrike; and\nfor another vehicle with a width of not more than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other light; and\nfor another vehicle with a width of more than 1,300mm—600mm from the centre of the other light.\nThe centre of each direction indicator light fitted to a vehicle must be at least 350mm above ground level.\nThe centre of each light in a pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must not be more than—\n1.5m above ground level; or\nif it is not practicable for the light to be fitted lower—2.1m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.99-ssec.1) A pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must have the centre of each light fitted at least— for a motorbike or the single wheel end of a motortrike—300mm from the centre of the other light; and for the 2 wheel end of a motortrike—600mm from the centre of the other light, unless the centre of each light is not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the motortrike; and for another vehicle with a width of not more than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other light; and for another vehicle with a width of more than 1,300mm—600mm from the centre of the other light.\n(sch.1-sec.99-ssec.2) The centre of each direction indicator light fitted to a vehicle must be at least 350mm above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.99-ssec.3) The centre of each light in a pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must not be more than— 1.5m above ground level; or if it is not practicable for the light to be fitted lower—2.1m above ground level.\n- (a) for a motorbike or the single wheel end of a motortrike—300mm from the centre of the other light; and\n- (b) for the 2 wheel end of a motortrike—600mm from the centre of the other light, unless the centre of each light is not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the motortrike; and\n- (c) for another vehicle with a width of not more than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other light; and\n- (d) for another vehicle with a width of more than 1,300mm—600mm from the centre of the other light.\n- (a) 1.5m above ground level; or\n- (b) if it is not practicable for the light to be fitted lower—2.1m above ground level.","sortOrder":286},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operation and visibility of direction indicator lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.100 Operation and visibility of direction indicator lights\n\nA direction indicator light fitted to a motor vehicle must—\nwhen operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of—\nfor a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\nfor another motor vehicle—at least 45, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\nbe able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\nbe wired to a visible or audible device in the vehicle that tells the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, the direction indicator light is operating; and\nflash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator lights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.\nA direction indicator light fitted to a side of a trailer must, when operating, flash at the same time and rate as the direction indicator light or lights fitted to the same side of the trailer’s towing vehicle.\nThe flashes of light displayed by a direction indicator light must be—\nfor a light facing forwards—white or yellow; and\nfor a light facing backwards—\nyellow; or\nfor a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and\nfor a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle—\nwhite or yellow towards the front and side of the vehicle; and\nfor a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards the rear and side of the vehicle; and\nfor a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear and side of the vehicle.\nThe ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator lights.\nA motor vehicle may be equipped to allow the direction indicator lights fitted on both sides of the vehicle to operate simultaneously if—\nthe lights display only yellow light; and\na visible or audible signal tells the driver when the lights are operating simultaneously.\nWhen on, a direction indicator light fitted to a vehicle must be visible at least 30m from—\nfor a light facing forwards—the front of the vehicle; or\nfor a light facing backwards—the rear of the vehicle; or\nfor a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle—the side of the vehicle.\nFor a prime mover or another motor vehicle more than 7.5m long, each direction indicator light in at least 1 pair of lights fitted on, or towards, the front of the vehicle must, when on, be visible at a point—\nat least 1.5m at a right angle from the side of the prime mover or other motor vehicle to which the light is fitted; and\nin line with the rear of the prime mover or other motor vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.1) A direction indicator light fitted to a motor vehicle must— when operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of— for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and for another motor vehicle—at least 45, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and be wired to a visible or audible device in the vehicle that tells the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, the direction indicator light is operating; and flash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator lights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.2) A direction indicator light fitted to a side of a trailer must, when operating, flash at the same time and rate as the direction indicator light or lights fitted to the same side of the trailer’s towing vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.3) The flashes of light displayed by a direction indicator light must be— for a light facing forwards—white or yellow; and for a light facing backwards— yellow; or for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and for a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle— white or yellow towards the front and side of the vehicle; and for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards the rear and side of the vehicle; and for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear and side of the vehicle. The ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator lights.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.4) A motor vehicle may be equipped to allow the direction indicator lights fitted on both sides of the vehicle to operate simultaneously if— the lights display only yellow light; and a visible or audible signal tells the driver when the lights are operating simultaneously.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.5) When on, a direction indicator light fitted to a vehicle must be visible at least 30m from— for a light facing forwards—the front of the vehicle; or for a light facing backwards—the rear of the vehicle; or for a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle—the side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.100-ssec.6) For a prime mover or another motor vehicle more than 7.5m long, each direction indicator light in at least 1 pair of lights fitted on, or towards, the front of the vehicle must, when on, be visible at a point— at least 1.5m at a right angle from the side of the prime mover or other motor vehicle to which the light is fitted; and in line with the rear of the prime mover or other motor vehicle.\n- (a) when operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of— (i) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and (ii) for another motor vehicle—at least 45, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\n- (i) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\n- (ii) for another motor vehicle—at least 45, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\n- (b) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\n- (c) be wired to a visible or audible device in the vehicle that tells the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, the direction indicator light is operating; and\n- (d) flash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator lights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.\n- (i) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\n- (ii) for another motor vehicle—at least 45, but not more than 120, flashes a minute; and\n- (a) for a light facing forwards—white or yellow; and\n- (b) for a light facing backwards— (i) yellow; or (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and\n- (i) yellow; or\n- (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and\n- (c) for a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle— (i) white or yellow towards the front and side of the vehicle; and (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards the rear and side of the vehicle; and (iii) for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear and side of the vehicle. Note— The ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator lights.\n- (i) white or yellow towards the front and side of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards the rear and side of the vehicle; and\n- (iii) for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear and side of the vehicle.\n- (i) yellow; or\n- (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red; and\n- (i) white or yellow towards the front and side of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards the rear and side of the vehicle; and\n- (iii) for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear and side of the vehicle.\n- (a) the lights display only yellow light; and\n- (b) a visible or audible signal tells the driver when the lights are operating simultaneously.\n- (a) for a light facing forwards—the front of the vehicle; or\n- (b) for a light facing backwards—the rear of the vehicle; or\n- (c) for a light facing outwards from a side of the vehicle—the side of the vehicle.\n- (a) at least 1.5m at a right angle from the side of the prime mover or other motor vehicle to which the light is fitted; and\n- (b) in line with the rear of the prime mover or other motor vehicle.","sortOrder":287},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.13","sectionType":"division","heading":"Fog lights","content":"## Fog lights","sortOrder":288},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Front fog lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.101 Front fog lights\n\nA pair of front fog lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels.\nA pair of front fog lights, or a single front fog light, may be fitted to a motorbike or motortrike.\nA pair of front fog lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have the centre of each light not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle unless the centres of the lights are at least 600mm apart.\nIf the top of the front fog light fitted to a vehicle is higher than the top of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle, the centre of the fog light must not be higher than the centre of the low-beam headlight.\nA front fog light fitted to a vehicle must—\nwhen on—\nproject white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and\nbe a low-beam light; and\nbe able to be operated independently of any headlight fitted to the vehicle; and\nbe fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle into the eyes of the driver in the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.101-ssec.1) A pair of front fog lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.101-ssec.2) A pair of front fog lights, or a single front fog light, may be fitted to a motorbike or motortrike.\n(sch.1-sec.101-ssec.3) A pair of front fog lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have the centre of each light not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle unless the centres of the lights are at least 600mm apart.\n(sch.1-sec.101-ssec.4) If the top of the front fog light fitted to a vehicle is higher than the top of any low-beam headlight fitted to the vehicle, the centre of the fog light must not be higher than the centre of the low-beam headlight.\n(sch.1-sec.101-ssec.5) A front fog light fitted to a vehicle must— when on— project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and be a low-beam light; and be able to be operated independently of any headlight fitted to the vehicle; and be fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle into the eyes of the driver in the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n- (a) when on— (i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and (ii) be a low-beam light; and\n- (i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) be a low-beam light; and\n- (b) be able to be operated independently of any headlight fitted to the vehicle; and\n- (c) be fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle into the eyes of the driver in the normal driving position of the vehicle.\n- (i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) be a low-beam light; and","sortOrder":289},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear fog lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.102 Rear fog lights\n\nA vehicle may have—\na pair of rear fog lights fitted to its rear; or\n1 rear fog light fitted to, or to the right of, the centre of the rear of the vehicle.\nSubsection (1) (b) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\nA rear fog light fitted to a vehicle must—\nhave its centre—\nnot more than 1.5m above ground level; and\nat least 100mm from the centre of a brake light for the vehicle; and\nwhen on, project red light behind the vehicle; and\nnot use more than 27W; and\nbe wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the vehicle’s driver that the light is operating.\nIn this section—\nrear fog light means a light fitted to a vehicle to make the vehicle more easily visible, from the rear, in dense fog.\n(sch.1-sec.102-ssec.1) A vehicle may have— a pair of rear fog lights fitted to its rear; or 1 rear fog light fitted to, or to the right of, the centre of the rear of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.102-ssec.2) Subsection (1) (b) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.102-ssec.3) A rear fog light fitted to a vehicle must— have its centre— not more than 1.5m above ground level; and at least 100mm from the centre of a brake light for the vehicle; and when on, project red light behind the vehicle; and not use more than 27W; and be wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the vehicle’s driver that the light is operating.\n(sch.1-sec.102-ssec.4) In this section— rear fog light means a light fitted to a vehicle to make the vehicle more easily visible, from the rear, in dense fog.\n- (a) a pair of rear fog lights fitted to its rear; or\n- (b) 1 rear fog light fitted to, or to the right of, the centre of the rear of the vehicle.\n- (a) have its centre— (i) not more than 1.5m above ground level; and (ii) at least 100mm from the centre of a brake light for the vehicle; and\n- (i) not more than 1.5m above ground level; and\n- (ii) at least 100mm from the centre of a brake light for the vehicle; and\n- (b) when on, project red light behind the vehicle; and\n- (c) not use more than 27W; and\n- (d) be wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the vehicle’s driver that the light is operating.\n- (i) not more than 1.5m above ground level; and\n- (ii) at least 100mm from the centre of a brake light for the vehicle; and","sortOrder":290},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.14","sectionType":"division","heading":"Interior lights","content":"## Interior lights","sortOrder":291},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interior lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.103 Interior lights\n\nA vehicle may be fitted with interior lights that illuminate any interior part of the vehicle.","sortOrder":292},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.15","sectionType":"division","heading":"Reflectors generally","content":"## Reflectors generally","sortOrder":293},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.104","sectionType":"section","heading":"General requirements for reflectors","content":"### sch.1-sec.104 General requirements for reflectors\n\nA reflector fitted to a vehicle must show a red, white or yellow reflection of light when light is projected directly onto the reflector at night by a low-beam headlight of another vehicle if the headlight of the other vehicle—\nis 45m from the reflector; and\ncomplies with this schedule.\nThe reflection must be clearly visible by the driver in the normal driving position of the other vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.104-ssec.1) A reflector fitted to a vehicle must show a red, white or yellow reflection of light when light is projected directly onto the reflector at night by a low-beam headlight of another vehicle if the headlight of the other vehicle— is 45m from the reflector; and complies with this schedule.\n(sch.1-sec.104-ssec.2) The reflection must be clearly visible by the driver in the normal driving position of the other vehicle.\n- (a) is 45m from the reflector; and\n- (b) complies with this schedule.","sortOrder":294},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.16","sectionType":"division","heading":"Rear reflectors","content":"## Rear reflectors","sortOrder":295},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear reflectors","content":"### sch.1-sec.105 Rear reflectors\n\nA motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, must be fitted towards each side of its rear with a rear-facing reflector that shows a red reflection of light.\nA motorbike, motorbike with a sidecar or motortrike must be fitted on its rear with 1 rear-facing reflector that shows a red reflection of light.\nThe centre of each reflector fitted to the vehicle must be—\nat the same height above ground level; and\nnot more than 1.5m above ground level.\nHowever, subsection (3) does not apply to a reflector fitted to a sidecar of a motorbike.\nA reflector fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nA vehicle fitted with reflectors in accordance with subsection (1) or (2) may be fitted with additional rear-facing reflectors that show a red reflection of light—\nat any height above ground level; or\nat any distance from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, must be fitted towards each side of its rear with a rear-facing reflector that shows a red reflection of light.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.2) A motorbike, motorbike with a sidecar or motortrike must be fitted on its rear with 1 rear-facing reflector that shows a red reflection of light.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.3) The centre of each reflector fitted to the vehicle must be— at the same height above ground level; and not more than 1.5m above ground level.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.4) However, subsection (3) does not apply to a reflector fitted to a sidecar of a motorbike.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.5) A reflector fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, must not be more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.105-ssec.6) A vehicle fitted with reflectors in accordance with subsection (1) or (2) may be fitted with additional rear-facing reflectors that show a red reflection of light— at any height above ground level; or at any distance from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n- (a) at the same height above ground level; and\n- (b) not more than 1.5m above ground level.\n- (a) at any height above ground level; or\n- (b) at any distance from the nearer side of the vehicle.","sortOrder":296},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.17","sectionType":"division","heading":"Side reflectors","content":"## Side reflectors","sortOrder":297},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.106 Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers\n\nSide-facing reflectors that show a red or yellow reflection of light must be fitted to the pole of a pole-type trailer as follows—\n1 reflector must be fitted to the middle third of the left and right faces of the pole;\nthe front reflector must be not more than 3m from the front of the trailer;\nthe other reflectors must not be more than 3m apart.\nAdditional side-facing reflectors may be fitted to a pole-type trailer in accordance with section 107 .\n(sch.1-sec.106-ssec.1) Side-facing reflectors that show a red or yellow reflection of light must be fitted to the pole of a pole-type trailer as follows— 1 reflector must be fitted to the middle third of the left and right faces of the pole; the front reflector must be not more than 3m from the front of the trailer; the other reflectors must not be more than 3m apart.\n(sch.1-sec.106-ssec.2) Additional side-facing reflectors may be fitted to a pole-type trailer in accordance with section 107 .\n- (a) 1 reflector must be fitted to the middle third of the left and right faces of the pole;\n- (b) the front reflector must be not more than 3m from the front of the trailer;\n- (c) the other reflectors must not be more than 3m apart.","sortOrder":298},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Optional side reflectors","content":"### sch.1-sec.107 Optional side reflectors\n\nA vehicle may be fitted with side-facing reflectors.\nA side-facing reflector must show a reflection of light that is—\nfor a side-facing reflector fitted towards the front of the vehicle—white or yellow; and\nfor a side-facing reflector fitted towards the rear of the vehicle—red or yellow; and\nfor a side-facing reflector fitted on the central part of the vehicle—yellow.\n(sch.1-sec.107-ssec.1) A vehicle may be fitted with side-facing reflectors.\n(sch.1-sec.107-ssec.2) A side-facing reflector must show a reflection of light that is— for a side-facing reflector fitted towards the front of the vehicle—white or yellow; and for a side-facing reflector fitted towards the rear of the vehicle—red or yellow; and for a side-facing reflector fitted on the central part of the vehicle—yellow.\n- (a) for a side-facing reflector fitted towards the front of the vehicle—white or yellow; and\n- (b) for a side-facing reflector fitted towards the rear of the vehicle—red or yellow; and\n- (c) for a side-facing reflector fitted on the central part of the vehicle—yellow.","sortOrder":299},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.18","sectionType":"division","heading":"Front reflectors","content":"## Front reflectors","sortOrder":300},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Compulsory front reflectors on particular trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.108 Compulsory front reflectors on particular trailers\n\nA front-facing reflector that shows a white or yellow reflection of light must be fitted to each side of the front of—\na semitrailer, other than a pole-type trailer; or\nthe front cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer; or\na trailer that is at least 2.2m wide.\nEach reflector must have its centre—\nat the same height above ground level; and\nnot more than 1.5m above ground level; and\nnot more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\nAdditional front-facing reflectors may be fitted to a trailer mentioned in subsection (1) in accordance with section 109 .\n(sch.1-sec.108-ssec.1) A front-facing reflector that shows a white or yellow reflection of light must be fitted to each side of the front of— a semitrailer, other than a pole-type trailer; or the front cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer; or a trailer that is at least 2.2m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.108-ssec.2) Each reflector must have its centre— at the same height above ground level; and not more than 1.5m above ground level; and not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.108-ssec.3) Additional front-facing reflectors may be fitted to a trailer mentioned in subsection (1) in accordance with section 109 .\n- (a) a semitrailer, other than a pole-type trailer; or\n- (b) the front cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer; or\n- (c) a trailer that is at least 2.2m wide.\n- (a) at the same height above ground level; and\n- (b) not more than 1.5m above ground level; and\n- (c) not more than 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.","sortOrder":301},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Optional front reflectors","content":"### sch.1-sec.109 Optional front reflectors\n\nA motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, may have fitted towards each side of its front 1 or more front-facing reflectors that show a white or yellow reflection of light.\nA motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels may have 1 or more front-facing reflectors that show a white or yellow reflection of light.\nThe centre of at least 1 of the reflectors fitted to each side of the front of the vehicle must be—\nat the same height above ground level as the centre of the other reflector; and\nthe same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the centre of the other reflector; and\nat least—\nfor a vehicle with a width of less than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other reflector; and\nfor another vehicle—600mm from the centre of the other reflector.\n(sch.1-sec.109-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, may have fitted towards each side of its front 1 or more front-facing reflectors that show a white or yellow reflection of light.\n(sch.1-sec.109-ssec.2) A motor vehicle with fewer than 4 wheels may have 1 or more front-facing reflectors that show a white or yellow reflection of light.\n(sch.1-sec.109-ssec.3) The centre of at least 1 of the reflectors fitted to each side of the front of the vehicle must be— at the same height above ground level as the centre of the other reflector; and the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the centre of the other reflector; and at least— for a vehicle with a width of less than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other reflector; and for another vehicle—600mm from the centre of the other reflector.\n- (a) at the same height above ground level as the centre of the other reflector; and\n- (b) the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the centre of the other reflector; and\n- (c) at least— (i) for a vehicle with a width of less than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other reflector; and (ii) for another vehicle—600mm from the centre of the other reflector.\n- (i) for a vehicle with a width of less than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other reflector; and\n- (ii) for another vehicle—600mm from the centre of the other reflector.\n- (i) for a vehicle with a width of less than 1,300mm—400mm from the centre of the other reflector; and\n- (ii) for another vehicle—600mm from the centre of the other reflector.","sortOrder":302},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.19","sectionType":"division","heading":"Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children","content":"## Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children","sortOrder":303},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of division","content":"### sch.1-sec.110 Application of division\n\nThis division applies to a vehicle that is a bus used mainly for carrying children other than a bus fitted with warning lights before July 1999.\nSee also the Queensland Road Rules , sections 222 and 222A .\ns 110 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 47","sortOrder":304},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fitting of warning lights and signs","content":"### sch.1-sec.111 Fitting of warning lights and signs\n\nTwo warning lights and a warning sign must be fitted to the front and rear of the bus.\nThe warning lights must be fitted—\non each side of, and the same distance from, the centre of the warning sign; and\nwith the edge of the warning sign not over 100mm from the nearest point on the lens of the warning lights; and\nwith the distance between the warning lights at least 300mm at the nearest point; and\nso no part of the bus obstructs the light displayed—\n30° to the left and right of the centre of each light; and\n10° above and below the centre of each light.\nThe warning lights may be on the warning sign if the words or image on the sign are not obscured.\nThe warning lights at the same end of the bus must be fitted—\nat the same height; and\nas high as practicable; and\nwith the lowest point on the lens of each light not lower than midway between the highest and lowest points on the bus body.\nIf the centres of the warning lights are under 1.8 metres above ground level, no part of the warning lights or warning sign may be on the left of the bus.\nAny requirement of a third edition ADR about warning lights and warning signs does not apply to a bus to which this division applies.\ns 111 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 47\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.1) Two warning lights and a warning sign must be fitted to the front and rear of the bus.\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.2) The warning lights must be fitted— on each side of, and the same distance from, the centre of the warning sign; and with the edge of the warning sign not over 100mm from the nearest point on the lens of the warning lights; and with the distance between the warning lights at least 300mm at the nearest point; and so no part of the bus obstructs the light displayed— 30° to the left and right of the centre of each light; and 10° above and below the centre of each light.\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.3) The warning lights may be on the warning sign if the words or image on the sign are not obscured.\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.4) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must be fitted— at the same height; and as high as practicable; and with the lowest point on the lens of each light not lower than midway between the highest and lowest points on the bus body.\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.5) If the centres of the warning lights are under 1.8 metres above ground level, no part of the warning lights or warning sign may be on the left of the bus.\n(sch.1-sec.111-ssec.6) Any requirement of a third edition ADR about warning lights and warning signs does not apply to a bus to which this division applies.\n- (a) on each side of, and the same distance from, the centre of the warning sign; and\n- (b) with the edge of the warning sign not over 100mm from the nearest point on the lens of the warning lights; and\n- (c) with the distance between the warning lights at least 300mm at the nearest point; and\n- (d) so no part of the bus obstructs the light displayed— (i) 30° to the left and right of the centre of each light; and (ii) 10° above and below the centre of each light.\n- (i) 30° to the left and right of the centre of each light; and\n- (ii) 10° above and below the centre of each light.\n- (i) 30° to the left and right of the centre of each light; and\n- (ii) 10° above and below the centre of each light.\n- (a) at the same height; and\n- (b) as high as practicable; and\n- (c) with the lowest point on the lens of each light not lower than midway between the highest and lowest points on the bus body.","sortOrder":305},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operation and performance of warning lights","content":"### sch.1-sec.112 Operation and performance of warning lights\n\nA warning light attached to the bus, when operating, must emit a flashing yellow light.\nThe warning lights at the same end of the bus must flash alternately between 90 and 180 times each minute.\nUnless the driver has turned the warning lights off, they must operate automatically when a passenger door on the bus opens and for at least 10, and not more than 20 seconds, after all the doors on the bus have closed.\nThe bus must have an audible or visible signal that tells the driver of the bus in the normal driving position when the warning lights are flashing.\nThe bus must be fitted with a switch that allows the driver of the bus to turn the warning lights off from the normal driving position.\nA warning light must have—\nan effective lit lens area of at least 60cm 2 ; and\na luminous intensity (in candela) of at least the values mentioned in the following table when measured at the angles mentioned in the table.\nVertical angle from centre of light\nHorizontal angle from centre of light\n-30°\n-20°\n-10°\n-5°\n0°\n5°\n10°\n20°\n30°\n10°\n50\n80\n50\n5 °\n180\n320\n350\n450\n350\n320\n180\n0 °\n75\n450\n1000\n1250\n1500\n1250\n1000\n450\n75\n-5 °\n40\n270\n450\n570\n600\n570\n450\n270\n40\n-10 °\n75\n75\n75\nFor the purposes of subsection (6) (b) , the luminous intensity of a light is to be measured in accordance with the test method mentioned in third edition ADR 6.\ns 112 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 47\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.1) A warning light attached to the bus, when operating, must emit a flashing yellow light.\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.2) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must flash alternately between 90 and 180 times each minute.\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.3) Unless the driver has turned the warning lights off, they must operate automatically when a passenger door on the bus opens and for at least 10, and not more than 20 seconds, after all the doors on the bus have closed.\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.4) The bus must have an audible or visible signal that tells the driver of the bus in the normal driving position when the warning lights are flashing.\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.5) The bus must be fitted with a switch that allows the driver of the bus to turn the warning lights off from the normal driving position.\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.6) A warning light must have— an effective lit lens area of at least 60cm 2 ; and a luminous intensity (in candela) of at least the values mentioned in the following table when measured at the angles mentioned in the table. Vertical angle from centre of light Horizontal angle from centre of light -30° -20° -10° -5° 0° 5° 10° 20° 30° 10° 50 80 50 5 ° 180 320 350 450 350 320 180 0 ° 75 450 1000 1250 1500 1250 1000 450 75 -5 ° 40 270 450 570 600 570 450 270 40 -10 ° 75 75 75\n(sch.1-sec.112-ssec.7) For the purposes of subsection (6) (b) , the luminous intensity of a light is to be measured in accordance with the test method mentioned in third edition ADR 6.\n- (a) an effective lit lens area of at least 60cm 2 ; and\n- (b) a luminous intensity (in candela) of at least the values mentioned in the following table when measured at the angles mentioned in the table.","sortOrder":306},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Specifications for warning signs","content":"### sch.1-sec.113 Specifications for warning signs\n\nA warning sign at the front of the bus must—\ndisplay the words ‘SCHOOL BUS’ in capital letters at least 100mm high; or\nthe required image.\nA warning sign at the rear of the bus must show the required image.\nThe warning sign showing the required image must—\nbe a rectangular shape at least—\nif warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm long and 400mm high; or\notherwise—400mm long and 250mm high; and\nhave a black border; and\nhave black graphics; and\nhave a yellow surface complying with class 1, 2, 400 or 100 of the version of AS/NZS 1906 ‘Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes’ applying to the warning sign at the sign’s date of manufacture.\nIn this section—\nrequired image means an image of 2 children in the same proportions as the children in AS 1743 ‘Road Signs—Specifications’, image W6-3, with the image of the taller child at least 230mm high.\ns 113 ins 2026 SL No. 4 s 47\n(sch.1-sec.113-ssec.1) A warning sign at the front of the bus must— display the words ‘SCHOOL BUS’ in capital letters at least 100mm high; or the required image.\n(sch.1-sec.113-ssec.2) A warning sign at the rear of the bus must show the required image.\n(sch.1-sec.113-ssec.3) The warning sign showing the required image must— be a rectangular shape at least— if warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm long and 400mm high; or otherwise—400mm long and 250mm high; and have a black border; and have black graphics; and have a yellow surface complying with class 1, 2, 400 or 100 of the version of AS/NZS 1906 ‘Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes’ applying to the warning sign at the sign’s date of manufacture.\n(sch.1-sec.113-ssec.4) In this section— required image means an image of 2 children in the same proportions as the children in AS 1743 ‘Road Signs—Specifications’, image W6-3, with the image of the taller child at least 230mm high.\n- (a) display the words ‘SCHOOL BUS’ in capital letters at least 100mm high; or\n- (b) the required image.\n- (a) be a rectangular shape at least— (i) if warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm long and 400mm high; or (ii) otherwise—400mm long and 250mm high; and\n- (i) if warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm long and 400mm high; or\n- (ii) otherwise—400mm long and 250mm high; and\n- (b) have a black border; and\n- (c) have black graphics; and\n- (d) have a yellow surface complying with class 1, 2, 400 or 100 of the version of AS/NZS 1906 ‘Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes’ applying to the warning sign at the sign’s date of manufacture.\n- (i) if warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm long and 400mm high; or\n- (ii) otherwise—400mm long and 250mm high; and","sortOrder":307},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.7-div.20","sectionType":"division","heading":"Other lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or signals","content":"## Other lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or signals","sortOrder":308},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other lights and reflectors","content":"### sch.1-sec.114 Other lights and reflectors\n\nDespite a requirement of a third edition ADR, an exempt vehicle may be fitted with any light or reflector.\nDespite a requirement of a third edition ADR, a special use vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more flashing yellow lights.\nA vehicle may be fitted with a light or reflector not permitted under this schedule only if the light or reflector is required or permitted to be fitted to a vehicle under an Act.\nA vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle or special use vehicle, must not be fitted with a light that flashes other than as required or permitted under an Act.\nA vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle, must not be fitted with a light or reflector that—\nshows or reflects a red light to the front; or\nshows or reflects a white light to the rear; or\nis shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness of another light or reflector required to be fitted to the vehicle under this schedule.\nIn this section—\nexempt vehicle means—\nan Airservices Australia vehicle; or\nan Australian Border Force vehicle; or\nan emergency vehicle; or\na police vehicle; or\na transport enforcement vehicle; or\na vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law .\nspecial use vehicle means any of the following vehicles—\na vehicle built or fitted for use in hazardous situations on a road;\na vehicle used on a road under a safe movement approval;\na vehicle built or fitted to accompany—\na vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) ; or\na vehicle used on a road under a an exemption from a requirement about the dimensions of a heavy vehicle under an Act;\na vehicle that is a bus fitted, before July 1999, with a sign telling road users that the bus carries children.\nsch 1 s 114 amd 2024 Act No. 2 s 73\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.1) Despite a requirement of a third edition ADR, an exempt vehicle may be fitted with any light or reflector.\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.2) Despite a requirement of a third edition ADR, a special use vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more flashing yellow lights.\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.3) A vehicle may be fitted with a light or reflector not permitted under this schedule only if the light or reflector is required or permitted to be fitted to a vehicle under an Act.\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.4) A vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle or special use vehicle, must not be fitted with a light that flashes other than as required or permitted under an Act.\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.5) A vehicle, other than an exempt vehicle, must not be fitted with a light or reflector that— shows or reflects a red light to the front; or shows or reflects a white light to the rear; or is shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness of another light or reflector required to be fitted to the vehicle under this schedule.\n(sch.1-sec.114-ssec.6) In this section— exempt vehicle means— an Airservices Australia vehicle; or an Australian Border Force vehicle; or an emergency vehicle; or a police vehicle; or a transport enforcement vehicle; or a vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law . special use vehicle means any of the following vehicles— a vehicle built or fitted for use in hazardous situations on a road; a vehicle used on a road under a safe movement approval; a vehicle built or fitted to accompany— a vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) ; or a vehicle used on a road under a an exemption from a requirement about the dimensions of a heavy vehicle under an Act; a vehicle that is a bus fitted, before July 1999, with a sign telling road users that the bus carries children.\n- (a) shows or reflects a red light to the front; or\n- (b) shows or reflects a white light to the rear; or\n- (c) is shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness of another light or reflector required to be fitted to the vehicle under this schedule.\n- (a) an Airservices Australia vehicle; or\n- (b) an Australian Border Force vehicle; or\n- (c) an emergency vehicle; or\n- (d) a police vehicle; or\n- (e) a transport enforcement vehicle; or\n- (f) a vehicle used by the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator for enforcement of the Heavy Vehicle National Law .\n- (a) a vehicle built or fitted for use in hazardous situations on a road;\n- (b) a vehicle used on a road under a safe movement approval;\n- (c) a vehicle built or fitted to accompany— (i) a vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) ; or (ii) a vehicle used on a road under a an exemption from a requirement about the dimensions of a heavy vehicle under an Act;\n- (i) a vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) ; or\n- (ii) a vehicle used on a road under a an exemption from a requirement about the dimensions of a heavy vehicle under an Act;\n- (d) a vehicle that is a bus fitted, before July 1999, with a sign telling road users that the bus carries children.\n- (i) a vehicle mentioned in paragraph (b) ; or\n- (ii) a vehicle used on a road under a an exemption from a requirement about the dimensions of a heavy vehicle under an Act;","sortOrder":309},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Rear marking plates and conspicuity markings","content":"### sch.1-sec.115 Rear marking plates and conspicuity markings\n\nRear marking plates or conspicuity markings may be fitted to—\na motor vehicle; or\na trailer.\nSee also the Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’ for requirements about ‘Do not overtake turning vehicle’ signs that may apply to a vehicle fitted with conspicuity markings.\nIn this section—\nconspicuity marking means a conspicuity marking within the meaning of ADR 13/00.\nrear marking plate means a rear marking plate that complies with the Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’.\nThe Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’ is available from the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator’s website.\n(sch.1-sec.115-ssec.1) Rear marking plates or conspicuity markings may be fitted to— a motor vehicle; or a trailer. See also the Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’ for requirements about ‘Do not overtake turning vehicle’ signs that may apply to a vehicle fitted with conspicuity markings.\n(sch.1-sec.115-ssec.2) In this section— conspicuity marking means a conspicuity marking within the meaning of ADR 13/00. rear marking plate means a rear marking plate that complies with the Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’. The Vehicle Standards Bulletin titled ‘VSB 12—National Code of Practice—Rear Marking Plates’ is available from the National Heavy Vehicle Regulator’s website.\n- (a) a motor vehicle; or\n- (b) a trailer.","sortOrder":310},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Signalling devices","content":"### sch.1-sec.116 Signalling devices\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle if—\nthe vehicle is not fitted with a brake light mentioned in division 10 or direction indicator light mentioned in division 12 ; and\nthe construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle from hand signalling an intention—\nto turn or move the vehicle to the right; or\nto stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\nThe vehicle must be fitted with—\na mechanical signalling device complying with section 117 ; or\na pair of turn signals complying with section 118 .\n(sch.1-sec.116-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle if— the vehicle is not fitted with a brake light mentioned in division 10 or direction indicator light mentioned in division 12 ; and the construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle from hand signalling an intention— to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n(sch.1-sec.116-ssec.2) The vehicle must be fitted with— a mechanical signalling device complying with section 117 ; or a pair of turn signals complying with section 118 .\n- (a) the vehicle is not fitted with a brake light mentioned in division 10 or direction indicator light mentioned in division 12 ; and\n- (b) the construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle from hand signalling an intention— (i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or (ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n- (i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or\n- (ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n- (i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or\n- (ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n- (a) a mechanical signalling device complying with section 117 ; or\n- (b) a pair of turn signals complying with section 118 .","sortOrder":311},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Mechanical signalling devices","content":"### sch.1-sec.117 Mechanical signalling devices\n\nA mechanical signalling device for a motor vehicle must—\nbe fitted to the right side of the vehicle; and\nbe able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\nconsist of a white or yellow representation of an open human hand at least 15cm long; and\nbe constructed so the driver of the vehicle can keep the device—\nin a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\nin a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move the vehicle to the right; and\nwith the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\nWhen the mechanical signalling device is in a position mentioned in subsection (1) (d) (ii) or (iii) , the complete hand must be clearly visible from both the front and the rear of the vehicle, at a distance of at least 30m.\n(sch.1-sec.117-ssec.1) A mechanical signalling device for a motor vehicle must— be fitted to the right side of the vehicle; and be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and consist of a white or yellow representation of an open human hand at least 15cm long; and be constructed so the driver of the vehicle can keep the device— in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move the vehicle to the right; and with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n(sch.1-sec.117-ssec.2) When the mechanical signalling device is in a position mentioned in subsection (1) (d) (ii) or (iii) , the complete hand must be clearly visible from both the front and the rear of the vehicle, at a distance of at least 30m.\n- (a) be fitted to the right side of the vehicle; and\n- (b) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\n- (c) consist of a white or yellow representation of an open human hand at least 15cm long; and\n- (d) be constructed so the driver of the vehicle can keep the device— (i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and (ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move the vehicle to the right; and (iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n- (i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n- (ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move the vehicle to the right; and\n- (iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.\n- (i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n- (ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an intention to turn or move the vehicle to the right; and\n- (iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or suddenly reduce the vehicle’s speed.","sortOrder":312},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.118","sectionType":"section","heading":"Turn signals","content":"### sch.1-sec.118 Turn signals\n\nA turn signal fitted to a motor vehicle must—\nconsist of a steady or flashing illuminated yellow sign of at least 150mm long and 25mm wide that—\nwhen in operation—is kept horizontal; and\nwhen not in operation—is kept in a position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\nbe fitted to the side of the vehicle at least 500mm, but not more than 2.1m, above ground level, in a position so the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can see whether the signal is in operation; and\nbe able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\nwhen in operation, be visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle at a distance of at least 30m.\n- (a) consist of a steady or flashing illuminated yellow sign of at least 150mm long and 25mm wide that— (i) when in operation—is kept horizontal; and (ii) when not in operation—is kept in a position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n- (i) when in operation—is kept horizontal; and\n- (ii) when not in operation—is kept in a position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and\n- (b) be fitted to the side of the vehicle at least 500mm, but not more than 2.1m, above ground level, in a position so the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, can see whether the signal is in operation; and\n- (c) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving position of the vehicle; and\n- (d) when in operation, be visible from both the front and rear of the vehicle at a distance of at least 30m.\n- (i) when in operation—is kept horizontal; and\n- (ii) when not in operation—is kept in a position so it is unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal; and","sortOrder":313},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8","sectionType":"part","heading":"Braking systems","content":"# Braking systems","sortOrder":314},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Brake requirements for all vehicles","content":"## Brake requirements for all vehicles","sortOrder":315},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Components of a braking system","content":"### sch.1-sec.119 Components of a braking system\n\nA brake tube or hose fitted to a vehicle must—\nbe manufactured from a material appropriate for the intended use of the tube or hose in the vehicle; and\nbe long enough to allow for the full range of steering and suspension movements of the vehicle; and\nbe fitted to prevent the tube or hose from being damaged during the operation of the vehicle by—\na source of heat; or\nany movement of the parts the tube or hose is attached to or near.\n- (a) be manufactured from a material appropriate for the intended use of the tube or hose in the vehicle; and\n- (b) be long enough to allow for the full range of steering and suspension movements of the vehicle; and\n- (c) be fitted to prevent the tube or hose from being damaged during the operation of the vehicle by— (i) a source of heat; or (ii) any movement of the parts the tube or hose is attached to or near.\n- (i) a source of heat; or\n- (ii) any movement of the parts the tube or hose is attached to or near.\n- (i) a source of heat; or\n- (ii) any movement of the parts the tube or hose is attached to or near.","sortOrder":316},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Provision for wear","content":"### sch.1-sec.120 Provision for wear\n\nThe braking system of a vehicle must allow for adjustment to take account of normal wear in the braking system.","sortOrder":317},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Supply of air or vacuum to brakes","content":"### sch.1-sec.121 Supply of air or vacuum to brakes\n\nIf air brakes are fitted to a vehicle—\nthe vehicle’s air brake compressor must be able to build up air pressure to at least 80% of the vehicle’s governor cut-out pressure in 5 minutes or less after the compressed air reserve is fully used up; and\nthere must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at the lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the vehicle’s braking system; and\na spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the warning mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) is given.\nIf vacuum brakes are fitted to a vehicle, the vacuum supply must be able to build up vacuum—\nto the level when the warning signal mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) no longer operates within 30 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up; and\nto the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up.\nIn this section—\nair brake compressor , of a vehicle, means a compressor for supplying air to the vehicle’s air brakes.\ncompressed air reserve , for a vehicle, means compressed air stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle’s braking system.\ncondensate drain valve means a device used to remove water from the compressed air reserve for a vehicle fitted with air brakes.\ngovernor cut-out pressure , of a vehicle, means the air pressure at which the vehicle’s air brake compressor stops supplying air to the vehicle’s air brake reservoir.\nspring brake means a brake using 1 or more springs to store the energy needed to operate the brake.\nvacuum reserve , in relation to a vehicle, means air at low pressure stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle’s braking system.\n(sch.1-sec.121-ssec.1) If air brakes are fitted to a vehicle— the vehicle’s air brake compressor must be able to build up air pressure to at least 80% of the vehicle’s governor cut-out pressure in 5 minutes or less after the compressed air reserve is fully used up; and there must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at the lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the vehicle’s braking system; and a spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the warning mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) is given.\n(sch.1-sec.121-ssec.2) If vacuum brakes are fitted to a vehicle, the vacuum supply must be able to build up vacuum— to the level when the warning signal mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) no longer operates within 30 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up; and to the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up.\n(sch.1-sec.121-ssec.3) In this section— air brake compressor , of a vehicle, means a compressor for supplying air to the vehicle’s air brakes. compressed air reserve , for a vehicle, means compressed air stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle’s braking system. condensate drain valve means a device used to remove water from the compressed air reserve for a vehicle fitted with air brakes. governor cut-out pressure , of a vehicle, means the air pressure at which the vehicle’s air brake compressor stops supplying air to the vehicle’s air brake reservoir. spring brake means a brake using 1 or more springs to store the energy needed to operate the brake. vacuum reserve , in relation to a vehicle, means air at low pressure stored on the vehicle for supplying the vehicle’s braking system.\n- (a) the vehicle’s air brake compressor must be able to build up air pressure to at least 80% of the vehicle’s governor cut-out pressure in 5 minutes or less after the compressed air reserve is fully used up; and\n- (b) there must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at the lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the vehicle’s braking system; and\n- (c) a spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the warning mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) is given.\n- (a) to the level when the warning signal mentioned in section 125 (4) (a) or 128 (3) (a) no longer operates within 30 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up; and\n- (b) to the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up.","sortOrder":318},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Performance of braking systems","content":"### sch.1-sec.122 Performance of braking systems\n\nOne sustained application of the brake of a motor vehicle built after 1930, or a combination that includes a motor vehicle built after 1930, must be able to produce the performance mentioned in subsections (2) to (7) —\nwhen the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road surface, free from loose material; and\nwhether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded; and\nwithout part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a straight path—\ncentred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake is applied; and\n3.7m wide.\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35km/h to a stop within—\nwhen the service brake is applied—12.5m; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—30m.\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35km/h to a stop within—\nwhen the service brake is applied—16.5m; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—40.5m.\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least—\nwhen the service brake is applied—3.8m/s 2 ; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—1.6m/s 2 .\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least—\nwhen the service brake is applied—2.8m/s 2 ; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—1.1m/s 2 .\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least—\nwhen the service brake is applied—5.8m/s 2 ; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—1.9m/s 2 .\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least—\nwhen the service brake is applied—4.4m/s 2 ; and\nwhen the emergency brake is applied—1.5m/s 2 .\nThe parking brake of a vehicle or combination must be able to hold the vehicle or combination stationary on a 12% gradient—\nwhen the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth road surface free from loose material; and\nwhether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded.\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.1) One sustained application of the brake of a motor vehicle built after 1930, or a combination that includes a motor vehicle built after 1930, must be able to produce the performance mentioned in subsections (2) to (7) — when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road surface, free from loose material; and whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded; and without part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a straight path— centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake is applied; and 3.7m wide.\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.2) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35km/h to a stop within— when the service brake is applied—12.5m; and when the emergency brake is applied—30m.\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.3) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35km/h to a stop within— when the service brake is applied—16.5m; and when the emergency brake is applied—40.5m.\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.4) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least— when the service brake is applied—3.8m/s 2 ; and when the emergency brake is applied—1.6m/s 2 .\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.5) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at least— when the service brake is applied—2.8m/s 2 ; and when the emergency brake is applied—1.1m/s 2 .\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.6) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of less than 2.5t must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least— when the service brake is applied—5.8m/s 2 ; and when the emergency brake is applied—1.9m/s 2 .\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.7) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a loaded mass of 2.5t or more must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of at least— when the service brake is applied—4.4m/s 2 ; and when the emergency brake is applied—1.5m/s 2 .\n(sch.1-sec.122-ssec.8) The parking brake of a vehicle or combination must be able to hold the vehicle or combination stationary on a 12% gradient— when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth road surface free from loose material; and whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded.\n- (a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road surface, free from loose material; and\n- (b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded; and\n- (c) without part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a straight path— (i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake is applied; and (ii) 3.7m wide.\n- (i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake is applied; and\n- (ii) 3.7m wide.\n- (i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination before the brake is applied; and\n- (ii) 3.7m wide.\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—12.5m; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—30m.\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—16.5m; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—40.5m.\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—3.8m/s 2 ; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—1.6m/s 2 .\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—2.8m/s 2 ; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—1.1m/s 2 .\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—5.8m/s 2 ; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—1.9m/s 2 .\n- (a) when the service brake is applied—4.4m/s 2 ; and\n- (b) when the emergency brake is applied—1.5m/s 2 .\n- (a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth road surface free from loose material; and\n- (b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded.","sortOrder":319},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Motor vehicle braking systems","content":"## Motor vehicle braking systems","sortOrder":320},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.123","sectionType":"section","heading":"What braking system motor vehicle must have","content":"### sch.1-sec.123 What braking system motor vehicle must have\n\nA motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built, or used, mainly for transporting goods or people by road must be fitted with—\na braking system that—\nconsists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and\nhas at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if 1 method fails; or\n2 independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts directly on at least half the number of wheels of the vehicle.\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) and built after 1945 must have a service brake operating on all wheels that, when applied—\nacts directly on the vehicle’s wheels and not through the vehicle’s transmission; or\nacts on a shaft between a differential and a wheel of the vehicle.\nThe braking system of a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have a parking brake that—\nis held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\nis fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the applied position; and\nhas its own separate control.\nThe parking brake may also be the emergency brake.\nIf 2 or more independent brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, the brakes must be arranged so brakes are applied to all of the wheels on at least 1 axle of the vehicle when any brake is operated.\nA motorbike or motortrike must be fitted with—\n2 independent brakes; or\na single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and is arranged so effective braking remains on at least 1 wheel if a part of the braking system fails.\nSubsection (6) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\nA motortrike must have a parking brake that is held in the applied position by mechanical means.\nIn this section—\nindependent brake , for a vehicle, means a brake operated entirely separately from another brake on the vehicle, other than a drum, disc or other part of the brake on which a shoe, band or friction pad makes contact and is common to the brake and 1 or more other brakes.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built, or used, mainly for transporting goods or people by road must be fitted with— a braking system that— consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if 1 method fails; or 2 independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts directly on at least half the number of wheels of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.2) The braking system of a motor vehicle mentioned in subsection (1) and built after 1945 must have a service brake operating on all wheels that, when applied— acts directly on the vehicle’s wheels and not through the vehicle’s transmission; or acts on a shaft between a differential and a wheel of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.3) The braking system of a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must have a parking brake that— is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and is fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the applied position; and has its own separate control.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.4) The parking brake may also be the emergency brake.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.5) If 2 or more independent brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, the brakes must be arranged so brakes are applied to all of the wheels on at least 1 axle of the vehicle when any brake is operated.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.6) A motorbike or motortrike must be fitted with— 2 independent brakes; or a single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and is arranged so effective braking remains on at least 1 wheel if a part of the braking system fails.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.7) Subsection (6) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar as if the motorbike did not have a sidecar.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.8) A motortrike must have a parking brake that is held in the applied position by mechanical means.\n(sch.1-sec.123-ssec.9) In this section— independent brake , for a vehicle, means a brake operated entirely separately from another brake on the vehicle, other than a drum, disc or other part of the brake on which a shoe, band or friction pad makes contact and is common to the brake and 1 or more other brakes.\n- (a) a braking system that— (i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and (ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if 1 method fails; or\n- (i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if 1 method fails; or\n- (b) 2 independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts directly on at least half the number of wheels of the vehicle.\n- (i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and\n- (ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if 1 method fails; or\n- (a) acts directly on the vehicle’s wheels and not through the vehicle’s transmission; or\n- (b) acts on a shaft between a differential and a wheel of the vehicle.\n- (a) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action without the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic device; and\n- (b) is fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the applied position; and\n- (c) has its own separate control.\n- (a) 2 independent brakes; or\n- (b) a single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and is arranged so effective braking remains on at least 1 wheel if a part of the braking system fails.","sortOrder":321},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.124","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operation of brakes on motor vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.124 Operation of brakes on motor vehicles\n\nThe braking system fitted to a motor vehicle must be arranged to allow the vehicle’s driver, from the normal driving position of the vehicle, to apply the brakes.","sortOrder":322},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Air or vacuum brakes on motor vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.125 Air or vacuum brakes on motor vehicles\n\nIf a motor vehicle has air brakes, the vehicle’s braking system must include at least 1 air storage tank.\nIf a motor vehicle has vacuum brakes, the vehicle’s braking system must include at least 1 vacuum storage tank.\nAn air or vacuum storage tank must be built so the vehicle’s service brake can be applied to meet the performance standards of section 122 at least twice if the vehicle’s engine stops or the source of air or vacuum fails.\nAn air or vacuum storage system must—\nbe built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the vehicle’s service brake from being applied to meet the performance standards under section 122 at least twice; and\nbe safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\nHowever, subsection (4) (a) does not apply to a vehicle that is fitted with an air or vacuum assisted braking system.\nIf air or vacuum brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle equipped to tow a trailer, the vehicle’s brakes must be able to stop the vehicle, at the performance standards for emergency brakes under section 122 , if the trailer breaks away.\nSubsections (4) (a) , (5) and (6) are additional Queensland provisions.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.1) If a motor vehicle has air brakes, the vehicle’s braking system must include at least 1 air storage tank.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.2) If a motor vehicle has vacuum brakes, the vehicle’s braking system must include at least 1 vacuum storage tank.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.3) An air or vacuum storage tank must be built so the vehicle’s service brake can be applied to meet the performance standards of section 122 at least twice if the vehicle’s engine stops or the source of air or vacuum fails.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.4) An air or vacuum storage system must— be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the vehicle’s service brake from being applied to meet the performance standards under section 122 at least twice; and be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.5) However, subsection (4) (a) does not apply to a vehicle that is fitted with an air or vacuum assisted braking system.\n(sch.1-sec.125-ssec.6) If air or vacuum brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle equipped to tow a trailer, the vehicle’s brakes must be able to stop the vehicle, at the performance standards for emergency brakes under section 122 , if the trailer breaks away.\n- (a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, in the normal driving position of the vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the vehicle’s service brake from being applied to meet the performance standards under section 122 at least twice; and\n- (b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.","sortOrder":323},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.8-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Trailer braking systems","content":"## Trailer braking systems","sortOrder":324},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.126","sectionType":"section","heading":"What brakes a trailer must have","content":"### sch.1-sec.126 What brakes a trailer must have\n\nA trailer with a GTM of more than 750kg must have brakes that operate on at least 1 wheel at each end of 1 or more axles of the trailer.\nA semitrailer or converter dolly with a GTM of more than 2t must have brakes that operate on all its wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.126-ssec.1) A trailer with a GTM of more than 750kg must have brakes that operate on at least 1 wheel at each end of 1 or more axles of the trailer.\n(sch.1-sec.126-ssec.2) A semitrailer or converter dolly with a GTM of more than 2t must have brakes that operate on all its wheels.","sortOrder":325},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Operation of brakes on trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.127 Operation of brakes on trailers\n\nThe braking system of a trailer with a GTM of more than 2t must allow the driver of the trailer’s towing vehicle, from a normal driving position of the towing vehicle, to operate the trailer’s brakes.\nThe brakes on a trailer with a GTM of more than 2t must—\noperate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from the towing vehicle; and\nremain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a break-away; and\nwhile in operation after a break-away, be able to hold the trailer on a 12% grade.\n(sch.1-sec.127-ssec.1) The braking system of a trailer with a GTM of more than 2t must allow the driver of the trailer’s towing vehicle, from a normal driving position of the towing vehicle, to operate the trailer’s brakes.\n(sch.1-sec.127-ssec.2) The brakes on a trailer with a GTM of more than 2t must— operate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from the towing vehicle; and remain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a break-away; and while in operation after a break-away, be able to hold the trailer on a 12% grade.\n- (a) operate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from the towing vehicle; and\n- (b) remain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a break-away; and\n- (c) while in operation after a break-away, be able to hold the trailer on a 12% grade.","sortOrder":326},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Air or vacuum brakes on trailers","content":"### sch.1-sec.128 Air or vacuum brakes on trailers\n\nIf a trailer is fitted with air brakes, the braking system for the trailer must include at least 1 air storage tank.\nIf a trailer is fitted with vacuum brakes, the braking system for the trailer must include at least 1 vacuum storage tank.\nAn air or vacuum storage system for a trailer must—\nbe built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the trailer’s towing vehicle, in the normal driving position of the towing vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the trailer’s brakes from meeting the performance standards of section 122 ; and\nbe safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply of air or vacuum fails or leaks.\nThis section does not apply to a trailer with a GTM of 2t or less.\n(sch.1-sec.128-ssec.1) If a trailer is fitted with air brakes, the braking system for the trailer must include at least 1 air storage tank.\n(sch.1-sec.128-ssec.2) If a trailer is fitted with vacuum brakes, the braking system for the trailer must include at least 1 vacuum storage tank.\n(sch.1-sec.128-ssec.3) An air or vacuum storage system for a trailer must— be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the trailer’s towing vehicle, in the normal driving position of the towing vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the trailer’s brakes from meeting the performance standards of section 122 ; and be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply of air or vacuum fails or leaks.\n(sch.1-sec.128-ssec.4) This section does not apply to a trailer with a GTM of 2t or less.\n- (a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the trailer’s towing vehicle, in the normal driving position of the towing vehicle, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent the trailer’s brakes from meeting the performance standards of section 122 ; and\n- (b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of air or vacuum if the supply of air or vacuum fails or leaks.","sortOrder":327},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9","sectionType":"part","heading":"Control of emissions","content":"# Control of emissions","sortOrder":328},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9-div.1","sectionType":"division","heading":"Crank case gases and exhaust emissions","content":"## Crank case gases and exhaust emissions","sortOrder":329},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Crank case gases","content":"### sch.1-sec.129 Crank case gases\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after 1971 that is powered by a petrol engine.\nThe vehicle must be built to prevent, or fitted with equipment that prevents, gases emitted from the vehicle’s engine crank case escaping to the atmosphere.\n(sch.1-sec.129-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built after 1971 that is powered by a petrol engine.\n(sch.1-sec.129-ssec.2) The vehicle must be built to prevent, or fitted with equipment that prevents, gases emitted from the vehicle’s engine crank case escaping to the atmosphere.","sortOrder":330},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.130","sectionType":"section","heading":"Visible emissions—vehicles with internal combustion engines","content":"### sch.1-sec.130 Visible emissions—vehicles with internal combustion engines\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle built after 1930 that is propelled by an internal combustion engine.\nThe vehicle must not emit visible emissions for a continuous period of 10 seconds or more.\nHowever, this section does not apply to emissions that are visible only because of heat or the condensation of water vapour.\n(sch.1-sec.130-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle built after 1930 that is propelled by an internal combustion engine.\n(sch.1-sec.130-ssec.2) The vehicle must not emit visible emissions for a continuous period of 10 seconds or more.\n(sch.1-sec.130-ssec.3) However, this section does not apply to emissions that are visible only because of heat or the condensation of water vapour.","sortOrder":331},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Sections 131 –133 not used","content":"### sch.1-sec.131 Sections 131 –133 not used\n\nSee note to section 1 .","sortOrder":332},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9-div.2","sectionType":"division","heading":"Exhaust systems","content":"## Exhaust systems","sortOrder":333},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exhaust systems","content":"### sch.1-sec.134 Exhaust systems\n\nThe outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a motor vehicle, other than a bus, must extend—\nbehind the back seat; and\nat least 40mm past the outermost joint of the floorpan that is not continuously welded or permanently sealed; and\nto the edge of the vehicle, if—\nthe body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and\nthe vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and\nno further than the edge of the vehicle at its widest point.\nThe outlet must discharge the main exhaust flow to the air—\nif the vehicle is fitted, or required to be fitted, with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet pipe—\nat an angle above the horizontal; and\nat least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and\ntowards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle; or\notherwise—\nhorizontally or at an angle of not over 45º downwards; and\nunder 750mm above ground level; and\ntowards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle.\nSubsections (1) and (2) (b) do not apply to a goods vehicle with—\n3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t but not more than 4.5t; or\nmore than 3 wheels and a GVM of not more than 4.5t.\n(sch.1-sec.134-ssec.1) The outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a motor vehicle, other than a bus, must extend— behind the back seat; and at least 40mm past the outermost joint of the floorpan that is not continuously welded or permanently sealed; and to the edge of the vehicle, if— the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and no further than the edge of the vehicle at its widest point.\n(sch.1-sec.134-ssec.2) The outlet must discharge the main exhaust flow to the air— if the vehicle is fitted, or required to be fitted, with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet pipe— at an angle above the horizontal; and at least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle; or otherwise— horizontally or at an angle of not over 45º downwards; and under 750mm above ground level; and towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.134-ssec.3) Subsections (1) and (2) (b) do not apply to a goods vehicle with— 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t but not more than 4.5t; or more than 3 wheels and a GVM of not more than 4.5t.\n- (a) behind the back seat; and\n- (b) at least 40mm past the outermost joint of the floorpan that is not continuously welded or permanently sealed; and\n- (c) to the edge of the vehicle, if— (i) the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and (ii) the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and\n- (i) the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and\n- (ii) the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and\n- (d) no further than the edge of the vehicle at its widest point.\n- (i) the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and\n- (ii) the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and\n- (a) if the vehicle is fitted, or required to be fitted, with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet pipe— (i) at an angle above the horizontal; and (ii) at least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle; or\n- (i) at an angle above the horizontal; and\n- (ii) at least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and\n- (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle; or\n- (b) otherwise— (i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45º downwards; and (ii) under 750mm above ground level; and (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle.\n- (i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45º downwards; and\n- (ii) under 750mm above ground level; and\n- (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle.\n- (i) at an angle above the horizontal; and\n- (ii) at least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and\n- (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle; or\n- (i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45º downwards; and\n- (ii) under 750mm above ground level; and\n- (iii) towards the rear, or to the right, of the vehicle.\n- (a) 3 wheels and a GVM of more than 1t but not more than 4.5t; or\n- (b) more than 3 wheels and a GVM of not more than 4.5t.","sortOrder":334},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.9-div.3","sectionType":"division","heading":"Noise emissions","content":"## Noise emissions","sortOrder":335},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.135","sectionType":"section","heading":"Measurement of stationary noise levels","content":"### sch.1-sec.135 Measurement of stationary noise levels\n\nFor this division, the stationary noise level of a motor vehicle must be measured in accordance with the procedure set out for the type of vehicle in the document titled ‘National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor Vehicles—September 2006’ published by the National Transport Commission.\nThe National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor Vehicles—September 2006 is available on the National Transport Commission’s website.","sortOrder":336},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.136","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of certified to ADR 83/00","content":"### sch.1-sec.136 Meaning of certified to ADR 83/00\n\nFor this division, a vehicle is certified to ADR 83/00 if—\napproval has been given to place identification plates showing compliance with ADR 83/00 on vehicles of that type under—\nthe repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A ; or\nthe Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2); or\nthe vehicle—\nhas satisfied the requirements of an entry pathway under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) , including compliance with ADR 83/00; and\nis entered on the RAV.\n- (a) approval has been given to place identification plates showing compliance with ADR 83/00 on vehicles of that type under— (i) the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A ; or (ii) the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2); or\n- (i) the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A ; or\n- (ii) the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2); or\n- (b) the vehicle— (i) has satisfied the requirements of an entry pathway under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) , including compliance with ADR 83/00; and (ii) is entered on the RAV.\n- (i) has satisfied the requirements of an entry pathway under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) , including compliance with ADR 83/00; and\n- (ii) is entered on the RAV.\n- (i) the repealed Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) , section 10A ; or\n- (ii) the Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth) , schedule 3 , item 4(2) or 6(2); or\n- (i) has satisfied the requirements of an entry pathway under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth) , section 15 (2) , including compliance with ADR 83/00; and\n- (ii) is entered on the RAV.","sortOrder":337},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Silencing device for exhaust systems","content":"### sch.1-sec.137 Silencing device for exhaust systems\n\nA motor vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine must be fitted with a silencing device through which exhaust from the engine passes.\nFor subsection (1) , a silencing device designed to be manipulated by the vehicle’s driver, for example, by using in-vehicle controls, must be designed so the device can be tested with the device being fully opened.\n(sch.1-sec.137-ssec.1) A motor vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine must be fitted with a silencing device through which exhaust from the engine passes.\n(sch.1-sec.137-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a silencing device designed to be manipulated by the vehicle’s driver, for example, by using in-vehicle controls, must be designed so the device can be tested with the device being fully opened.","sortOrder":338},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of subdivision","content":"### sch.1-sec.138 Application of subdivision\n\nThis subdivision applies to a motor vehicle other than a vehicle certified to ADR 83/00.","sortOrder":339},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles, motorbikes or motortrikes","content":"### sch.1-sec.139 Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles, motorbikes or motortrikes\n\nThe stationary noise level of a car-type vehicle, motorbike or motortrike must not be more than—\nfor a car-type vehicle built after 1982—90dB(A); or\nfor another car-type vehicle—96dB(A); or\nfor a motorbike or motortrike built after February 1985—94dB(A); or\nfor another motorbike or motortrike—100dB(A).\nIn this section—\ncar-type vehicle means—\na car; or\na utility truck, panel van or another motor vehicle derived from a car design; or\nanother motor vehicle—\nbuilt mainly to seat 9 or fewer adults; and\nthat has 4 or more wheels.\n(sch.1-sec.139-ssec.1) The stationary noise level of a car-type vehicle, motorbike or motortrike must not be more than— for a car-type vehicle built after 1982—90dB(A); or for another car-type vehicle—96dB(A); or for a motorbike or motortrike built after February 1985—94dB(A); or for another motorbike or motortrike—100dB(A).\n(sch.1-sec.139-ssec.2) In this section— car-type vehicle means— a car; or a utility truck, panel van or another motor vehicle derived from a car design; or another motor vehicle— built mainly to seat 9 or fewer adults; and that has 4 or more wheels.\n- (a) for a car-type vehicle built after 1982—90dB(A); or\n- (b) for another car-type vehicle—96dB(A); or\n- (c) for a motorbike or motortrike built after February 1985—94dB(A); or\n- (d) for another motorbike or motortrike—100dB(A).\n- (a) a car; or\n- (b) a utility truck, panel van or another motor vehicle derived from a car design; or\n- (c) another motor vehicle— (i) built mainly to seat 9 or fewer adults; and (ii) that has 4 or more wheels.\n- (i) built mainly to seat 9 or fewer adults; and\n- (ii) that has 4 or more wheels.\n- (i) built mainly to seat 9 or fewer adults; and\n- (ii) that has 4 or more wheels.","sortOrder":340},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.140","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with spark ignition engines","content":"### sch.1-sec.140 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with spark ignition engines\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle with a spark ignition engine, other than a motor vehicle to which section 139 applies.\nThe stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level stated for the motor vehicle in the following table—\nGVM\n(t)\nExhaust height\n(mm)\nWhen vehicle was built\nNoise level\n(dB(A))\n≤3.5\n<1,500\nbefore July 1983\n92\nafter June 1983\n89\n>3.5\n<1,500\nbefore July 1983\n98\nafter June 1983\n95\n≥3.5\n≥1,500\nbefore July 1983\n88\nafter June 1983\n85\n>3.5\n≥1,500\nbefore July 1983\n94\nafter June 1983\n91\n(sch.1-sec.140-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle with a spark ignition engine, other than a motor vehicle to which section 139 applies.\n(sch.1-sec.140-ssec.2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level stated for the motor vehicle in the following table— GVM (t) Exhaust height (mm) When vehicle was built Noise level (dB(A)) ≤3.5 <1,500 before July 1983 92 after June 1983 89 >3.5 <1,500 before July 1983 98 after June 1983 95 ≥3.5 ≥1,500 before July 1983 88 after June 1983 85 >3.5 ≥1,500 before July 1983 94 after June 1983 91","sortOrder":341},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.141","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with diesel engines","content":"### sch.1-sec.141 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with diesel engines\n\nThis section applies to a motor vehicle with a diesel engine, other than a motor vehicle to which section 139 applies.\nThe stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level stated for the vehicle in the following table—\nGVM\n(t)\nExhaust height\n(mm)\nWhen vehicle was built\nNoise level\n(dB(A))\n≤3.5\n<1,500\nbefore July 1980\n105\nafter June 1980 but before July 1983\n102\nafter June 1983\n99\n>3.5\n<1,500\nbefore July 1980\n107\nafter June 1980 but before July 1983\n104\nafter June 1983\n101\n≤3.5\n≥1,500\nbefore July 1980\n101\nafter June 1980 but before July 1983\n98\nafter June 1983\n95\n>3.5\n≥1,500\nbefore July 1980\n103\nafter June 1980 but before July 1983\n100\nafter June 1983\n97\n(sch.1-sec.141-ssec.1) This section applies to a motor vehicle with a diesel engine, other than a motor vehicle to which section 139 applies.\n(sch.1-sec.141-ssec.2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the noise level stated for the vehicle in the following table— GVM (t) Exhaust height (mm) When vehicle was built Noise level (dB(A)) ≤3.5 <1,500 before July 1980 105 after June 1980 but before July 1983 102 after June 1983 99 >3.5 <1,500 before July 1980 107 after June 1980 but before July 1983 104 after June 1983 101 ≤3.5 ≥1,500 before July 1980 101 after June 1980 but before July 1983 98 after June 1983 95 >3.5 ≥1,500 before July 1980 103 after June 1980 but before July 1983 100 after June 1983 97","sortOrder":342},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stationary noise levels","content":"### sch.1-sec.142 Stationary noise levels\n\nThe stationary noise level of a motor vehicle that is certified to ADR 83/00 must not exceed, by more than 5dB(A), the noise level stated in the ADR 83/00 approval notice given when the motor vehicle is certified.\nIn this section—\nADR 83/00 approval notice , for a motor vehicle certified to ADR 83/00, means the notice of approval showing the vehicle’s compliance with ADR 83/00 given for the motor vehicle under the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 83/00—External Noise) 2005 (Cwlth) .\nSubsection (2) is an additional Queensland provision.\n(sch.1-sec.142-ssec.1) The stationary noise level of a motor vehicle that is certified to ADR 83/00 must not exceed, by more than 5dB(A), the noise level stated in the ADR 83/00 approval notice given when the motor vehicle is certified.\n(sch.1-sec.142-ssec.2) In this section— ADR 83/00 approval notice , for a motor vehicle certified to ADR 83/00, means the notice of approval showing the vehicle’s compliance with ADR 83/00 given for the motor vehicle under the Vehicle Standard (Australian Design Rule 83/00—External Noise) 2005 (Cwlth) .","sortOrder":343},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.10","sectionType":"part","heading":"Alternative fuel systems","content":"# Alternative fuel systems","sortOrder":344},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.143","sectionType":"section","heading":"LPG-powered vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.143 LPG-powered vehicles\n\nAn LPG system installed in a motor vehicle, and the vehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in AS 1425 as in force when the system was installed in the vehicle.\nA motor vehicle that has an LPG system installed must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates the labels required by AS 1425 as in force when the system was installed in the vehicle.\nIf a motor vehicle had an LPG system installed before AS 1425 was first published, the vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates a label—\nthat is made of durable material; and\nthat is at least 25mm wide and 25mm high; and\nthat is of a reflective red that conforms with either AS 1743—1992, Appendix C, class 2 (Australian Standard for road signs—specifications—retroreflective colours) or AS 1906.1, class 2 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\nthat states ‘LPGAS’ or ‘LPG’, or similar words or acronyms that have the same meaning, in upper case letters at least 6mm high.\nIn this section—\nAS 1425 means AS 1425 (Australian Standard for LP gas fuel systems for vehicle engines).\n(sch.1-sec.143-ssec.1) An LPG system installed in a motor vehicle, and the vehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in AS 1425 as in force when the system was installed in the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.143-ssec.2) A motor vehicle that has an LPG system installed must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates the labels required by AS 1425 as in force when the system was installed in the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.143-ssec.3) If a motor vehicle had an LPG system installed before AS 1425 was first published, the vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates a label— that is made of durable material; and that is at least 25mm wide and 25mm high; and that is of a reflective red that conforms with either AS 1743—1992, Appendix C, class 2 (Australian Standard for road signs—specifications—retroreflective colours) or AS 1906.1, class 2 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and that states ‘LPGAS’ or ‘LPG’, or similar words or acronyms that have the same meaning, in upper case letters at least 6mm high.\n(sch.1-sec.143-ssec.4) In this section— AS 1425 means AS 1425 (Australian Standard for LP gas fuel systems for vehicle engines).\n- (a) that is made of durable material; and\n- (b) that is at least 25mm wide and 25mm high; and\n- (c) that is of a reflective red that conforms with either AS 1743—1992, Appendix C, class 2 (Australian Standard for road signs—specifications—retroreflective colours) or AS 1906.1, class 2 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\n- (d) that states ‘LPGAS’ or ‘LPG’, or similar words or acronyms that have the same meaning, in upper case letters at least 6mm high.","sortOrder":345},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles powered by natural gas","content":"### sch.1-sec.144 Vehicles powered by natural gas\n\nA natural gas system installed in a motor vehicle, and the vehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in AS 2739 (Australian Standard for natural gas (NG) fuel systems for vehicle engines) as in force when the system was installed in the vehicle.\ncompressed natural gas (CNG) fuel system, liquid natural gas (LNG) fuel system","sortOrder":346},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.144A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Hydrogen-powered vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.144A Hydrogen-powered vehicles\n\nA hydrogen-powered vehicle built, or a vehicle modified to be a hydrogen-powered vehicle, after 1 January 2019 must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates—\nfor a vehicle fitted with 1 hydrogen fuel container—a label complying with subsection (2) ; or\nfor a vehicle fitted with 2 or more hydrogen fuel containers—2 labels that comply with subsection (2) .\nFor subsection (1) , a label complies with this subsection if—\nit is affixed to a plate made of metal at least 1mm thick; and\nthe label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is a regular pentagonal shape with—\neach side 20mm long; and\neach interior angle 108°; and\nit has a yellow surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\nit is marked ‘H’ in a black upper case letter at least 10mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and\nit is fixed to the number plates so the letter marked on the label is in an upright position; and\nit does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\nIn this section—\nhydrogen-powered vehicle means a vehicle—\npowered by a hydrogen fuel system; and\nthat has 1 or more hydrogen fuel containers fitted to the vehicle for the system.\nsch 1 s 144A amd 2022 SL No. 20 s 12 sch 1\n(sch.1-sec.144A-ssec.1) A hydrogen-powered vehicle built, or a vehicle modified to be a hydrogen-powered vehicle, after 1 January 2019 must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates— for a vehicle fitted with 1 hydrogen fuel container—a label complying with subsection (2) ; or for a vehicle fitted with 2 or more hydrogen fuel containers—2 labels that comply with subsection (2) .\n(sch.1-sec.144A-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a label complies with this subsection if— it is affixed to a plate made of metal at least 1mm thick; and the label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is a regular pentagonal shape with— each side 20mm long; and each interior angle 108°; and it has a yellow surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and it is marked ‘H’ in a black upper case letter at least 10mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and it is fixed to the number plates so the letter marked on the label is in an upright position; and it does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\n(sch.1-sec.144A-ssec.3) In this section— hydrogen-powered vehicle means a vehicle— powered by a hydrogen fuel system; and that has 1 or more hydrogen fuel containers fitted to the vehicle for the system.\n- (a) for a vehicle fitted with 1 hydrogen fuel container—a label complying with subsection (2) ; or\n- (b) for a vehicle fitted with 2 or more hydrogen fuel containers—2 labels that comply with subsection (2) .\n- (a) it is affixed to a plate made of metal at least 1mm thick; and\n- (b) the label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is a regular pentagonal shape with— (i) each side 20mm long; and (ii) each interior angle 108°; and\n- (i) each side 20mm long; and\n- (ii) each interior angle 108°; and\n- (c) it has a yellow surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\n- (d) it is marked ‘H’ in a black upper case letter at least 10mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and\n- (e) it is fixed to the number plates so the letter marked on the label is in an upright position; and\n- (f) it does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\n- (i) each side 20mm long; and\n- (ii) each interior angle 108°; and\n- (a) powered by a hydrogen fuel system; and\n- (b) that has 1 or more hydrogen fuel containers fitted to the vehicle for the system.","sortOrder":347},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.144B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Electric-powered vehicles","content":"### sch.1-sec.144B Electric-powered vehicles\n\nAn electric-powered vehicle built, or a vehicle modified to be an electric-powered vehicle, after 1 January 2019 must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates a label that complies with subsection (2) .\nFor subsection (1) , a label complies with this subsection if—\nit is affixed to a plate made of metal of at least 1mm thick; and\nthe label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is triangular in shape with sides of 30mm in length; and\nit has a blue surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\nit is marked ‘EV’ in white upper case letters at least 8mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and\nit is fixed to the number plates so the letters on the label are in an upright position; and\nit does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\nThis section does not apply to a hydrogen-powered vehicle mentioned in section 144A even if the vehicle is fitted with an electric motor or traction motor used in conjunction with a hydrogen fuel system for the propulsion of the vehicle.\nIn this section—\nelectric-powered vehicle means a vehicle powered by 1 or more electric motors or traction motors that are—\nthe only propulsion system for the vehicle; or\nused in conjunction with another propulsion system for the vehicle.\nsch 1 s 144B amd 2022 SL No. 20 s 12 sch 1\n(sch.1-sec.144B-ssec.1) An electric-powered vehicle built, or a vehicle modified to be an electric-powered vehicle, after 1 January 2019 must have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear number plates a label that complies with subsection (2) .\n(sch.1-sec.144B-ssec.2) For subsection (1) , a label complies with this subsection if— it is affixed to a plate made of metal of at least 1mm thick; and the label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is triangular in shape with sides of 30mm in length; and it has a blue surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and it is marked ‘EV’ in white upper case letters at least 8mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and it is fixed to the number plates so the letters on the label are in an upright position; and it does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\n(sch.1-sec.144B-ssec.3) This section does not apply to a hydrogen-powered vehicle mentioned in section 144A even if the vehicle is fitted with an electric motor or traction motor used in conjunction with a hydrogen fuel system for the propulsion of the vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.144B-ssec.4) In this section— electric-powered vehicle means a vehicle powered by 1 or more electric motors or traction motors that are— the only propulsion system for the vehicle; or used in conjunction with another propulsion system for the vehicle.\n- (a) it is affixed to a plate made of metal of at least 1mm thick; and\n- (b) the label, and the plate to which it is affixed, is triangular in shape with sides of 30mm in length; and\n- (c) it has a blue surface complying with class 2 of AS 1906.1 (Australian Standard for retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—retroreflective sheeting); and\n- (d) it is marked ‘EV’ in white upper case letters at least 8mm high with the orientation shown in the example; and\n- (e) it is fixed to the number plates so the letters on the label are in an upright position; and\n- (f) it does not wholly or partly obscure the characters on the number plates.\n- (a) the only propulsion system for the vehicle; or\n- (b) used in conjunction with another propulsion system for the vehicle.","sortOrder":348},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-pt.11","sectionType":"part","heading":"Mechanical connections between vehicles","content":"# Mechanical connections between vehicles","sortOrder":349},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.145","sectionType":"section","heading":"General coupling requirements","content":"### sch.1-sec.145 General coupling requirements\n\nA fifth wheel coupling, the mating parts of a coupling, a kingpin or a towbar must not be used for a load on a vehicle that is more than the manufacturer’s load rating for the coupling, mating parts, kingpin or towbar.\nA kingpin must be used only with a fifth wheel coupling that has a corresponding jaw size.\nAn adaptor must not to be used to fit a kingpin to a fifth wheel coupling.\nThe mating parts of a coupling used to connect a semitrailer to a towing vehicle must not allow the semitrailer to roll to an extent that makes the vehicle unstable.\n(sch.1-sec.145-ssec.1) A fifth wheel coupling, the mating parts of a coupling, a kingpin or a towbar must not be used for a load on a vehicle that is more than the manufacturer’s load rating for the coupling, mating parts, kingpin or towbar.\n(sch.1-sec.145-ssec.2) A kingpin must be used only with a fifth wheel coupling that has a corresponding jaw size. An adaptor must not to be used to fit a kingpin to a fifth wheel coupling.\n(sch.1-sec.145-ssec.3) The mating parts of a coupling used to connect a semitrailer to a towing vehicle must not allow the semitrailer to roll to an extent that makes the vehicle unstable.","sortOrder":350},{"sectionNumber":"sch.1-sec.146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Drawbar couplings","content":"### sch.1-sec.146 Drawbar couplings\n\nA coupling for attaching a trailer, other than a semitrailer or pole-type trailer, to a towing vehicle must be built and fitted so that—\nthe coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism; and\nthe positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the angle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.\nIf the trailer is in a combination and is not fitted with breakaway brakes in accordance with section 127 (2) , it must be connected to the towing vehicle by—\nat least 1 chain, cable or other flexible device; and\nthe coupling required under subsection (1) .\nThe connection must be built and fitted so that—\nthe trailer is kept in tow if the coupling breaks or accidentally detaches; and\nnormal angular movement of the coupling is permitted without unnecessary slack.\nIf practicable, the connection must be built and fitted so that, if the coupling accidentally detaches, the drawbar of the trailer is prevented from hitting the ground.\nFor subsections (3) and (4) , a connection between a trailer and a towing vehicle includes anything connecting the trailer and the towing vehicle.\na chain\na cable\na thing fixed to a trailer or vehicle towing trailer to which a chain is attached\nshackles.\n(sch.1-sec.146-ssec.1) A coupling for attaching a trailer, other than a semitrailer or pole-type trailer, to a towing vehicle must be built and fitted so that— the coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism; and the positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the angle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.\n(sch.1-sec.146-ssec.2) If the trailer is in a combination and is not fitted with breakaway brakes in accordance with section 127 (2) , it must be connected to the towing vehicle by— at least 1 chain, cable or other flexible device; and the coupling required under subsection (1) .\n(sch.1-sec.146-ssec.3) The connection must be built and fitted so that— the trailer is kept in tow if the coupling breaks or accidentally detaches; and normal angular movement of the coupling is permitted without unnecessary slack.\n(sch.1-sec.146-ssec.4) If practicable, the connection must be built and fitted so that, if the coupling accidentally detaches, the drawbar of the trailer is prevented from hitting the ground.\n(sch.1-sec.146-ssec.5) For subsections (3) and (4) , a connection between a trailer and a towing vehicle includes anything connecting the trailer and the towing vehicle. a chain a cable a thing fixed to a trailer or vehicle towing trailer to which a chain is attached shackles.\n- (a) the coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism; and\n- (b) the positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the angle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.\n- (a) at least 1 chain, cable or other flexible device; and\n- (b) the coupling required under subsection (1) .\n- (a) the trailer is kept in tow if the coupling breaks or accidentally detaches; and\n- (b) normal angular movement of the coupling is permitted without unnecessary slack.\n- • a chain\n- • a cable\n- • a thing fixed to a trailer or vehicle towing trailer to which a chain is attached\n- • shackles.","sortOrder":351}],"analysis":{"issue_detection":{"absurdities":[],"contradictions":[]},"flash_summary_failed":{"failed":true,"reason":"Unauthenticated. Configure AI_GATEWAY_API_KEY or use a provider module. Learn more: https://ai-sdk.dev/unauthenticated-ai-gateway","source":"analysis-cron"},"summary":{"complexity_score":7,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"The regulation commenced as a consolidation and modernisation of vehicle standards rules for light vehicles in Queensland. However, it was subsequently amended by the 2022 Act No. 19 (inserting sections 4A and 4B about maximum loaded mass determination) and by 2023 SL No. 171 (amending the modification approval sections). Section 16 was also inserted as a temporary COVID/disaster measure that expired on 31 October 2023. These amendments expanded the regulation's scope to address the RAV (Register of Approved Vehicles) system and refined the chief executive's approval powers for motorbike modifications, indicating that the scope has evolved beyond the original 2021 framework in targeted but meaningful ways."},"complexity_factors":["Multiple interlocking vehicle classification systems (light vehicle, heavy vehicle, light combination, miscellaneous vehicle) with different rules applying to each","Frequent cross-references to external documents incorporated by reference (Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook, Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual, Load Restraint Guide) that are not reproduced in the regulation itself","Layered approval and certification regime for modifications — different pathways depending on whether the modification is standard, requires chief executive approval, is interstate, or involves heavy buses","Complex hierarchy for determining a vehicle's maximum loaded mass across multiple sources (RAV, compliance plate, manufacturer, registration certificate, chief executive determination)","Interaction with the Heavy Vehicle National Law (Queensland) — some light vehicles are carved out of this regulation when part of a heavy combination","Numerous exceptions and carve-outs within individual sections (e.g., defective vehicle offence has multiple layered exceptions for repairs, inspections, and non-owner drivers)","Technical load performance standards expressed in engineering terms (g-force deceleration and acceleration values) that require specialist knowledge to apply","Safe movement approval regime creates a parallel compliance pathway with its own conditions, exemptions, and enforcement consequences","Multiple penalty tiers across different sections (20, 30, 40, 50, 60 penalty units) requiring careful reading to understand consequences","References to other Queensland regulations (Vehicle Registration Regulation 2021, Transport Operations Act) and QCAT (Queensland Civil and Administrative Tribunal) review rights"],"plain_english_summary":"This Queensland regulation sets mandatory safety, modification, weight and load rules for most light vehicles on public roads. It covers drivers, owners, modifiers, carriers and vehicle inspectors, banning defective or unsafe vehicles, requiring certification for many alterations, and enforcing manufacturer weight limits and secure load standards.\n\nIt also provides a permitting route for oversize/overmass movements and carries monetary penalties for breaches — so it establishes the baseline legal and safety obligations for almost every vehicle owner in Queensland."},"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":625},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The legislation appears consistent with its original purpose as a vehicle standards and safety regulation. While it contains extensive transitional provisions and amendments, these represent normal regulatory maintenance rather than scope expansion. The core focus remains on light vehicle safety, inspections, modifications, and compliance with national standards."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing to external documents (ADRs, Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual, National Heavy Vehicle Inspection Manual, Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook)","Multiple nested exception structures (e.g., defect notice exemptions in section 8 have three layers of conditions)","47+ defined terms in Schedule 1 section 3 alone, plus dictionary in Schedule 4","Dual-track compliance: some provisions apply instead of ADRs, others only if ADRs don't apply","Transitional provisions spanning three separate amending instruments with overlapping effect periods","Technical performance standards with mathematical specifications (e.g., 0.8g deceleration, luminous transmittance percentages)","Conditional application based on vehicle build dates creating multiple regulatory epochs (pre-1931, 1934, 1953, 1959, 1965, 1969, 1972, 1975, 1988, 1989, 2005, etc.)","Heavy interaction with parallel Commonwealth legislation (Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018, Heavy Vehicle National Law)"],"plain_english_summary":"This Queensland regulation sets the rules for **light vehicle standards and safety**—covering everything from what makes a car roadworthy to how heavy your trailer can be.\n\n**What it does:**\n- **Defines \"defective\" vehicles** and makes it illegal to drive or park them on roads (with exceptions for getting repairs or inspections)\n- **Creates a defect notice system** where authorised officers can flag problems, attach labels to vehicles, and set deadlines for fixes\n- **Controls vehicle modifications**—requiring approval and certification for changes to chassis, exhaust, lights, or warning signs\n- **Sets mass and load limits**—including maximum weights for vehicles, axles, tyres, and trailers, plus rules for securing loads and how far loads can project\n- **Establishes \"safe movement approvals\"**—special permits allowing non-standard vehicles on roads under strict conditions\n- **Requires regular safety inspections** and certificates for certain vehicles (taxis, tow trucks, heavy vehicles)\n- **Adopts Australian Design Rules (ADRs)** as the baseline technical standards for vehicle construction\n\n**Who it affects:**\n- All Queensland drivers of light vehicles (cars, utes, vans, motorbikes, light trailers)\n- Vehicle modifiers, dealers, and inspection stations\n- Businesses operating booked hire vehicles, limousines, or tow trucks\n\n**Why it matters:**\nThe regulation keeps unsafe vehicles off roads, ensures modifications don't compromise safety, and provides flexible pathways (like safe movement permits) for unusual vehicles while maintaining national consistency through ADRs."},"flash_summary":{"complexity_score":9,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"The regulation preserves and consolidates the original regulatory scope—vehicle standards and safety enforcement for road use—while adding technical updates and new label/standard requirements (for hydrogen and electric vehicles, updated ADR interactions, noise and emissions provisions). These are incremental expansions to accommodate new technologies and to harmonise with federal ADRs and Australian Standards rather than a material change of purpose. The added content increases technical detail and administrative options (safe movement approvals, expanded certification pathways, transitional rules), but remains within the original objective of prescribing vehicle safety, standards and roadworthiness mechanisms."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-references to other laws and instruments (Transport Operations Act, Heavy Vehicle National Law, ADRs, Australian Standards, Road Vehicle Standards Act) across many sections","Large technical schedule (Schedule 1) covering detailed ADR/AS‑level specifications for lights, brakes, tyres, dimensions, exhausts, emissions and alternative fuels with many subclauses","Multiple certificate types and processes with conditional timing rules (COI terms, safety certificates, certificates of modification) and reinspection/replacement workflows (Part 6, secs 65–99)","Numerous defined terms and variant categories (light vehicle, COI vehicle, motorbike/motortrike, pole-type trailer, etc.) that change applicability across Parts and the schedule","Nested conditional logic and exceptions (e.g., exemptions for historic vehicles, interstate-certified vehicles, concessional registrations, alternative compliance schemes)","Admin discretion and procedural branches (chief executive powers to approve/extend, authorised officer powers, application information requests and cancellation rules — Part 8)","Transitional provisions that preserve prior approvals/certificates and forms (Part 10) — multiple temporal exceptions and carry-over rules","Multiple penalty levels and enforcement triggers with overlapping offences (sections frequently tie into each other creating prosecutorial election risk)","Dependency on external technical manuals and documents (Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual, Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook, VSB 12 and National Transport Commission publications) for practical compliance"],"plain_english_summary":"**What this regulation does (mechanics first)\n\n- Sets mandatory vehicle design, modification, load/mass, lighting, braking, exhaust and noise standards for light vehicles, trailers and some heavy-vehicle modifications by prescribing technical standards, tests and certification steps. (See schedule 1 and Parts 3, 4, 6, and the lights/brakes sections in schedule 1.)\n\n- Creates and enforces an inspection and certificate regime: inspection certificates (COI), safety certificates, certificates of modification and modification plates. It specifies who may inspect and approve (approved examiners, authorised officers, accredited inspection stations (AIS)), the form and term of certificates, fees and how certificates are issued, replaced or cancelled. (See Part 6, sections 65–99, 77–85 and 81.)\n\n- Defines when a light vehicle is “defective”, prohibits driving or parking defective vehicles on a road (with limited exceptions) and provides for authorised officers to issue defect notices and attach defective vehicle labels. It sets time limits, extension processes and penalties. (See sections 7–16 and 8–13.)\n\n- Regulates vehicle modifications. Some modifications must be approved by the chief executive and/or certified by an approved person; non‑compliant or uncertified modifications can make a vehicle illegal to drive or park. It also sets out the certification/plate process and penalties for improper certification. (See Parts 3, sections 17–28.)\n\n- Controls load, mass, dimension and coupling rules for light vehicles, trailers and light combinations (including how to state maximum loaded mass), plus requirements for securing loads and visibility for projecting loads. (See Part 4, sections 30–46 and sections 4A–4B.)\n\n- Provides a safe movement approval scheme (guidelines and permits) that allows limited, conditional exemptions from particular regulatory provisions when a vehicle can be driven safely under specified conditions. The chief executive decides and may impose conditions. (See Part 5, sections 50–61.)\n\n- Prescribes rules for signage, compliance and modification plates and labelling (including recent provisions for hydrogen and electric vehicle number‑plate labels). (See sections 100–103 and schedule 1 sections 144A–144B.)\n\n- Includes detailed technical vehicle standards consolidated from Australian Design Rules (ADRs), Australian Standards and state additions (schedule 1) covering lights, reflectors, windscreens, tyres, brakes, exhausts, emissions, and alternative fuel fittings (LPG, CNG, hydrogen, electric). (See schedule 1 and sections cited throughout the regulation.)\n\n- Contains application procedures and administrative rules (how to apply for approvals/permits, what information may be required, decision timelines, fees and fee‑waivers in special circumstances). (See Part 8 and sections 105–111.)\n\n- Provides transitional provisions carrying over actions, approvals, certificates and forms from the prior (2010) regulation and implements staged amendments. (See Part 10 and many cross‑references.)\n\nWho this affects\n\n- Vehicle owners and drivers: must keep vehicles compliant, obtain/maintain inspection certificates, comply with defect notices and restrictions on driving defective or non‑compliant modified vehicles (secs 7–12, 19, 71). Penalties for non‑compliance appear through the regulation (commonly 20–60 penalty units).\n\n- Vehicle modifiers, engineers and workshops: must get approvals or certification for particular modifications, attach modification plates, and comply with the Queensland Road Vehicle Modification Handbook and inspection manuals (secs 17, 21–28; schedule 1 references).\n\n- Approved examiners, AIS proprietors and authorised officers: have statutory roles and duties in inspecting, issuing and approving certificates, and face penalties for improper issue (secs 77–85, 79, 84–86).\n\n- Dealers and resellers: obligations when disposing of vehicles to provide inspection certificates to acquirers (secs 75–76).\n\n- Commercial operators and fleet managers: many vehicles used in passenger services, towing operations or as COI vehicles have specific COI requirements and inspection cycles (see sec 70–75, schedule 3 fees).\n\nWhy it matters (official rationale, then practical test)\n\n- Officially the regulation implements vehicle safety and roadworthiness requirements: it sets the technical baseline for safe vehicle construction, loads, lighting and braking; and it creates enforcement and certification procedures to verify compliance (see schedule 1; Parts 2, 3 and 6). The safe movement approvals and modification approvals are presented as mechanisms to preserve safety where standard rules would otherwise prevent lawful use (Parts 3 and 5).\n\n- Practical tradeoffs and implementation considerations:\n  - Who pays: vehicle owners and businesses bear the direct costs — inspections, repairs, approved modification work, certification fees (see sec 81 and schedule 3) and any fines (various sections). Dealers must ensure compliance when disposing (sec 76).\n  - Who decides: the chief executive has broad decisional powers (approvals, safe movement permits, extension of defect/inspection times; see secs 14, 15, 21–24, 53–61). Authorised officers and approved examiners exercise front‑line judgment (secs 9, 77–85). That concentrates operational discretion in the department and accreditees.\n  - Compliance burden and delay risk: multiple approvals, certificates and inspections (including reinspection procedures, defect notices and certificate cancellation rules, see secs 82–93) create administrative steps that can delay use of vehicles, especially where modifications require chief executive approval or certification by accredited examiners.\n  - Concentrated benefits vs diffuse costs: accreditation, inspection and testing services (AIS, approved examiners) gain concentrated, regulated demand; vehicle owners face diffuse compliance costs (fees, repairs). The regulation requires standardised documentation and technical manuals (Queensland Light Vehicle Inspection Manual; Road Vehicle Modification Handbook) which creates a market for accredited providers but also compliance costs for smaller owners.\n  - Implementation risk and discretion: many discretionary approvals (chief executive’s approval of non‑standard mods, safe movement permits, removal of plates) create scope for case‑by‑case decision‑making (secs 21–24, 53–56, 100, 103). That improves flexibility but increases compliance uncertainty and possible administrative delay.\n  - Substitution effects: strict local standards plus exemptions for interstate or ADR‑certified vehicles (schedule 1 sections 15, 16 and 24/24A) mean owners may choose to rely on federal ADR pathways or interstate certification instead of local modifications, affecting cross‑jurisdiction trade in vehicles.\n  - Opportunity costs: resources for inspection, approvals and enforcement could otherwise be deployed elsewhere; emergency extensions (natural disasters) and electronic booking exceptions allocate administrative flexibility to the chief executive (secs 15, 72–74).\n\nKey enforcement levers and penalties (examples)\n\n- Driving/parking a defective or non‑compliant modified light vehicle: up to 20 penalty units (sec 8 & 18).\n- Failing to comply with defect notices or comply with certificate rules: up to 30–60 penalty units (secs 10–13, 11, 75–76).\n- Wrongful issue/approval of inspection certificates: penalties up to 50 penalty units for approved examiners (secs 85, 79).\n\nPractical checklist for owners/operators\n\n- Keep current inspection certificates (COI) where required (sec 71).\n- For any modification, check whether it must be an approved or certified modification; obtain chief executive approval if the change is not covered by the modification standards (secs 17, 21–23).\n- If issued a defect notice, follow the stated steps or seek extensions under the authorised officer or chief executive processes (secs 9, 14–16).\n- For hydrogen or electric vehicles (built/modified after 1 Jan 2019), affix the specified number‑plate labels (schedule 1 secs 144A–144B).\n\nRepresentative statutory citations: defect notices (secs 8–13), modification approval and certification (secs 17–28), mass/load/dimension rules (Part 4, secs 30–46 and schedule 1), inspection certificates and COI rules (Part 6, secs 65–99), safe movement approvals (Part 5, secs 50–61), number‑plate/compliance/modification plates (secs 100–103), vehicle standards/safety detailed rules (schedule 1)."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021","history":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021/history","analysis":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/transport-operations-road-use-management-vehicle-standards-and-safety-regulation-2021/documents"}}